Dual-Purpose Loading Wagon - Original operating instructions

Ori

gin

al

op

era

tin

g i

ns

tru

cti

on

s

Dual-Purpose Loading Wagon

ZX 350 GL ZX 350 GD ZX 400 GL ZX 400 GD ZX 450 GL

ZX 450 GD ZX 550 GL ZX 550 GD

(from serial no.: 896 419)

Order no.: 150 000 109 09 en

26.08.2014

Foreword

2

Pos: 1 /BA/Konformitätserklärungen/Ladewagen/Neu ab 2010/ZX_Baureihe ZX 400_450_550 GD_GL @ 40\mod_1268905868731_78.docx @ 362717 @ @ 1 CV0

EC Declaration of Conformity

We, Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH Heinrich-Krone-Str. 10, D-48480 Spelle

hereby declare as manufacturer of the product named below, on our sole responsibility,

that the

Machine: Dual-Purpose Loading Wagon Type / Types: ZX 350 GL; ZX 350 GD; ZX 400 GL; ZX 400 GD;

ZX 450 GL; ZX 450 GD; ZX 550 GL; ZX 550 GD to which this declaration refers is in compliance with the relevant provisions of

EC Directive 2006/42/EC (Machinery) and EC Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC) The signing Managing Director is authorised to compile the technical documents. Spelle, 18.03.10

Dr.-Ing. Josef Horstmann (Managing Director, Design and Development)

Year of manufacture: Machine No.:

Pos: 2 /BA/Vorwort/Sehr geehrter Kunde @ 0\mod_1195626300326_78.docx @ 905 @ @ 1

Dear customer, Dear customer,

You have now received the operating instructions for the KRONE product which you have purchased.

These operating instructions contain important information for the proper use and safe operation of the machine.

If these operating instructions should become wholly or partially unusable, you can obtain replacement operating instructions for your machine by stating the number given overleaf. Pos: 3 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Foreword

3

Pos: 4.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/U-Z/Vorwort @ 0\mod_1195627720123_78.docx @ 982 @ 1 @ 1

1 Foreword Pos: 4.2 /BA/Vorwort/Ladewagen/Verehrter Kunde Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1198058130565_78.docx @ 32748 @ @ 1

Dear Customer! By purchasing your short cut loading wagon / short cut discharge wagon, you have acquired a quality product from KRONE. We are grateful for the confidence you have invested in us in buying this machine. To be able to make optimum use of the short cut loading wagon / short cut discharge wagon, please read these operating instructions thoroughly before you start using the machine. The contents of this manual are laid out in such a way that you should be able to perform any task by following the instructions step by step. It contains extensive notes and information about maintenance, how to use the machine safely, secure working methods, special precautionary measures and available accessories. This information and these instructions are essential, important and useful for the operational safety, reliability and durability of the short cut loading wagon / short cut / discharge wagon

Pos: 4.3 /BA/Vorwort/Ladewagen/Weiterer Verlauf Ladewagen ZX @ 1\mod_1201705744660_78.docx @ 53998 @ @ 1

Note Throughout the remainder of these operating instructions, the "dual-purpose loading wagon" will also be referred to by the terms "machine" and "loading wagon".

Pos: 4.4 /BA/Vorwort/Beachten Sie für Maschine @ 0\mod_1195626904076_78.docx @ 944 @ @ 1

Please note: The operating instructions are part of your machine. Only operate this machine after you have been trained to do so and according to these instructions. It is essential to observe the safety instructions! It is also necessary to observe the relevant accident prevention regulations and other generally recognised regulations concerning safety, occupational health and road traffic. All information, illustrations and technical data in these operating instructions correspond to the latest state at the time of publication. We reserve the right to make design changes at any time and without notification of reasons. Should you for any reason not be able to use these operating instructions either wholly or partially, you can receive a replacement set of operating instructions for your machine by quoting the number supplied overleaf. We hope that you will be satisfied with your KRONE machine. Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH Spelle

Pos: 5 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Table of Contents

4

Pos: 6 /Layout Module /Inhaltsverzeichnis @ 0\mod_1196861555655_78.docx @ 15165 @ 1 @ 1

2 Table of Contents

1 Foreword ................................................................................................................................................. 3

2 Table of Contents ................................................................................................................................... 4

3 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 11

3.1 Purpose of Use ................................................................................................................................. 11

3.2 Validity .............................................................................................................................................. 11

3.3 Identification Plate ............................................................................................................................ 11

3.4 Information Required for Questions and Orders .............................................................................. 12

3.5 Intended Use .................................................................................................................................... 13

3.6 Technical data .................................................................................................................................. 14

4 Safety ..................................................................................................................................................... 21

4.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 21

4.2 Identification of the hazard warnings ................................................................................................ 21

4.2.1 Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels ....................................................... 22

4.2.2 Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels ............................................................... 22

4.2.3 Contact ...................................................................................................................................... 22

4.3 Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the Machine ................................................................ 24

4.4 Position of the General Information Labels on the Machine ............................................................ 28

4.5 Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions ............................................................................ 30

4.6 Identification of the hazard warnings ................................................................................................ 30

4.6.1 Personnel Qualification and Training ........................................................................................ 31

4.6.2 Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the Safety Instructions ............................................ 31

4.6.3 Safety-conscious work practices ............................................................................................... 31

4.7 Safety Instructions and Accident Prevention Regulations ............................................................... 32

4.8 Hitched Implements.......................................................................................................................... 33

4.9 PTO operation .................................................................................................................................. 34

4.10 Hydraulic system .............................................................................................................................. 34

4.11 Tyres ................................................................................................................................................ 35

4.12 Maintenance ..................................................................................................................................... 36

4.13 Unauthorised Conversion/Modification and Spare Parts Production ............................................... 36

4.14 Inadmissible Modes of Operation ..................................................................................................... 36

4.15 Safety Instructions on the Machine .................................................................................................. 36

5 Commissioning..................................................................................................................................... 37

5.1 Changing the Drawbar Height and Adjusting the Hitch .................................................................... 39

5.2 Height adjustment ............................................................................................................................ 40

5.2.1 Adjusting the Cylinders ............................................................................................................. 40

5.3 Angle Setting of the Hitch ................................................................................................................. 42

5.4 Setting the Driving Height ................................................................................................................ 43

5.4.1 Tandem Unit with Hydraulic Compensation .............................................................................. 43

5.4.2 Setting Driving Height to X+140 mm ......................................................................................... 44

5.4.3 Venting the Hydraulic Circuit of the Unit ................................................................................... 46

5.4.4 Lowering the Machine ............................................................................................................... 47

5.5 Setting the Driving Height ................................................................................................................ 48

5.5.1 Tridem Unit with Hydraulic Compensation ................................................................................ 48

5.5.2 Setting Driving Height to X+140 mm ......................................................................................... 49

5.5.3 Venting the Hydraulic Circuit of the Unit ................................................................................... 51

5.5.4 Lowering the Machine ............................................................................................................... 52

Table of Contents

5

5.6 Starting up for the first time with self steer ....................................................................................... 53

5.7 Adjusting the Attachment (Tractor/Machine) for Turning ................................................................. 54

5.8 Aligning the Controlled Wheels (Tracking) ....................................................................................... 55

5.9 Checking and Adjusting the System Pressure ................................................................................. 56

5.10 Adjusting the hydraulic system ......................................................................................................... 57

5.10.1 Operating the Machine without LS (Load-Sensing Connection) ............................................... 57

5.10.2 Operating the Machine via LS (Load-Sensing Connection) ..................................................... 57

5.11 PTO shaft ......................................................................................................................................... 58

5.11.1 Length adjustment..................................................................................................................... 58

6 Start-up .................................................................................................................................................. 59

6.1 Check before Start-up ...................................................................................................................... 59

6.2 Mounting onto the Tractor ................................................................................................................ 60

6.2.1 Connecting the Hitch for Ø 80 Ball Attachment to the Tractor-Side Ø 80 Ball Coupling .......... 60

6.3 Hydraulics ......................................................................................................................................... 62

6.3.1 Special Safety Instructions ........................................................................................................ 62

6.3.2 Connecting the hydraulic lines .................................................................................................. 63

6.4 Hydraulic brake (Export) .................................................................................................................. 64

6.5 Hydraulic Brake (Export France) ...................................................................................................... 64

6.6 Drawbar Suspension ........................................................................................................................ 65

6.7 Electrical connections ...................................................................................................................... 66

6.8 Compressed Air Connections for the Compressed Air Brake .......................................................... 67

6.9 Hydraulic brake (Export) .................................................................................................................. 67

6.10 PTO shaft ......................................................................................................................................... 68

6.11 Using the safety chain ...................................................................................................................... 69

7 Driving and Transport .......................................................................................................................... 70

7.1 Handling the self steer (Special Equipment) .................................................................................... 70

7.2 Handling the hydraulic compensation unit ....................................................................................... 70

7.2.1 Tridem axle ............................................................................................................................... 71

7.3 Handling the Coaster/Steering Axle (Special Equipment) ............................................................... 72

7.3.1 Driving forward with coaster/steering axle ................................................................................ 72

7.3.2 Driving backward with coaster/steering axle ............................................................................. 72

7.4 Handling the lift axle ......................................................................................................................... 73

8 KRONE ISOBUS Terminal .................................................................................................................... 74

8.1 Installing the terminal into cabin ....................................................................................................... 75

8.2 ISOBUS Short Cut Button ................................................................................................................ 76

8.2.1 Display / Touchscreen .............................................................................................................. 77

8.2.2 Connecting the Terminal (on tractors with integrated ISOBUS system) ................................... 78

8.2.3 Connecting the terminal (on tractors without ISOBUS system) ................................................ 79

8.2.4 Connecting the Multi-Function Lever to the CCI Terminal (on Tractors with an Integrated ISOBUS System) ....................................................................................................................................... 80

8.2.5 Connecting the Multi-Function Lever to the CCI Terminal (on tractors without ISOBUS system)81

8.2.6 Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is not connected ......................................... 82

8.2.7 Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is connected ............................................... 84

8.2.7.1 Start screen ........................................................................................................................ 84

8.3 Display Design ................................................................................................................................. 85

8.3.1 Displays in the main window ..................................................................................................... 90

8.4 Bringing up the Basic Screens ......................................................................................................... 92

8.5 Loading Operation ............................................................................................................................ 93

8.5.1 Locking / Releasing Steering Axle ............................................................................................ 93

Table of Contents

6

8.5.2 Raising / Lowering the Lift Axle ................................................................................................. 93

8.5.3 Bringing up the “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu .................................................................. 93

8.5.4 Bringing up the Start Screen ..................................................................................................... 94

8.5.5 Bringing up the Second Page of the Function Keys ................................................................. 94

8.5.6 Bringing up the First Page of the Function Keys ...................................................................... 94

8.5.7 Bringing up a Menu Level ......................................................................................................... 94

8.5.8 Raising / lowering Pick-up ......................................................................................................... 95

8.5.9 Swinging blades in / out ............................................................................................................ 96

8.5.9.1 Raising / lowering offset drawbar ....................................................................................... 97

8.5.10 Actuating floor conveyor supply ................................................................................................ 97

8.5.11 Automatic Loader ...................................................................................................................... 98

8.5.12 Automatic Loader Power Load .................................................................................................. 99

8.5.13 Automatic Drawbar (Optional) ................................................................................................. 101

8.5.14 Bringing up “Customer Counter” Menu ................................................................................... 102

8.5.15 Switching Working Floodlights On and Off ............................................................................. 102

8.5.16 Opening / Closing the Loading Area Cover ............................................................................ 102

8.5.17 Extending / Retracting Ejector ................................................................................................ 103

8.5.18 Lifting / Lowering the Cutting Flap .......................................................................................... 103

8.6 “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu ................................................................................................ 104

8.7 “Calibrating Straight-Ahead Driving” Menu .................................................................................... 105

8.8 “Forced Steering Field Mode” Menu .............................................................................................. 106

8.9 Unloading Operation ...................................................................................................................... 107

8.9.1 Locking / Releasing Steering Axle .......................................................................................... 107

8.9.2 Raising / Lowering the Lift Axle ............................................................................................... 107

8.9.3 Bringing up the “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu ................................................................ 107

8.9.4 Bringing up the Start Screen ................................................................................................... 108

8.9.5 Bringing up the Second Page of the Function Keys ............................................................... 108

8.9.6 Bringing up the First Page of the Function Keys .................................................................... 108

8.9.7 Bringing up a Menu Level ....................................................................................................... 108

8.9.8 Bringing up “Customer Counter” Menu ................................................................................... 108

8.9.8.1 Raising / lowering offset drawbar ..................................................................................... 109

8.9.9 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Deactivated Automatic Unloader ........................................ 110

8.9.10 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Deactivated Automatic Unloader ........................................ 111

8.9.11 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Activated Automatic Unloader ............................................. 112

8.9.12 Switching on / off floor conveyor supply.................................................................................. 113

8.9.13 Switching on floor conveyor reverse ....................................................................................... 113

8.9.14 Switching on rapid traverse ..................................................................................................... 114

8.9.15 Increasing / Reducing Floor Conveyor Speed ........................................................................ 114

8.9.16 Swinging blades in / out .......................................................................................................... 115

8.9.17 Switching Working Floodlights On and Off ............................................................................. 116

8.9.18 Opening / Closing the Loading Area Cover ............................................................................ 116

8.9.19 Extending / Retracting Ejector ................................................................................................ 116

8.9.20 Lifting / Lowering the Cutting Flap .......................................................................................... 116

8.10 Unloading Operation Basic Screen with Cross Conveyor (Optional) ............................................. 117

8.10.1 Switching metering rollers on or off ......................................................................................... 118

8.11 Buttons on the machine ................................................................................................................. 119

8.12 Menu level ...................................................................................................................................... 120

8.12.1 Calling up the menu level ........................................................................................................ 122

8.13 Main Menu 1 “Loading Functions” .................................................................................................. 124

Table of Contents

7

8.13.1 Sub-Menu 1-1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad” ...................................................................... 125

8.13.2 Sub-Menu 1-2 “Automatic Drawbar / Optional” ....................................................................... 126

8.14 Main Menu 1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad” ............................................................................... 128

8.15 Main Menu 2 “Automatic Unloader” ............................................................................................... 134

8.16 Main Menu 3 “Silage Agents” ......................................................................................................... 138

8.17 Main Menu 4 “Setting Floor Conveyor Speed” ............................................................................... 140

8.18 Main Menu 5 “Cross Conveyor Belt” .............................................................................................. 142

8.19 Main Menu 6 “Central Lubrication” ................................................................................................. 143

8.20 Main Menu 7 “Weight Control” ....................................................................................................... 145

8.20.1 Weight control in the manual mode ........................................................................................ 149

8.20.1.1 Saving full weight ............................................................................................................. 149

8.20.2 Saving the tare ........................................................................................................................ 151

8.20.3 Weight control in automatic mode ........................................................................................... 153

8.20.4 Calibration ............................................................................................................................... 155

8.20.4.1 Calibrating the force measuring bolt for supported load and axle load ........................... 159

8.21 Main Menu 13 “Counters” .............................................................................................................. 161

8.21.1 Sub-Menu 13-1 “Customer Counter” ...................................................................................... 162

8.21.2 Sub-Menu 13-2 “Total Counter” .............................................................................................. 168

8.22 Main Menu 14 “ISOBUS Settings” ................................................................................................. 169

8.22.1 Sub-Menu 14-1 Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX) .......................................................................... 170

8.22.2 Sub-Menu 14-2 “Driving Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics"171

8.22.3 Sub-Menu 14-7 “Virtual Terminal (VT)”................................................................................... 172

8.22.4 Sub-Menu 14-9 “Switching Between Terminals” .................................................................... 174

8.23 Main Menu 15 “Settings” ................................................................................................................ 175

8.23.1 Sub-Menu 15-1 “Sensor Test” ................................................................................................ 176

8.23.2 Sub-Menu 15-2 “Actuator Test” .............................................................................................. 182

8.23.3 Sub-Menu 15-4 Error List ........................................................................................................ 188

8.23.4 Sub-Menu 15-5 “Information” .................................................................................................. 189

8.23.5 Sub-Menu 15-6 Technician ..................................................................................................... 190

8.24 Alarm Message .............................................................................................................................. 191

8.24.1 Alarm messages ..................................................................................................................... 192

9 Task Controller (optional) .................................................................................................................. 202

10 ISOBUS operation .............................................................................................................................. 203

10.1 Attaching the ISOBUS terminal ...................................................................................................... 204

10.1.1 Connection terminal to tractor ................................................................................................. 204

10.1.2 Connection tractor to machine ................................................................................................ 204

10.2 Differing functions to KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI ..................................................................... 205

10.2.1 With electronically controlled coaster/steering axle option (comfort control unit) ................... 205

10.3 Automatic Work Lights ................................................................................................................... 206

10.3.1 Menu 4-6 “Diagnostics driving speed display/direction of travel display” ............................... 207

10.3.2 Menu 4-7 “Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)” ................................................................................. 208

10.4 Main menu 9 "ISO settings info" .................................................................................................... 209

10.4.1 Menu 9-1 "Softkeys ISO terminal" .......................................................................................... 210

10.4.2 Menu 9-2 „Switching Between the Terminals“ ........................................................................ 211

10.5 ISOBUS „Auxiliary“-function (AUX) ................................................................................................ 212

10.5.1 Example of a joystick assignment for Fendt (default setting) ................................................. 214

10.5.2 Recommended assignment of a WTK- multi-function lever ................................................... 215

10.5.2.1 Loading ............................................................................................................................ 215

10.5.2.2 Unloading GD design ....................................................................................................... 216

Table of Contents

8

10.5.2.3 Unloading GL design ....................................................................................................... 217

10.5.2.4 Loading and Unloading .................................................................................................... 218

10.5.2.5 Unloading GD design with cross conveyor ...................................................................... 219

11 Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 220

11.1 Preparations for the Loading Process ............................................................................................ 220

11.2 Loading Process ............................................................................................................................. 220

11.2.1 General Aspects on Loading ................................................................................................... 220

11.2.2 Strong unevenness of the ground ........................................................................................... 220

11.2.3 Avoiding Overloading .............................................................................................................. 221

11.3 Comfort electronic system without automatic loader ..................................................................... 222

11.4 Comfort electronic system with automatic loader .......................................................................... 223

11.5 Use as Silage Transport Wagon .................................................................................................... 224

11.6 Ending the loading process (comfort electronic system) ............................................................... 225

11.7 Preparations for the Unloading Process ........................................................................................ 226

11.8 Unloading Process with Deactivated Automatic Unloader ............................................................. 227

11.8.1 GL Design ............................................................................................................................... 227

11.9 Unloading Process with Activated Automatic Unloader ................................................................. 228

11.9.1 GL Design ............................................................................................................................... 228

11.10 Unloading Process with Deactivated Automatic Unloader ............................................................. 229

11.10.1 GD Design ............................................................................................................................... 229

11.11 Unloading Process with Activated Automatic Unloader ................................................................. 230

11.11.1 GD Design ............................................................................................................................... 230

11.12 Parking ........................................................................................................................................... 232

12 Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 234

12.1 Pick up ............................................................................................................................................ 235

12.1.1 Default Setting (Working Height Setting) ................................................................................ 235

12.1.2 Overload Protection of the Pick-up Drive ................................................................................ 235

12.1.3 Pick-up guide wheels, rear (special request) .......................................................................... 236

12.2 Roller crop guide ............................................................................................................................ 237

12.3 Cutting system ................................................................................................................................ 238

12.3.1 Blade Versions ........................................................................................................................ 238

12.3.2 General Aspects ...................................................................................................................... 239

12.3.3 Adjusting the chop length ........................................................................................................ 240

12.4 Blade Changing .............................................................................................................................. 241

12.4.1 Grinding blades ....................................................................................................................... 242

12.4.2 Inserting the cutters................................................................................................................. 243

12.5 Eliminating Blockages .................................................................................................................... 245

12.6 Adjusting the blade bar .................................................................................................................. 246

12.6.1 Height adjustment of the fork pieces on the right and left side of the machine ...................... 246

12.7 Setting the inclination of the blade bar ........................................................................................... 246

12.8 Adjusting the right cylinder to the locking bolt ................................................................................ 247

12.9 Adjusting the locking device for individual blades (response threshold) ........................................ 248

13 Maintenance ........................................................................................................................................ 250

13.1 Special Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................. 250

13.2 Test run. ......................................................................................................................................... 250

13.3 Tightening Torques ........................................................................................................................ 251

13.4 Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws) ................................................................................... 252

13.5 Hydraulics ....................................................................................................................................... 253

Table of Contents

9

13.6 Display hydraulic block Comfort ..................................................................................................... 254

13.7 Emergency Manual Activation ........................................................................................................ 254

13.8 Examples of Emergency Manual Activation ................................................................................... 255

13.9 High-pressure filter ......................................................................................................................... 256

13.10 Hydraulic circuit diagram (comfort control ZX GL; ZX GD) ............................................................ 258

13.11 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Self Steering / Tandem Axle) .............................................................. 260

13.12 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Self Steering / Tridem Axle) ................................................................ 261

13.13 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Compensation - Tandem Axle) ........................................................... 262

13.14 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Compensation - Tridem Axle) ............................................................. 263

13.15 Tyres .............................................................................................................................................. 264

13.15.1 Checking and maintaining tyres .............................................................................................. 265

13.15.2 Tyre air pressure ..................................................................................................................... 266

13.16 Blade Sharpening Device ............................................................................................................... 267

13.16.1 Setting the Grinding Cycles .................................................................................................... 270

13.16.2 Grinding Blades ....................................................................................................................... 271

13.17 Position of the Sensors .................................................................................................................. 272

13.17.1 Adjusting the Sensors ............................................................................................................. 274

13.17.1.1 Namur sensor d = 12 mm ................................................................................................ 274

13.17.1.2 Namur sensor d = 30 mm ................................................................................................ 274

13.18 Setting of the Sensor for Automatic Floor Conveyor Switch-off (GL) ............................................ 275

13.19 Switching off the Floor Conveyor (GD) .......................................................................................... 276

13.20 Adjusting the tailgate opening angle (GD) ..................................................................................... 277

13.21 Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for Gearboxes ..................................................... 278

13.21.1 Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes) ......................................................... 278

13.22 Main gearbox .................................................................................................................................. 279

13.23 Conveyor drum ............................................................................................................................... 280

13.24 Floor conveyor drive ....................................................................................................................... 281

13.25 Discharge roller gear front (GD) ..................................................................................................... 282

13.26 Discharge roller gear rear (GD) ...................................................................................................... 283

13.27 Chain tension ................................................................................................................................. 284

13.28 Pick-up drive ................................................................................................................................... 284

13.29 Floor conveyor feed........................................................................................................................ 285

13.30 Discharger (ZXGD) ......................................................................................................................... 286

13.31 Scraper ........................................................................................................................................... 287

13.32 Distance from Blade to Drum ......................................................................................................... 287

13.33 Distance from Scraper to Drum ...................................................................................................... 288

13.34 Checking the Safety Rollers of the Single Blade Locking Device .................................................. 289

14 Maintenance – lubrication chart ....................................................................................................... 290


14.2 PTO shaft ....................................................................................................................................... 291

14.3 Lubrication Chart (ZX GL; ZX GD) ................................................................................................. 292

15 Maintenance - Brake System ............................................................................................................. 294

15.1.1 Brake setting ........................................................................................................................... 294

15.1.2 Setting the Transfer Mechanism ............................................................................................. 295

15.2 Air Filter for Pipe ............................................................................................................................. 300

15.3 Compressed-air reservoir ............................................................................................................... 301

15.4 Moving ............................................................................................................................................ 302

15.5 Upkeep after Daily Use .................................................................................................................. 302

15.6 Maintenance and repair work in the loading area .......................................................................... 303

Table of Contents

10

16 Maintenance - Self Steering .............................................................................................................. 304

16.1 Aligning the Controlled Wheels (Tracking) ..................................................................................... 304

16.2 Checking and Adjusting the System Pressure ............................................................................... 306

16.2.1 Adjusting the Pressure Limiting Valve .................................................................................... 308

17 Placing in Storage .............................................................................................................................. 309


17.2 At the End of the Harvest Season .................................................................................................. 309

17.3 Before the Start of the New Season ............................................................................................... 310


18 Malfunctions - Causes and Remedies .............................................................................................. 311


19 Appendix ............................................................................................................................................. 313

20 Index .................................................................................................................................................... 314


Introduction

11

Pos: 8.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Einleitung @ 3\mod_1205494295858_78.docx @ 73785 @ 1 @ 1

3 Introduction Pos: 8.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/U-Z/Verwendungszweck @ 1\mod_1201707246738_78.docx @ 54055 @ 2 @ 1

3.1 Purpose of Use Pos: 8.3 /BA/Einleitung/Ladewagen/Verwendungszweck ZX @ 1\mod_1201707487347_78.docx @ 54093 @ @ 1

ZX series dual-purpose loading wagons are loading wagons. They are designed for collecting, conveying and depositing agricultural crops and for transporting foraged crops. The variable blade control system theoretically allows for chop lengths up to 37 mm.

Pos: 8.4 /BA/Einleitung/Gültigkeit/Ladewagen/Gültigkeit ZX Baureihe ZX 400_450_550 GD_GL @ 1\mod_1201707795691_78.docx @ 54133 @ 2 @ 1

3.2 Validity

The operating instructions apply to dual-purpose loading wagons of types: ZX 350 GL; ZX 350 GD; ZX 400 GL; ZX 400 GD; ZX 450 GL; ZX 450 GD. ZX 550 GL; ZX 550GD

Pos: 8.5 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Kennzeichnung @ 0\mod_1195564622099_78.docx @ 496 @ 2 @ 1

3.3 Identification Plate Pos: 8.6 /BA/Einleitung/Kennzeichnung/Ladewagen/Kennzeichnung Ladewagen AX_MX_ZX @ 13\mod_1225289826588_78.docx @ 154985 @ @ 1

Fig. 1 1) Type plate, 2) ALB sign The machine data can be seen on a type plate (1). It is located on the right side of the machine on the front of the frame.

Pos: 8.7 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Introduction

12

Pos: 8.8 /BA/Einleitung/Kennzeichnung/Angaben für Anfrage und Bestellungen_Fahrzeugident-Nr. @ 0\mod_1195565119708_78.docx @ 515 @ 2 @ 1

3.4 Information Required for Questions and Orders

Type

Year of manufacture

Vehicle ID number

Note The entire identification plate represents a legal document and should not be altered or rendered illegible!

When asking questions concerning the machine or ordering spare parts, be sure to provide type designation, vehicle ID number and the year of manufacture : To ensure that these data are always available, we recommend that you enter them in the fields above.

Note Authentic KRONE spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer help to ensure safety. The use of spare parts, accessories and other devices which are not manufactured, tested or approved by KRONE will result in the revoking of the liability for damages resulting thereof.


Introduction

13

Pos: 8.10.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch (alt) @ 0\mod_1196401545090_78.docx @ 7728 @ 2 @ 1

3.5 Intended Use Pos: 8.10.2 /BA/Einleitung/Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch/Ladewagen/Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1198059743034_78.docx @ 32892 @ @ 1

Caution! - Collecting and loading other materials Effect: Exclusion of liability Collecting and loading other materials is permitted only with the manufacturer’s prior approval. The basic requirements in any case are swath form loading of the loaded goods and automatic lifting by the pick-up as it passes over them.

Loading wagons are designed for collecting, conveying and depositing agricultural crops such as hay, straw and grass silage Loading wagons are built exclusively for customary use in agricultural work or work of a similar nature (intended use).

Pos: 8.10.3 /BA/Einleitung/Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch/Ladewagen/Bestimmungsgemäßer Gebrauch Ladewagen Zusatz ZX @ 1\mod_1201708315488_78.docx @ 54155 @ @ 1

Permissible transport material for use as a silage transport wagon: Grass and maize silage

Pos: 8.10.4 /BA/Einleitung/Bestimmungsgemäßer GebrauchNicht bestimmungs gemäss (2012-03-19 16:41:15) @ 0\mod_1196401324340_78.docx @ 7690 @ @ 1

Any use of the machine for other purposes is deemed not to be in accordance with intended use. The manufacturer shall not be liable for any resulting damage; the user alone shall bear the risk. Operation in accordance with intended use also includes observing the operating, maintenance and service instructions specified by the manufacturer. Unauthorised modifications to the machine may affect the properties of the machine or disrupt proper operation. For this reason, unauthorised modifications shall exclude any liability of the manufacturer for consequential damage.


Introduction

14

Pos: 8.12 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Technische Daten @ 0\mod_1195566374865_78.docx @ 594 @ 2 @ 1

3.6 Technical data

All information, illustrations and technical data in these operating instructions correspond to the latest state at the time of publication. We reserve the right to make design changes at any time and without notification of reasons.

Pos: 8.13 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/ZX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Maschine ZX 400 Baureihe @ 136\mod_1352726359223_78.docx @ 1210311 @ @ 1

Dimensions ZX 400 GL ZX 400 GD

Total height* approx. mm 3990

Platform height* approx. mm 1700

Length mm 9845

Width approx. mm 2950

Track width approx. mm 2050

Capacity (DIN 11741) approx. m 3 38

KRONE foreign body safety protection Single blade locking device

Chop length for 23 blades mm 46 blades mm

74 37

Metering rollers - 3 (2)

Pick-up working width mm 2100

Ground clearance of the hydraulic offset drawbar mm 750

Loading time minutes 7 to 10

Unloading time minutes 2 5

Load Sensing capable Yes

* standard equipment, depending on the tyres and the axle assembly () optional

Pos: 8.14 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/ZX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Gewichte ZX 400/430 Baureihe @ 136\mod_1352725749676_78.docx @ 1210224 @ @ 1

Weights kg

Permissible bearing load Bottom hitch / (bottom hitch with forced steering K50)

3000 (4000)

Permissible axle load Tandem unit 20 to. 20.000

Permitted gross weight 23.000 24.000

() optional

Pos: 8.15 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Technische Daten: Die zul. Gewichte dürfen nicht überschritten werden @ 136\mod_1352703832579_78.docx @ 1209403 @ @ 1

The permissible weights (total weight, axle load and supported load) stated on the type plate are significant and must not be exceeded.


Introduction

15

Pos: 8.17 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/ZX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Mindestanforderung an den Traktor ZX 400 Baureihe @ 136\mod_1352727931871_78.docx @ 1210428 @ @ 1

Minimum Requirements for the Tractor

Power requirement 105/143 kW/HP

P.T.O. speed max. 1000 r.p.m.

Lighting voltage 12 volt, 7-pin plug

Voltage control unit (optional) 12 volt, 3-pin plug

Max. operating pressure of hydraulic system 200 bar

Hydraulic connections of the Comfort electronics system 1x single-action control unit or

1x double-action control unit

1x depressurised return in the tank

Additional for hydraulic front flap 1x double-action control unit

Max. permissible transport speed 40 km/h

Pos: 8.18 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/MX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Überlastsicherung MX 320/350 / ZX 400/450/Technische Daten: Überlastsicherung MX 320/350 / ZX 400/450/550 @ 270\mod_1402465701941_78.docx @ 2038492 @ @ 1

Overload protection

Cam-type clutch (drive universal shaft) 2000 Nm

Pos: 8.19 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Technische Daten: Ausrüstung der Maschine (länderabhängig) Sicherungskette @ 180\mod_1376457824014_78.docx @ 1545695 @ @ 1

Equipment of the Machine (specific country request)

Safety chain 311 kN (70.000 lbf)


Introduction

16





Length mm 10595






74 37








Pos: 8.22 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/ZX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Gewichte ZX 450 / 470 Baureihe @ 136\mod_1352725911153_78.docx @ 1210253 @ @ 1

Weights kg


3000 (4000)

Permissible axle load Tandem unit 20 to. 20.000

Tridem unit 27 to. (27.000)

Permitted gross weight 23.000 (24.000)

24.000 (31.000)

() optional




Introduction

17














Overload protection






Introduction

18





Length mm 12000






74 37








Pos: 8.30 /BA/Einleitung/Technische Daten/Ladewagen/ZX Baureihe/Technische Daten: Gewichte ZX 550/560 Baureihe @ 136\mod_1352726091624_78.docx @ 1210282 @ @ 1

Weights kg


3000 (4000)

Permissible axle load Tridem unit 27 to. 27.000

Permitted gross weight 30.000 31.000

() optional




Introduction

19














Overload protection






Introduction

20

Pos: 10 /Layout Module /Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ 1 @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 11 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Safety

21

Pos: 12.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/P-T/Sicherheit @ 0\mod_1195566748646_78.docx @ 635 @ 2 @ 1

4 Safety Pos: 12.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Ladewagen/Sicherheit Einführung Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1199686857381_78.docx @ 32996 @ @ 1

4.1 Introduction

The loading wagon is equipped with all safety devices (protective devices). However, it is not possible to eliminate all potential hazards on this machine as this would impair its full functional capability. Hazard warnings are attached to the machine in the relevant areas to warn against any dangers. The safety instructions are provided in the form of so-called warning pictograms. Important information on the position of these safety signs and what they mean is given below!

Pos: 12.3 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete WarnhinweiseGefahr - Beschädigte oder unlesbare Aufkleber (2012-07-26 14:29:51) @ 0\mod_1195567214115_78.docx @ 674 @ 33 @ 1

Danger! - Danger zone of the machine Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Immediately replace damaged or illegible adhesive labels. • Following repair work, always attach appropriate adhesive safety stickers to all the

replaced, modified or repaired components. • Never clean areas carrying an adhesive safety label using a high-pressure cleaner. • Familiarise yourself with the statement of the warning pictograms. The adjacent text and

the selected location on the machine provide information on the special danger spots on the machine.

Pos: 12.4 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete Warnhinweise/Kennzeichnung der Gefahrenhinweise (2012-07-26 15:10:30) @ 28\mod_1250244370070_78.docx @ 274714 @ 3 @ 1

4.2 Identification of the hazard warnings

Danger!

DANGER! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Measures for hazard prevention Warning !

WARNING! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Injuries, serious material damage. • Measures for hazard prevention Caution!

CAUTION! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Property damage • Measures for risk prevention.


Safety

22

Pos: 12.6 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete WarnhinweiseHinweis - Nachbestellung/ Anbringung Aufkleber @ 0\mod_1195637337107_78.docx @ 1079 @ @ 1

4.2.1 Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels

Note Every adhesive safety and information label is assigned an order number and can be ordered directly from the manufacturer or from an authorized dealer (see Section "Contact").

4.2.2 Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels

Note - Affixing an adhesive label Effect: Adhesion of the label • The surface for affixing the adhesive label must be clean and free of dirt, oil and grease.

Pos: 12.7 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Ansprechpartner @ 0\mod_1195569394286_78.docx @ 839 @ @ 1

4.2.3 Contact Pos: 12.8 /BA/AdressenAdresse Maschinenfabrik KRONE Spelle @ 0\mod_1195568531083_78.docx @ 734 @ @ 1

Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbH Heinrich-Krone-Strasse 10 D-48480 Spelle (Germany) Telephone: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-0 (Head Office) Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-339 (Head Office) Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-239 (Spare parts - domestic) Fax.: + 49 (0) 59 77/935-359 (Spare parts - export) Email: [email protected]

Pos: 12.9 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Safety

23

Pos: 12.10 /Layout Module Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 12.11 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Safety

24

Pos: 12.12 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Lage der Sicherheitsaufkleber an der Maschine @ 0\mod_1195634967326_78.docx @ 1020 @ 2 @ 1

4.3 Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the Machine Pos: 12.13 /BA/Sicherheit/Aufkleber/Ladewagen/Sicherheitsaufkleber ZX GL/GD @ 82\mod_1317017696820_78.docx @ 723588 @ @ 1 GL

ZX400028

1045

119

7

10

1 3 2 37 7 1

8 8

(GD)

(GD)

(GL)

(GD)

(GL)

(GD)

Fig. 2

Safety

25

1) Before starting the machine, read and observe the operating instructions and safety instructions. Order No. 939 471-1 (2x)

2) PTO speeds must not be exceeded! The operating pressure of the hydraulic system must not exceed 200 bar!

939 101-4

MAX.1000/ min

MAX. 200 bar Order No. 939 101-4 (1x)

3) Never reach into the pick-up area when the tractor engine is running and the PTO shaft is connected. Order No. 942 407-1 (2x)

4) Do not step under the raised tailgate. Order No. 939 521-1 (2x)

5) Do not step on the loading surface when the machine is in operation! Remove the ignition key Order No. 939 414-2 (1x) GD Order No. 939 414-2 (3x) GL

6) No one is permitted in the swivel range of the tailgate while the tractor motor is running. Order No. 939 412-2 (2x)

7) While parts are moving, never reach into areas where there is a risk of being crushed. Order No. 942 196-1 (4x)

8)

The accumulator is subject to gas and oil pressure. Disassemble and repair in strict accordance with the instructions in the technical handbook. (with hydr. drawbar suspension) (2x) (With self steering) (3x) Order No. 939 529 -0

942 196 -1

Safety

26

ZX400028

1045

119

7

10

1 3 2 37 7 1

8 8

(GD)

(GD)

(GL)

(GD)

(GL)

(GD)

Fig. 3

Safety

27

9) Before doing anything under the raised tailgate, turn off the tractor engine and support the tailgate. Order No. 939 516-0 (2x)

10)

Close the protective equipment before putting into operation. Order No. 942 002-4 (2x) (GD)

11) Danger due to rotating machine parts Order No. 942 200-1 (2x) (GD)


Safety

28

Pos: 12.15 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Lage der allgemeinen Hinweisaufkleber an der Maschine @ 0\mod_1195635067920_78.docx @ 1039 @ 2 @ 1

4.4 Position of the General Information Labels on the Machine Pos: 12.16 /BA/Sicherheit/Aufkleber/Ladewagen/Hinweisaufkleber ZX GL/GD @ 35\mod_1257258623245_78.docx @ 328367 @ 2 @ 1

35

2

6 7 1110

7

5

4

ZX400030_3

1

1

199

Fig. 4

Safety

29

1)

942 012-1

942 012 1 (4x)

2)

40

939 218-1 (1x) 25 km 939 145-1 (1x) 40 km 942 364 0 (1x) 65 km

3)

942 134-0 (1x)

4)

939 299-1 (1x)

5)

3,0 bar See tyre table (2x)

6)

939 573-0 (1x)

7)

1.) 2.) 3.)Not-Handbet ätigung

348 905 2

Qualit ät: Fas Cal 895 gl änzendUntergrund: blau (ral 5010)Schrift: wei ß

180

348 905 2 (1x) (with Comfort version)

8)

23 23

27 000 973 0

Qualit ä t: Fas Cal 895 gl ä nzendUntergrund: blau (ral 5010)Schrift: wei ß

120

27 000 973 0 (1x)1)

9)

939 124 1

10) P

P

348 352 1 (1x) (optional)

11)

27 002 586 0 27 002 568 0 (1x) with Comfort version

12)


Safety

30

Pos: 12.18 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete Warnhinweise/Kennzeichnung von Hinweisen in der Betriebsanleitung Einführungstext (2012-07-27 09:59:06) @ 0\mod_1195637804826_78.docx @ 1098 @ @ 1

4.5 Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions

The safety instructions contained in this manual which could result in personal injury if not followed are identified by the general danger sign:

Pos: 12.19 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete Warnhinweise/Kennzeichnung der Gefahrenhinweise (2012-07-26 15:10:30) @ 28\mod_1250244370070_78.docx @ 274714 @ @ 1

4.6 Identification of the hazard warnings

Danger!

DANGER! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Measures for hazard prevention Warning !

WARNING! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Injuries, serious material damage. • Measures for hazard prevention Caution!

CAUTION! - Type and source of the hazard! Effect: Property damage • Measures for risk prevention.

Pos: 12.20 /BA/Sicherheit/6. Überarbeitete Warnhinweise/Allgemeine Funktionshinweise (2012-07-26 15:24:39) @ 0\mod_1196869714452_78.docx @ 15185 @ 3 @ 1

General function instructions are indicated as follows: Note!

Note - Type and source of the note Effect: Economic advantage of the machine • Actions to be taken

Instructions which are attached to the machine need to be followed and kept fully legible.


Safety

31

Pos: 12.22.1 /BA/Sicherheit/Personalqualifikation und -schulung @ 0\mod_1195639383185_78.docx @ 1136 @ @ 1

4.6.1 Personnel Qualification and Training

The machine may be used, maintained and repaired only by persons who are familiar with it and have been instructed about the dangers connected with it. The operator must define areas of responsibility and monitoring of personnel. Should personnel lack the required knowledge, they must receive the required training and instruction. The operator must ensure that the contents of these operating instructions have been fully understood by personnel. Repair work not described in these operating instructions should only be performed by authorised service centres.

Pos: 12.22.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Gefahren bei Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1195639434013_78.docx @ 1155 @ 2 @ 1

4.6.2 Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the Safety Instructions

Failure to follow the safety instructions could result in personal injury and environmental hazards as well as damage to the machine. If the safety instructions are not respected, this could result in the forfeiture of any claims for damages. Failure to follow the safety instructions could result, for example, in the following hazards:

• Endangering of persons due to not protected working areas. • Breakdown of important machine functions • Failure of prescribed methods for repair and maintenance • Endangering of persons due to mechanical and chemical effects • Damage to the environment due to leaking hydraulic oil

Pos: 12.22.3 /BA/SicherheitSicherheitsbewusstes Arbeiten_Teil1 @ 0\mod_1195639792576_78.docx @ 1174 @ 2 @ 1

4.6.3 Safety-conscious work practices

Always observe the safety instructions set out in these operating instructions, all existing accident prevention rules and any internal work, operating and safety rules issued by the operator. The safety and accident prevention regulations of the responsible professional associations are binding. The safety instructions provided by the vehicle manufacturer should also be observed. Observe the applicable traffic laws when using public roads. Be prepared for emergencies. Keep the fire extinguisher and first aid box within reach. Keep emergency numbers for doctors and fire brigade close to the telephone.

Pos: 12.22.4 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Safety

32

Pos: 12.22.5 /BA/Sicherheit/Sicherheits- und Unfallverhütungs-Vorschriften Swadro_Ladewagen_EasyCut @ 73\mod_1308298589597_78.docx @ 655493 @ 2 @ 1

4.7 Safety Instructions and Accident Prevention Regulations

1 Please follow all generally applicable safety and accident prevention regulations in addition to the safety instructions contained in these operating instructions!

2 The attached warning and safety signs provide important information for safe operation. Pay attention to these for your own safety!

3 When using public roads, make sure to observe the applicable traffic regulations! 4 Make sure that you are familiar with all equipment and controls as well as with their

functions before you begin working with the machine. It is too late to learn this when you are using the machine for work!

5 The user should wear close fitting clothes. Avoid wearing loose or baggy clothing. 6 Keep the machine clean to prevent the danger of fire! 7 Before starting or moving the machine, make certain that nobody is in the vicinity of the

machine! (Watch for children!) Make sure that you have a clear view! 8 Carrying passengers during operation and transport on the working implement is not

permitted. 9 Couple implements correctly! Attach and secure implements to specified devices only! 10 When attaching or detaching implements, place the supporting devices in the correct

positions! 11 Use extreme caution when attaching or detaching implements onto or from the tractor! 12 Always attach ballast weights properly to the fixing points provided! 13 Observe permitted axle loads, gross weight and transport dimensions! 14 Check and attach transport equipment, such as lighting, warning devices and protective

equipment! 15 Actuating mechanisms (cables, chains, linkages etc.) for remote controlled devices must be

positioned in such a way that no movements are unintentionally triggered in any transport or working positions.

16 Ensure that implements are in the prescribed condition for on-road travel and lock them in place in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions!

17 Never leave the driver's seat when the vehicle is moving! 18 Always drive at the correct speed for the prevailing driving conditions! Avoid sudden

changes in direction when travelling uphill or downhill or across a gradient! 19 Hitched implements and ballast weights affect the driving, steering and braking response of

the machine. Make sure that you are able to brake and steer the machine as required! 20 Take into account the extension radius and/or inertia of an implement when turning corners! 21 Start up implements only when all safety devices have been attached and set in the

required position! 22 Keep safety equipment in good condition. Replace missing or damaged parts. 23 Keep clear of the working range of the machine at all times! 24 Do not stand within the turning and swivel range of the implement! 25 Never operate the hydraulic folding frames if anyone is inside the swivel range!

Safety

33

26 Parts operated by external power (e.g. hydraulically) can cause crushing and shearing

injuries! 27 Before leaving the tractor, lower the implement onto the ground, apply the parking brake,

switch off the engine and remove the ignition key! Pos: 12.22.6 /BA/Sicherheit/Angehängte Geräte/Geräte angehängt @ 0\mod_1199699679381_78.docx @ 33245 @ 2 @ 1

4.8 Hitched Implements

1 Secure implements against rolling. 2 Observe the maximum supported load on the trailer coupling, swing drawbar or hitch! 3 If a drawbar coupling is used, make certain that there is enough play at the coupling point.


Safety

34

Pos: 12.22.8 /BA/Sicherheit/Zapfwellenbetrieb Traktor @ 0\mod_1199699899350_78.docx @ 33264 @ @ 1

4.9 PTO operation

1 Use only PTO shafts specified by the manufacturer! 2 The guard tube and guard cone of the PTO shaft and the PTO guard must be attached and

in good working condition (on the implement side, too)! 3 Make sure that the required tube covers are in place for PTO shafts in transport and

working position! 4 Before installing or detaching PTO shafts, disengage the PTO, switch off the engine and

remove the ignition key! 5 When using PTO shafts with an overload safety or free-running coupling which are not

shielded by the guard on the tractor, mount the overload safety or free-running coupling on the implement side!

6 Always make sure that the PTO shaft is properly installed and secured! 7 Attach chains to prevent the PTO shaft guard from rotating with the shaft! 8 Before switching on the PTO, make sure that the selected PTO speed of the tractor

matches the permissible implement speed! 9 Before switching on the PTO shaft make sure that no person is in the danger zone of the

device! 10 Never switch on the PTO if the engine is switched off! 11 No one should be in the vicinity of the rotating PTO or PTO shaft when the PTO is in use. 12 Always switch off the PTO shaft when the angle is too large or the PTO shaft is not

required! 13 Caution! After disengaging the PTO danger due to the flywheel running on! Keep away from

the implement during this time. The machine may be worked on only if it is completely at standstill and if the flywheel is secured by the parking brake.

14 Cleaning, lubricating or adjusting PTO driven implements or the PTO shaft only with PTO disengaged, engine switched off and ignition key withdrawn! Secure the fly-wheel with the parking brake.

15 Place the disconnected PTO shaft onto the support provided! 16 After detaching the PTO shaft, attach the protective cover to the PTO end! 17 If damage occurs, correct this immediately before using the implement!

Pos: 12.22.9 /BA/Sicherheit/Hydraulikanlage @ 2\mod_1203503691986_78.docx @ 66225 @ 2 @ 1

4.10 Hydraulic system

1 The hydraulic system is pressurised! 2 When connecting hydraulic cylinders and motors, make sure the hydraulic hoses are

connected as specified! 3 When connecting the hydraulic hoses to the tractor hydraulics, make sure that the

hydraulics of both the tractor and the implement have been depressurized! 4 In the case of hydraulic connections between tractor and machine, the coupling sleeves and

plugs should be marked to ensure a proper connection! If the connectors are interchanged, the function will be reversed (e. g. raising/lowering) - Risk of accident!

5 When searching for leaks, use suitable aids to avoid the risk of injury! 6 Liquids escaping under high pressure (hydraulic oil) can penetrate the skin and cause

serious injury! Seek medical help immediately should injuries occur! Danger of infection! 7 Before working on the hydraulic system, depressurise the system and switch off the engine!

Pos: 12.22.10 /BA/Sicherheit/Hydraulikanlage Zusatz Alterung der Hydraulikschlauchleitungen @ 3\mod_1204552944856_78.docx @ 70772 @ @ 1

8 Check the hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals and replace them if damaged or worn! The new hoses must fulfill the technical requirements set by the manufacturer of the implement!


Safety

35

Pos: 12.22.12 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Reifen @ 0\mod_1197357995667_78.docx @ 18075 @ 2 @ 1

4.11 Tyres Pos: 12.22.13 /BA/Sicherheit/Reifen @ 0\mod_1195646435716_78.docx @ 1346 @ 2 @ 1

1 When working on the tyres, make sure that the implement is safely lowered and secured against rolling (wheel chocks).

2 Installing wheels and tyres requires adequate knowledge and suitable tools! 3 Repair work on the tyres and wheels should be done by specially trained personnel using

appropriate installation tools only! 4 Check tyre pressure regularly! Inflate the tyres to the recommended pressures! 5 Check the wheel nuts periodically! Missing wheel nuts can result in a wheel falling off and

the machine tipping over. Pos: 12.22.14 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Safety

36

Pos: 12.22.15 /BA/Sicherheit/Wartung/Wartung Mäher mit Gasspeicher+ Auswechseln von Arbeitswerkzeugen @ 0\mod_1195647075607_78.docx @ 1442 @ 2 @ 1

4.12 Maintenance

1 Always make certain that the drive and the engine are switched off before doing any repairs, maintenance or cleaning! - Remove the ignition key!

2 Regularly check that nuts and bolts are properly seated and tighten if necessary! 3 When carrying out maintenance work on a raised mowing unit, always use suitable means

to secure it against falling. 4 When replacing working tools with cutting edges, use suitable tools and gloves! 5 Oils, greases and filters must be disposed of correctly! 6 Always disconnect the power supply before working on the electrical system! 7 If protective devices and guards are subject to wear, check them regularly and replace them

in good time! 8 When performing electrical welding work on the vehicle and mounted devices, turn the

power supply off at main battery switch or disconnect generator cable and battery! 9 Replacement parts must at least comply with the technical requirements set by the

manufacturer of the implements! This is guaranteed by original KRONE spare parts! 10 Only use nitrogen for filling pneumatic accumulators - risk of explosion!

Pos: 12.22.16 /BA/Sicherheit/Eigenmächtiger Umbau und Ersatzteilherstellung @ 1\mod_1201937705539_78.docx @ 55745 @ @ 1

4.13 Unauthorised Conversion/Modification and Spare Parts Production

Conversions or modifications of the machine are permitted only with prior consultation with the manufacturer. Original spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer help to ensure safety. Use of other parts may void liability for resulting damage.

Pos: 12.22.17 /BA/Sicherheit/Unzulässige Betriebsweisen @ 11\mod_1223357699923_78.docx @ 145527 @ @ 1

4.14 Inadmissible Modes of Operation

The operating safety of the delivered machine is guaranteed only when it is used as intended in compliance with the introductory section "Intended use" of the operating instructions. The limit values listed in the data charts should not be exceeded under any circumstances.

Pos: 12.22.18 /BA/Sicherheit/Sicherheitshinweise an der Maschine @ 1\mod_1201937861961_78.docx @ 55783 @ 1 @ 1

4.15 Safety Instructions on the Machine

The safety instructions on the machine warn of residual risks associated with the machine. They consist of warning pictograms and a work safety symbol. All safety instructions must be followed. Always keep the safety instructions clean and in clearly legible condition! If any safety instructions are damaged or missing, request them from your dealer and then put them in the places provided for them. Where these safety instructions are and what they mean will be described in the following chapters.


Commissioning

37

Pos: 14.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Erstinbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196314201498_78.docx @ 5855 @ @ 1

5 Commissioning Pos: 14.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/ErstinbetriebnahmeWarnung - Erstinbetriebnahme AX / MX/ TX/ ZX @ 111\mod_1336724783740_78.docx @ 987284 @ @ 1

WARNING! Risk of accident or damage to the machine due to an incorrect initial operation! Only an authorized service technician is permitted to carry out the initial operation.

Pos: 14.3 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Checkliste Erstinbetriebnahme ZX @ 121\mod_1343907018523_78.docx @ 1109389 @ @ 1

Execute the following points to ensure a secure condition of the machine (depending on how the machine is equipped): • Adjust drawbar height • Adjust driving height • Adjust forced steering • Prepare the machine for driving around curves • Check system pressure • Align the controlled wheels (tracking) • Adjust the hydraulic system • Adjust the length of the universal shafts


Commissioning

38

Pos: 14.5 /BA/Anhang - Erstmontage/Ladewagen/Aus Transportgründen @ 54\mod_1290760688734_78.docx @ 510888 @ @ 1

For transport reasons, the machine is delivered without the PTO shaft mounted and with the panelling not completely mounted. Before initial start-up, the machine must be completely assembled and adjusted to the tractor used. The following parts are included loose with delivery. These parts should be kept in the loading area of the machine.

Pos: 14.6 /BA/Anhang - Erstmontage/Ladewagen/Aus Transportgründen Bild Titan_AX_ZX @ 0\mod_1199702167491_78.docx @ 33345 @ 2 @ 1

TR000009

1

4

5

7

32

Figure 5 Pos: 14.7 /BA/Anhang - Erstmontage/Ladewagen/Aufzählung Montageteile ZX @ 1\mod_1201676480888_78.docx @ 53505 @ @ 1

1 PTO shaft not shown here: 2 Control (optional) Power supply cable 3 Electrical cable for lighting Cable harness for terminal connection

(optional) 4 Can of spray paint Support for in-cab Comfort kit (optional) 5 Operating Instructions 7 Small parts (in cardboard box)


Commissioning

39

Pos: 14.9 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Deichselhöhe anpassen und Zugöse einstellen @ 0\mod_1199704039319_78.docx @ 33461 @ @ 1

5.1 Changing the Drawbar Height and Adjusting the Hitch Pos: 14.10 /BA/Sicherheit/LadewagenGefahr - Höhenverstellung Knickdeichsel (2014-03-20 15:25:26) @ 0\mod_1199703652225_78.docx @ 33442 @ 23 @ 1

Danger! • The following general rules apply to all maintenance, assembly, repair and adjustment

work: Bring the machine to a complete stop. Switch off the engine. Remove the ignition key.• Secure the tractor and machine against the possibility of rolling back. • The height adjustment (offset drawbar) and angle setting of the hitch must only be made by

the authorised dealer. • The hydraulic height adjustment must only be used for unloading on an even section. • Road travel is only permitted with the offset drawbar lowered! • Repair work on the hydraulic system may be performed only by trained and authorised

personnel. • When working on the drawbar, protect it against being lowered unintentionally.

Pos: 14.11 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Deichselhöhe anpassen und Zugöse einstellen X=1,48 - 1,53 m @ 35\mod_1258707217865_78.docx @ 335325 @ @ 1

KDW03320

x

Figure 6: To ensure optimum crop collection, the height of the drawbar must be adjusted to the relevant tractor type. When hitched up, the dimension between the top of the frame and the ground, measured in front, must be x = 1.48 – 1.53 m.


Commissioning

40

Pos: 14.13 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Höheneinstellung ZX @ 1\mod_1201687222045_78.docx @ 53548 @ @ 1

5.2 Height adjustment

5.2.1 Adjusting the Cylinders

ZX400021

1

2

Fig. 7 • Hook the hitch for the Ø 80 ball attachment (1) on the wagon into the Ø 80 ball coupling (2)

on the tractor and secure it. • Hook the hitch (1) of the wagon into the hitch coupling (2) of the tractor.


Commissioning

41

Pos: 14.15 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Höheneinstellung Zylinder einstellen 1,48 bis 1,53 m @ 35\mod_1258707698678_78.docx @ 335350 @ 2 @ 1

SW46

a3

8

9

6XL00004_1

Fig. 8 • Park the wagon down on the parking jack. • Loosen counter nut "W/F46" (4) until the key can be placed on the plunger rod (7). Turn the plunger rod (2) against the threaded piece until dimension x between the top of the frame and the ground is 1.48 – 1.53 m

Note The plunger (7) of the cylinder must not be completely inserted to the stop to allow later adjustments.

• Lock the nut (4) in place again.

Note The adjustment must be made evenly for both cylinders.

If necessary, change the position of the cylinder (3) and its fastening (8). Use one of the holes (9) in the drawbar beam to do this.

Pos: 14.16 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Nur bei Ausführung Deichselautomatik @ 104\mod_1332760455785_78.docx @ 946669 @ @ 1

Automatic Drawbar Design Only If the position of the cylinder is changed, the tension of the sensor B28 (drawbar angle) must be checked and set, if necessary. The value for the tension must be between 4.8V and 5.0V with completely lowered drawbar. For sensor setting, refer to chapter entitled KRONE ISOBUS Terminal CCI 100 “Menu 4-2 Manual Sensor Test” or “KRONE Operation Terminal Gamma “Menu 4-2 Manual Sensor Test”.


Commissioning

42

Pos: 14.18 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/U-Z/Winkeleinstellung der Zugöse @ 1\mod_1201940977539_78.docx @ 55958 @ 2 @ 1

5.3 Angle Setting of the Hitch Pos: 14.19 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Winkeleinstellung der Zugöse @ 0\mod_1199709827991_78.docx @ 33610 @ @ 1

KDW02360

B

A

Figure 9 To ensure the hitch is as horizontal as possible to the trailer coupling when it is positioned, and to prevent problems when the drawbar is bent, the hitch can be mounted in either of two positions. You can use "A" or "B" depending on the height of the tractor coupling. Tightening torque of fastening bolts: 1,450 Nm


Commissioning

43

Pos: 14.21 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Fahrhöhe einstellen @ 85\mod_1319455694442_78.docx @ 738898 @ @ 1

5.4 Setting the Driving Height Pos: 14.22.1 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgleich 16 Tonnen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgleich @ 114\mod_1338799332774_78.docx @ 1005194 @ @ 1

5.4.1 Tandem Unit with Hydraulic Compensation Pos: 14.22.2 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/18 bzw. 20 Tonnen Achslast / Zylinder Ø 90 mm / Variante 3942/3943 @ 114\mod_1338815701036_78.docx @ 1005911 @ @ 1

18 resp. 20 tons axle load / cylinder Ø 90 mm / version 3944/3945/3968/3969/3970 Pos: 14.22.3 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Vorsicht Fahrhöhe nur von autorisiertem Fachpersonal durchführen @ 114\mod_1338532291491_78.docx @ 1003435 @ @ 1

Caution! The setting of the driving height may only be carried out by trained and authorized professionals. An incorrect setting of the driving height causes damages to the machine or accidents.

Pos: 14.22.4 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Absperrhähne 1-6 öffnen Bild @ 114\mod_1338815850223_78.docx @ 1005950 @ @ 1

1

3 42 5

6

ZX400118

Fig. 10 Pos: 14.22.5 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Einführtext Auslierferungszustand (6 Absperrhähne) @ 114\mod_1338816925274_78.docx @ 1006019 @ @ 1

The cylinders of the unit are retracted completely in the supplied condition. The six shut-off valves (1 to 6) are closed (lever perpendicular to the direction of line). The position of the shut-off valves must be checked and, if required, changed. Set the driving height before putting the machine into operation.

Pos: 14.22.6 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Vorraussetzung zum Einstellen der Fahrhöhe @ 112\mod_1337691372149_78.docx @ 995467 @ @ 1

Prerequisite for Setting: • Park tractor and machine on firm and level ground • Connect the machine - excepting the universal shaft - to the tractor • Secure the machine and the tractor against unintentionally rolling away:

• Tighten parking brake • Use wheel chocks

• The drawbar height must be adapted Pos: 14.22.7 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maß X messen Bild @ 114\mod_1338533676181_78.docx @ 1003581 @ 3 @ 1

a

Fig. 11 Pos: 14.22.8 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maß X messen AX/MX/ZX @ 114\mod_1338533917334_78.docx @ 1003610 @ @ 1

1 Determine dimension “X” in the lowered state (measured between ground and lower edge of the middle axle cross member (a)).


Commissioning

44

Pos: 14.22.10 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Fahrhöhe auf X+140 mm einstellen @ 114\mod_1338796842157_78.docx @ 1004895 @ @ 1

5.4.2 Setting Driving Height to X+140 mm Pos: 14.22.11 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Vorsicht Funktion Messerbalken heben/senken betätigen @ 114\mod_1338878288847_78.docx @ 1006443 @ @ 1

Caution! Activate lifting/lowering blade bar function Effect: Serious injuries The upper blade bar moves with the “Lifting/Lowering Blade Bar” function. Make certain there is no one in the danger zone of the blade bar.

Pos: 14.22.12 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hinweis - Den Hydraulik- Ölstand des Traktors kontrollieren, gebenenfalls nachfüllen @ 116\mod_1340255432104_78.docx @ 1015195 @ @ 1

Note For raising the unit, approx. 4-5 l of oil are taken out of the tractor supply. Check the hydraulic oil level of the tractor; top up the oil, if necessary.

Pos: 14.22.13 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Absperrhähne 1-6 öffnen Bild @ 114\mod_1338815850223_78.docx @ 1005950 @ @ 1

1

3 42 5

6

ZX400118

Fig. 12 Pos: 14.22.14 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Maß X+140 einstellen / Absperrhähne 1 bis 6 öffnen ZX @ 196\mod_1384153195727_78.docx @ 1658948 @ @ 1

2 Open the six stop cocks 1 to 6, lever in direction of line. 3 Raise or lower the unit completely three times with “Lifting/lowering blade bar” function. As a

result, the cylinders of the unit are vented. 4 Raise the unit to the dimension „X+160 mm“. 5 Check the dimension „X+160 mm“, right-hand and left-hand side of the machine. If the dimension „X+160“ is different on the right and left side, the appropriate side must be

readjusted. The corresponding stop cocks (2 and 4 or 3 and 5) remain open for the side which has to be corrected. The other stop cocks are closed. • Retract or extend the unit until the cylinders of the unit are extended at the same

distance (x+160). • Open the closed stop cocks (2 and 4 or 3 and 5). • Align the frame of the machine in parallel to the contact surface by activating

“Lifting/lowering offset drawbar” function 6 Close the stop cocks 4 and 5. 7 Lower the unit slowly to the dimension “X+140 mm”. 8 Close the stop cocks 1 to 6. The levers of all stop cocks (1 to 6) are perpendicular to the direction of the line.

Pos: 14.22.15 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 3 @ 1

Commissioning

45

Pos: 14.22.16 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Absperrhähne 1 bis 6 gegen Verdrehen sichern MX/ZX @ 114\mod_1338817262975_78.docx @ 1006106 @ @ 1

ZX400120

1

3 42 5

6

Fig. 13 9 For securing the unit against unintentional activation, secure the actuation levers of the six

shut-off valves (1 - 6) to prevent them from turning To do this: • Remove the actuation lever of the six shut-off valves (1 to 6) • Rotate the intermediate plate (8) on the square head until the levers can no longer be

actuated • Install the actuation lever in the direction of the notch (9) on the square head


Commissioning

46

Pos: 14.22.18 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/U-Z/Zuleitung zum ALB-Regler entlüften @ 114\mod_1338791218266_78.docx @ 1004277 @ @ 1

5.4.3 Venting the Hydraulic Circuit of the Unit Pos: 14.22.19 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Warnung Luft im Hydraulikkreislauf des Aggregats @ 114\mod_1338791625093_78.docx @ 1004338 @ @ 1

WARNING! Air in the hydraulic circuit of the unit causes a function limitation of the brake system and endangers the traffic safety. Brake force control is only ensured if • the driving height is adjusted correctly • the hydraulic system is vented

Pos: 14.22.20 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/ALB-Regler Bild @ 114\mod_1338791769665_78.docx @ 1004364 @ @ 1

1 2

3

Fig. 14 Pos: 14.22.21 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hydraulikkreislauf des Aggreagats über das ALB-Ventil entlüften @ 114\mod_1338792241985_78.docx @ 1004395 @ 3 @ 1

1. Vent the supply lines to the ALB valve (1) To do this: • Remove the protective caps (2) • Attach a transparent hose piece

Note Collect escaping hydraulic oil in a suitable container and dispose of it correctly.

• Loosen the venting screws (3) • Lock venting screws (3) once the escaping hydraulic oil is free of bubbles • Remove the hoses • Attach protective cap

Pos: 14.22.22 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Nach dem Entlüften Maß X+140 mm prüfen @ 114\mod_1338797064648_78.docx @ 1004923 @ @ 1

2 After venting, the required dimension (X+140 mm) must be checked and readjusted, if necessary (refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Setting Driving Height to Dimension X+140 mm”)


Commissioning

47

Pos: 14.22.24 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maschine absenken @ 114\mod_1338875904814_78.docx @ 1006257 @ @ 1

5.4.4 Lowering the Machine

When lowering the machine, the following must be observed: • Lower an empty wagon only, otherwise there is a risk of tipping over Ensure that the oil tank of the towing vehicle can hold approx. another 4 to 5 litres of oil

before it is full (Consider inadmissible oil mixture!)

Pos: 14.22.25 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Maschine absenken 6 Absperrhähne @ 114\mod_1338875848052_78.docx @ 1006228 @ @ 1

1

3 42 5

6

ZX400119

Fig. 15 1 Open the six shut-off valves (1 - 6) on the unit carefully (lever in direction of line)

Pos: 14.22.26 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hinweis - Absperrhähne lassen sich nicht öffnen @ 114\mod_1338794482547_78.docx @ 1004537 @ @ 1

Note If the shut-off valves cannot be opened, they are prevented from turning by the intermediate plate (8).

Pos: 14.22.27 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tandemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgelich 18 / 20 Tonnen/Absperrhähne 1 bis 6 entriegeln @ 114\mod_1338817722827_78.docx @ 1006135 @ @ 1

Unlocking the Shut-Off Valves: • Remove the actuation lever of the six shut-off valves (1 to 6) • Rotate the intermediate plate (8) on the square head until the actuation levers can be turned • Install the actuation lever in the direction of the notch (9) on the square head

Pos: 14.22.28 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Mit der Funktionstaste "Messerbalken heben" das Ausgleichsaggregat absenken @ 114\mod_1338792794168_78.docx @ 1004511 @ 2 @ 1

2 Lower the unit by using the “Lifting Blade Bar” function Pos: 14.23 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 3 @ 1

Commissioning

48

Pos: 14.24.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Fahrhöhe einstellen @ 85\mod_1319455694442_78.docx @ 738898 @ @ 1

5.5 Setting the Driving Height Pos: 14.24.2 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Ausgleich @ 114\mod_1338532156224_78.docx @ 1003406 @ @ 1

5.5.1 Tridem Unit with Hydraulic Compensation Pos: 14.24.3 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/27 Tonnen Achslast / Zylinder Ø 110 mm / Variante 3990/3991 @ 114\mod_1338884222246_78.docx @ 1006651 @ @ 1

(27 tons axle load / cylinder Ø 110 mm / version 3990/3991) Pos: 14.24.4 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Vorsicht Fahrhöhe nur von autorisiertem Fachpersonal durchführen @ 114\mod_1338532291491_78.docx @ 1003435 @ @ 1

Caution! The setting of the driving height may only be carried out by trained and authorized professionals. An incorrect setting of the driving height causes damages to the machine or accidents.

Pos: 14.24.5 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Absperrhähne 1-3 öffnen Bild ZX, AX, MX @ 171\mod_1370344648783_78.docx @ 1476019 @ @ 1

1 32

ZX400115

Fig. 16 Pos: 14.24.6 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem AussgleichEinführtext Auslierferungszustand (3 Absperrhähne) (2014-05-14 16:19:40) @ 114\mod_1338532474758_78.docx @ 1003493 @ @ 1

The cylinders of the unit are completely retracted in the supplied condition. The three shut-off valves (1 to 3) are closed (lever perpendicular to the direction of line). The position of the shut-off valves must be checked and, if required, changed. Set the driving height before putting the machine into operation.

Pos: 14.24.7 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Vorraussetzung zum Einstellen der Fahrhöhe @ 112\mod_1337691372149_78.docx @ 995467 @ @ 1

Prerequisite for Setting: • Park tractor and machine on firm and level ground • Connect the machine - excepting the universal shaft - to the tractor • Secure the machine and the tractor against unintentionally rolling away:

• Tighten parking brake • Use wheel chocks

• The drawbar height must be adapted Pos: 14.24.8 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem AussgleichVorraussetzung zum Einstellen der Fahrhöhe Zusatz Lifachse (2014-05-14 16:23:32) @ 114\mod_1338532832610_78.docx @ 1003552 @ @ 1

• Lower the lift axle Pos: 14.24.9 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maß X messen Bild @ 114\mod_1338533676181_78.docx @ 1003581 @ 3 @ 1

a

Fig. 17 Pos: 14.24.10 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maß X messen AX/MX/ZX @ 114\mod_1338533917334_78.docx @ 1003610 @ @ 1

1 Determine dimension “X” in the lowered state (measured between ground and lower edge of the middle axle cross member (a)).


Commissioning

49

Pos: 14.24.12 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Fahrhöhe auf X+140 mm einstellen @ 114\mod_1338796842157_78.docx @ 1004895 @ @ 1

5.5.2 Setting Driving Height to X+140 mm Pos: 14.24.13 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Vorsicht Funktion Messerbalken heben/senken betätigen @ 114\mod_1338878288847_78.docx @ 1006443 @ @ 1

Caution! Activate lifting/lowering blade bar function Effect: Serious injuries The upper blade bar moves with the “Lifting/Lowering Blade Bar” function. Make certain there is no one in the danger zone of the blade bar.

Pos: 14.24.14 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hinweis - Den Hydraulik- Ölstand des Traktors kontrollieren, gebenenfalls nachfüllen @ 116\mod_1340255432104_78.docx @ 1015195 @ @ 1

Note For raising the unit, approx. 4-5 l of oil are taken out of the tractor supply. Check the hydraulic oil level of the tractor; top up the oil, if necessary.

Pos: 14.24.15 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Absperrhähne 1-3 öffnen Bild ZX, AX, MX @ 171\mod_1370344648783_78.docx @ 1476019 @ @ 1

1 32

ZX400115

Fig. 18 Pos: 14.24.16 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Maß X+140 einstellen / Absperrhähne 1 bis 3 öffnen ZX @ 114\mod_1338790855632_78.docx @ 1004222 @ @ 1

2 Open the three shut-off valves 1-3 (lever in direction of line) 3 Raise or lower the unit completely three times with “Lifting/Lowering Blade Bar” function (the

cylinders of the unit are vented as a result) 4 Lift the unit to the dimension „X+160 mm“ 5 Check dimension „X+160 mm“ (right and left machine side) If the dimension „X+160 mm“is different on the right and left side, the appropriate side must be readjusted. The appropriate shut-off valve (2 or 3) remains open for the side which has to be corrected. The other shut-off valve is closed.

• Retract or extend the unit until the cylinders of the unit are retracted at the same distance (x+160 mm)

• Open the closed shut-off valve (2 or 3) • Align the frame of the machine in parallel to the contact surface by activating

“Lifting/Lowering Offset Drawbar” function 6 Lower the unit slowly to the dimension „X+140 mm“ 7 Close the three shut-off valves 1 to 3 (levers of the shut-off valves 1 to 3 are perpendicular

to the direction of line)


Commissioning

50

Pos: 14.24.18 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Absperrhähne 1 bis 3 gegen Verdrehen sichern @ 114\mod_1338790968387_78.docx @ 1004251 @ @ 1

1 32

ZX400116

Fig. 19 8 To secure the unit against unintentional activation, prevent the three shut-off valves (1 to 3)

from turning To do this: • Remove the actuation levers of the three shut-off valves (1 to 3) • Rotate the intermediate plate (8) on the square head until the levers can no longer be

actuated • Install the actuation levers in the direction of the notch (9) on the square head


Commissioning

51

Pos: 14.24.20 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/U-Z/Zuleitung zum ALB-Regler entlüften @ 114\mod_1338791218266_78.docx @ 1004277 @ @ 1

5.5.3 Venting the Hydraulic Circuit of the Unit Pos: 14.24.21 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Warnung Luft im Hydraulikkreislauf des Aggregats @ 114\mod_1338791625093_78.docx @ 1004338 @ @ 1

WARNING! Air in the hydraulic circuit of the unit causes a function limitation of the brake system and endangers the traffic safety. Brake force control is only ensured if • the driving height is adjusted correctly • the hydraulic system is vented

Pos: 14.24.22 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/ALB-Regler Bild @ 114\mod_1338791769665_78.docx @ 1004364 @ @ 1

1 2

3

Fig. 20 Pos: 14.24.23 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hydraulikkreislauf des Aggreagats über das ALB-Ventil entlüften @ 114\mod_1338792241985_78.docx @ 1004395 @ 3 @ 1

1. Vent the supply lines to the ALB valve (1) To do this: • Remove the protective caps (2) • Attach a transparent hose piece

Note Collect escaping hydraulic oil in a suitable container and dispose of it correctly.

• Loosen the venting screws (3) • Lock venting screws (3) once the escaping hydraulic oil is free of bubbles • Remove the hoses • Attach protective cap

Pos: 14.24.24 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Nach dem Entlüften Maß X+140 mm prüfen @ 114\mod_1338797064648_78.docx @ 1004923 @ @ 1

2 After venting, the required dimension (X+140 mm) must be checked and readjusted, if necessary (refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Setting Driving Height to Dimension X+140 mm”)


Commissioning

52

Pos: 14.24.26 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Maschine absenken @ 114\mod_1338875904814_78.docx @ 1006257 @ @ 1

5.5.4 Lowering the Machine

When lowering the machine, the following must be observed: • Lower an empty wagon only, otherwise there is a risk of tipping over Ensure that the oil tank of the towing vehicle can hold approx. another 4 to 5 litres of oil

before it is full (Consider inadmissible oil mixture!)

Pos: 14.24.27 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Maschine absenken 3 Absperrhähne ZX, AX, MX @ 171\mod_1370356044295_78.docx @ 1476604 @ @ 1

1 32

ZX400117

Fig. 21 1 Open the three shut-off valves (1 to 3) on the unit carefully (lever in direction of line)

Pos: 14.24.28 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Hinweis - Absperrhähne lassen sich nicht öffnen @ 114\mod_1338794482547_78.docx @ 1004537 @ @ 1

Note If the shut-off valves cannot be opened, they are prevented from turning by the intermediate plate (8).

Pos: 14.24.29 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Tridemaggregat mit hydraulischem Aussgleich/Absperrhähne 1 bis 3 entriegeln @ 114\mod_1338792551999_78.docx @ 1004424 @ @ 1

Unlocking the Shut-Off Valves: • Remove the actuation levers of the three shut-off valves (1 to 3) • Rotate the intermediate plate (8) on the square head until the actuation levers can be turned • Install the actuation levers in the direction of the notch (9) on the square head

Pos: 14.24.30 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Fahrhöhe einstellen/Mit der Funktionstaste "Messerbalken heben" das Ausgleichsaggregat absenken @ 114\mod_1338792794168_78.docx @ 1004511 @ 2 @ 1

2 Lower the unit by using the “Lifting Blade Bar” function Pos: 14.25 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Commissioning

53

Pos: 14.26.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Erstinbetriebnahme bei Zwangslenkung @ 1\mod_1201944899148_78.docx @ 56156 @ @ 1

5.6 Starting up for the first time with self steer Pos: 14.26.2 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Erstinbetriebnaheme_Bild_ Zwangslenkung Tandem_Tridem @ 35\mod_1257505845219_78.docx @ 329388 @ @ 1

ZX400022_2

4

5 6

1

3

7

a

Fig. 22 Pos: 14.26.3 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/a) Ausführung Hydraulisches Tandemaggregat @ 1\mod_1201945352789_78.docx @ 56234 @ @ 1

a) Hydraulic tandem unit design Pos: 14.26.4 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/b) Ausführung Tridemachse @ 1\mod_1201945228539_78.docx @ 56215 @ @ 1

b) Tridem axle design Pos: 14.26.5 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Erstinbetriebnahme bei Zwangslenkung ZX @ 35\mod_1257505663891_78.docx @ 329363 @ 2 @ 1

Note Only a specialist workshop is permitted to perform the initial start-up of self steer.

• Remove the transport lock (3) on the sensor cylinders (4) (for version hydraulic tandem unit) • Remove the transport lock (3) on the right and left sensor cylinders (4) (for version tridem

axle) • For instructions on connecting the machine, refer to chapter "Connecting the hitch for ball

attachment Ø80 to tractor-side ball coupling Ø80" • Align the tractor and attachment on a level surface

Pos: 14.26.6 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Geberzylinder einstellen nur bei Ausführung Tridemachse @ 35\mod_1257773335570_78.docx @ 329974 @ @ 1

Only version with tridem axle • Adjust both sensor cylinders (4) (for version tridem axle) to the same length (dimension X

must be exactly the same on the right and left) To do this: • Disconnect the towing eye for ball attachment Ø50 • Adjust the length of the track rod (5) by loosening the screw connection (6) • Tighten the screw coupling (6) • Connect the towing eye for ball attachment Ø50 to the tractor-side ball coupling Ø50 and

secure it in place • Move the tractor and attachment forward a little and check dimension X


Commissioning

54

Pos: 14.26.8 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Einstellung des Gespanns (Traktor/ Maschine) für die Kurvenfahrt @ 35\mod_1257760131648_78.docx @ 329696 @ @ 1

5.7 Adjusting the Attachment (Tractor/Machine) for Turning Pos: 14.26.9 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Einstellung der Kurvenfahrt Tandemachse / Tridemachse Bild @ 35\mod_1257748759383_78.docx @ 329441 @ @ 1

Fig. 23

Version with hydraulic tandem unit Version with tridem axle

Pos: 14.26.10 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungEinstellung bei hydraulischem Tandemaggregat: (2014-03-17 13:35:51) @ 35\mod_1257749716898_78.docx @ 329536 @ @ 1

Settings with hydraulic tandem unit: First turn the tractor’s steering to full to the left and carefully make a left turn with the attachment. The tractor wheel must not touch the track rod (5) on the tightest curve. If the tractor wheel touches the track rod (5), the collision guards (7) and extensions included with delivery must be mounted. Subsequently, turn the tractor’s steering to full to the right and carefully make a right turn with the attachment. On the tightest curve, make sure that the track rod (5) does not touch the drawbar. If the track rod (5) touches the drawbar, the collision guards (7) and extensions included with delivery must be mounted.

Pos: 14.26.11 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungEinstellung bei Tridemachse (2014-03-17 13:44:56) @ 35\mod_1257749646461_78.docx @ 329512 @ 2 @ 1

Settings with tridem axle: First turn the tractor’s steering to full and carefully make a right or left turn with the attachment. The tractor wheels must not touch the track rods (5) on the tightest curve. If the tractor wheels touch the track rods (5), the collision guards (7) and extensions included with delivery must be mounted.

Pos: 14.26.12 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Hinweis Anpassung der Anfahrschutze @ 35\mod_1257749582711_78.docx @ 329488 @ @ 1

Note Only specialist workshops are permitted to adjust the collision guards (7) to the tractor. Each time the tractor is changed, the adjustment of the collision guards (7) must be checked and changed as necessary.


Commissioning

55

Pos: 14.26.14 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Ausrichten der gelenkten Räder (Einspuren) @ 1\mod_1201698001138_78.docx @ 53870 @ @ 1

5.8 Aligning the Controlled Wheels (Tracking) Pos: 14.26.15 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Einstellarbeiten / Einstellungen/Gefahr - Einstellarbeiten mit Bedieneinheit @ 0\mod_1199869097987_78.docx @ 36160 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected movements of the machine Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Setting tasks must only be performed when the drive is switched off and the engine is at a

standstill! • Bring the machine to a complete stop. • Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and turn off the electrical system on the

control box • Secure the machine and tractor against rolling.

Pos: 14.26.16 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungEinspuren_Bild_Tandem_Tridem ZX (2014-03-17 13:51:52) @ 35\mod_1257753560695_78.docx @ 329593 @ @ 1

ZX400068_1

a b

Fig. 24: a) Hydraulic tandem unit design b) Tridem axle design

Pos: 14.26.17 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Warnung Ausrichten Einspuren @ 171\mod_1370418657349_78.docx @ 1477317 @ 2 @ 1

Warning The machine must only be placed in use with the shut-off valves closed

Pos: 14.26.18 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Zwangslenkung/Hinweis Ausrichten Einspuren @ 171\mod_1370419097127_78.docx @ 1477406 @ @ 1

Warning The machine must only be placed in use with the shut-off valves closed (in a horizontal position)

Note Make certain all the wheels are positioned straight. If they are not, the wheels must be aligned (see chapter Maintenance "Tracking").


Commissioning

56

Pos: 14.26.20 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Systemdruck überprüfen und einstellen @ 78\mod_1314165261374_78.docx @ 695255 @ @ 1

5.9 Checking and Adjusting the System Pressure Pos: 14.26.21 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungSystemdruck überprüfen_Bild Tandem_Tridem ZX (2014-03-17 15:19:24) @ 35\mod_1257756490117_78.docx @ 329618 @ 2 @ 1

78

1

7

7

8

1

ZX400024_3

a b

2

2

Fig. 25 a) Hydraulic tandem unit design b) Tridem axle design

Pos: 14.26.22 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungSystemdruck überprüfung und einstellen (2014-03-19 15:25:19) @ 12\mod_1225203332819_78.docx @ 154324 @ @ 1

Note The system pressure is set to 80 bar in the factory using the pressure limiting valve (8). The pressure must not rise above or fall below this level. Hydraulic tandem unit design: • Make certain the pressure is set to the same level (80 bar) in both control circuits. Tridem axle design: • Make certain the pressure is set to the same level (80 bar) in the four control circuits.

The system pressure (7) must not fall below the normal level of 80 bar. If the system pressure falls below the minimum level, the system must be recharged (see chapter Maintenance "Adjusting the System Pressure").


Commissioning

57

Pos: 14.28 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Anpassen des Hydrauliksystems @ 1\mod_1201241743588_78.docx @ 52013 @ @ 1

5.10 Adjusting the hydraulic system Pos: 14.29 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Ladewagen/Bild Load-Sensing Anschluss AX @ 2\mod_1203596775626_78.docx @ 67033 @ @ 1

Figure 26: Pos: 14.30 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Das Hydrauliksystem der Maschine ist werksseitig auf Dauerumlauf @ 121\mod_1343828402858_78.docx @ 1108849 @ @ 1

The hydraulic system of the machine is designed ex works for continuous circulation (the system screw (1) is completely screwed out).

Pos: 14.31 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Maschine ist Load-Sensing fähig @ 121\mod_1343827288765_78.docx @ 1108791 @ 3 @ 1

The hydraulic system of the machine is Load-Sensing capable. When using the Load Sensing system, oil is supplied via the Power Beyond system of the tractor hydraulics (further information can be obtained from the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of the tractor). When operating the machine via the Load Sensing system, the message line must be connected between message connection (LS) on the control valve block of the machine and the message line of the tractor. Moreover, the system screw (1) must be screwed in until the stop is reached.

Pos: 14.32 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Ladewagen/Die Anpassung des Hydrauliksystems an die Traktorhydraulik erfolgt über die Systemschraube @ 121\mod_1343883740121_78.docx @ 1108935 @ @ 1

The adaption of the hydraulic system to the tractor hydraulics is made via the system screw (1) on the control valve block of the machine. The control valve block can be found on the front right of the wagon under the protective box.

Pos: 14.33 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Hinweis Nur im drucklosen Zustand der Maschine Systemschraube einstellen @ 121\mod_1343831248507_78.docx @ 1108878 @ @ 1

Note The system screw (1) must only be set when the machine is depressurized and the tractor engine is switched off.

Pos: 14.34 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Betrieb der Maschine ohne LS (Load-Sensing-Anschluss) @ 91\mod_1326699351886_78.docx @ 780162 @ 3 @ 1

5.10.1 Operating the Machine without LS (Load-Sensing Connection) Pos: 14.35 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Systemschraube (1) ganz herausdrehen @ 63\mod_1299739012796_78.docx @ 575371 @ @ 1

Unscrew the system screw (1) as far as it will go for: • Tractor with an open (constant-current) hydraulic system (for additional information, please

refer to the tractor manufacturer's operating instructions) • Tractors with LS pump and non-activated load-sensing system

Pos: 14.36 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Hinweis Einstellung ist vom Werk aus gegeben @ 63\mod_1299738968068_78.docx @ 575344 @ @ 1

Note This adjustment is set when the unit leaves the factory.

Pos: 14.37 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Betrieb der Maschine über LS (Load-Sensing-Anschluss) @ 91\mod_1326699464848_78.docx @ 780190 @ @ 1

5.10.2 Operating the Machine via LS (Load-Sensing Connection) Pos: 14.38 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Systemschraube (1) ganz hereindrehen @ 63\mod_1299738923981_78.docx @ 575317 @ 2 @ 1

Screw the system screw (1) as far as it will go for: • Tractors with closed (constant pressure or load sensing) Hydraulic system (For more

information, please refer to the tractor manufacturer's operating instructions) • Tractors with LS pump and message line that is connected


Commissioning

58

Pos: 14.40.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Gelenkwelle @ 0\mod_1199781879794_78.docx @ 34542 @ @ 1

5.11 PTO shaft Pos: 14.40.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Gelenkwelle/Gefahr - Sich drehende Gelenkwelle_1 @ 1\mod_1201687808966_78.docx @ 53608 @ @ 1

Danger! - Rotating PTO shaft Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries • Install or detach the PTO shaft only with the engine switched off and the ignition key

removed. • Secure the tractor against rolling. • Make sure that the PTO shaft is coupled properly (the lock of the PTO shaft must have

snapped in).

Pos: 14.40.3 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Längenanpassung @ 1\mod_1201687632810_78.docx @ 53589 @ @ 1

5.11.1 Length adjustment Pos: 14.40.4 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Gelenkwelle/Ladewagen/Längenanpassung Bild ZX @ 1\mod_1201695407232_78.docx @ 53754 @ @ 1

ZX400045

1

Fig. 27 Pos: 14.40.5 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Gelenkwelle/Ladewagen/Längenanpassung_Text @ 0\mod_1199710526460_78.docx @ 33690 @ @ 1

The length of the PTO shaft (1) must be adjusted. • Attach the machine to the tractor. • Arrange the shortest operating position for the PTO shaft.

Note The shortest operating position can be reached either with maximum turning or when driving straight ahead (depending on the type of tractor)

Pos: 14.40.6 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Gelenkwelle/Ladewagen/Hinweis Hub der Deichsel bei Bremsung berücksichtigen @ 115\mod_1339570385367_78.docx @ 1011256 @ @ 1

Note Take into account the lift of the drawbar when braking.

Pos: 14.40.7 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Gelenkwelle/Ladewagen/Hinweis Mindestüberlappung der Gelenkwelle auch bei ausgehobener Knickdeichsel gewährleistet sein @ 115\mod_1339570819352_78.docx @ 1011295 @ @ 1

Note The minimum overlap of the PTO shaft must also be ensured when the offset drawbar is raised.

Pos: 14.40.8 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Gelenkwelle/Ladewagen/Längenanpassung_Text_Ladewagen @ 110\mod_1336475884075_78.docx @ 984015 @ 1 @ 1

• Pull the PTO shaft apart • Push a PTO shaft half (1) onto the PTO of the tractor • Push on a PTO shaft with overload protection (2) on the machine side • Measure the overlap and make the length adjustment as described in the enclosed

operating instructions of the PTO shaft manufacturer


Start-up

59

Pos: 16.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/F-JInbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196327075811_78.docx @ 6375 @ @ 1

6 Start-up Pos: 16.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - bei Inbetriebnahmen/Wartung Einstellungen @ 1\mod_1201782665576_78.docx @ 54424 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • During operation, maintain an adequate safety distance from all movable parts of the

machine. This applies especially to the collecting mechanism (pick-up) of the crop. Remove blockages only when the PTO has been switched off and the engine completely stopped.

• No one is permitted in the swivel and discharge range of the rear tailgate. When performing maintenance, assembly or repair work inside the machine or on the floor conveyor, the floor conveyor must always be protected against being switched on. Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and turn off the electrical system on the control box

• If dangerous situations arise, switch off the PTO immediately and bring the machine to a stop.

• Never let the machine run if no operating personnel is on the tractor. The following general rules apply to all maintenance, assembly, repair and adjustment work: • Bring the machine to a stop, switch off the engine and remove the ignition key. • Secure the tractor and machine against the possibility of rolling back.

Pos: 16.3 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Prüfungen vor Inbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1196327145451_78.docx @ 6394 @ @ 1

6.1 Check before Start-up Pos: 16.4 /BA/Sicherheit/Ladewagen/Achtung - Traktorwechsel MX/Achtung - Traktorwechsel MX/ZX @ 121\mod_1343973393041_78.docx @ 1109934 @ 2 @ 1

CAUTION Damage to the machine due to tractor change If the tractor is changed, the following needs to be checked and adjusted, if necessary: • Drawbar height - refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Adapting Drawbar Height and

Adjusting Towing Eye” • Setting of hydraulic system - refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Adapting the

Hydraulic System” • Length of universal shaft - refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Universal Shaft”

length adjustment • Forced steering (optional) – refer to chapter entitled Initial Operation “Adjustment of the

Attachment (Tractor/Machine) for Driving Around Curves”

Pos: 16.5 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Ankuppeln/Ankuppeln (ZX) @ 121\mod_1343974052378_78.docx @ 1109995 @ @ 1

To make the connection, proceed as follows: • Park tractor and machine on firm and level ground • Connect towing eye Ø 40 mm (DIN 11 026) (standard equipment) • Connect towing eye for ball attachment (Ø80) and secure it (optional) • Connect towing eye for ball attachment (Ø50) and secure it (for option forced steering) • Connect the hydraulic hose lines • Connect the universal shaft • Connect electrical connections of the lighting • Connect the compressed air hoses • Raise parking jack and secure it • Remove the wheel chocks • Release parking brake


Start-up

60

Pos: 16.7 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Anbau an den Traktor @ 0\mod_1199717845194_78.docx @ 34039 @ 3 @ 1

6.2 Mounting onto the Tractor Pos: 16.8 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Stütz- und Anhängelasten des Traktors nicht beachtet @ 0\mod_1199720048038_78.docx @ 34118 @ @ 1

Danger! - Support and hitching loads of tractor not observed! Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Observe the maximum permissible support and hitching loads for the tractor! • Hitch and secure the machine to the tractor hitch in accordance with specifications.

Pos: 16.9 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Verbindungskabel nicht ordnungsgemäß verlegt @ 0\mod_1199719997413_78.docx @ 34099 @ @ 1

Danger! - Connection cables not laid properly. Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine • Lay the connection cables between the tractor and machine so that the cables are not tight

when cornering or using the offset drawbar and do not come in contact with the tractor wheels.

Pos: 16.10 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/Hinweis Ankuppeln der Zugöse für Kugelanhängung Ø80 an die schlepperseitige Kugel-Kupplung Ø80 @ 0\mod_1201158213883_78.docx @ 50886 @ @ 1

6.2.1 Connecting the Hitch for Ø 80 Ball Attachment to the Tractor-Side Ø 80 Ball Coupling Pos: 16.11 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Ankuppeln/Ankuppeln_Bild_Kugel-Kupplung Ø80 ZX @ 1\mod_1201844384724_78.docx @ 55054 @ @ 1

Fig. 28 Pos: 16.12 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Ankuppeln/Ankuppeln Kugel-Kupplung Ø80 @ 0\mod_1201158300196_78.docx @ 50905 @ @ 1

To make the connection, proceed as follows: • Make the electrical and hydraulic connections (refer to Chapter entitled "Hydraulics") and

place in operation. • If necessary, adjust the hitching height using the "Raise/lower offset drawbar" function at the

electrical control box for a tractor ball coupling of Ø80. • Connect the hitch for ball attachment Ø 80 (1) and make certain it is secure • Raise the offset drawbar slightly to relieve the load on the support (3). • Bring in the support (3) and secure it in place.

Pos: 16.13 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Hinweis Zugöse / Kugelanhängung 80 @ 0\mod_1201012485690_78.docx @ 49924 @ @ 1

Note The hitch for the 80 ball attachment must be connected with an approved 80 ball coupling on the tractor side (diameter of the ball is 80 mm) that is suitable for ensuring reliable holding and secure locking. For hitching height see Section "Changing the Drawbar Height and Adjusting the Hitch"


Start-up

61

Pos: 16.15 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Ankuppeln/Ankuppeln bei Option Zwangslenkung Tandem / Tridem @ 35\mod_1257761114398_78.docx @ 329721 @ 2 @ 1

ZX400089

5 4

Fig. 29 • Unlock the lock (4) on the feeder rake (5). The tractor must be equipped with a Ø 50 ball attachment on the left and right (looking in the direction of travel) at a distance of X = 250 mm from the coupling point. The hitch for the Ø 50 ball attachment is connected to this attachment. The two ball couplings (1 and 2) must be positioned at the same height. • Connect the hitch for ball attachment Ø 50 (2) and make certain it is secure.

Pos: 16.16 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Hinweis Zugöse / Kugelanhängung 50 @ 35\mod_1257761942195_78.docx @ 329773 @ 3 @ 1

Note - For the self steer option: The hitch for the 50 ball attachment must be connected with an approved 50 ball coupling on the tractor side (diameter of the ball is 50 mm) with a holding-down device that is suitable for ensuring reliable holding and a secure locking.


Start-up

62

Pos: 16.18 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Hydraulik @ 0\mod_1199776034950_78.docx @ 34205 @ @ 1

6.3 Hydraulics Pos: 16.19 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1197301069931_78.docx @ 17662 @ @ 1

6.3.1 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 16.20 /BA/Sicherheit/Hydraulik/Warnung - Anschluss der Hydraulikleitungen @ 0\mod_1199776548685_78.docx @ 34225 @ 3 @ 1

Warning ! - Connection of the hydraulic line Effect: severe injuries due to penetration of hydraulic oil under the skin. • When connecting the hydraulic hoses to the hydraulic system of the tractor, the system

must be relieved of the pressure on either side. • Due to the risk of injury when searching for leaks, always use suitable tools and wear

protective goggles. • Seek medical help immediately should injuries occur! Danger of infection. • Depressurise prior to uncoupling the hydraulic hoses and working on the hydraulic system! • Check the hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals and replace them if damaged or worn!

The replacement hoses must fulfil the technical requirements set by the equipment manufacturer.

Pos: 16.21 /BA/Sicherheit/Hydraulik/Achtung - Verschmutzung der Hydraulikanlage @ 2\mod_1202393336803_78.docx @ 59155 @ @ 1

Caution! - Soiling of the hydraulic system Effect: Damages to the machine • When connecting the quick couplings, ensure that these are clean and dry. • Note chafing areas or points of contact.


Start-up

63

Pos: 16.23 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-JHydraulikleitungen anschließen @ 0\mod_1199777037794_78.docx @ 34244 @ @ 1

6.3.2 Connecting the hydraulic lines Pos: 16.24 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/EasyCut/Hydraulik/Hydraulikanschluss Bild EC B 1000 @ 97\mod_1329400010401_78.docx @ 878667 @ @ 1

Fig. 30 Pos: 16.25 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/HydraulikHydraulikschläuche ankuppeln Traktor mit Konstant-Strompumpe (2014-03-17 15:57:26) @ 121\mod_1343802994920_78.docx @ 1108402 @ @ 1

For operating the machine, a single-action control unit with free return is required on the tractor for the operation of the hydraulic system. Tractor with Constant Current Pump: • Connect the hydraulic hose (P) to a single-acting control unit on the tractor (nominal width

20 / plug size 4) • Always connect the return (T) to the connection for the depressurised return (nominal width

25 / size 4) Pos: 16.26 /Abkürzungen /Abkürzungen Beschreibung/oder @ 102\mod_1331035559661_78.docx @ 902093 @ @ 1

or Pos: 16.27 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/HydraulikHydraulikschläuche ankuppeln Traktor mit Load-Sensing Pumpe und Meldeleitung (LS) (2014-03-17 16:06:17) @ 121\mod_1343808559389_78.docx @ 1108462 @ @ 1

Tractor with Load Sensing Pump and Message Line (LS): • Connect pressure line (P) to the Load Sensing connection of the tractor (nominal width 20 /

plug size 4) • Always connect the return (T) to the connection for the depressurised return (nominal width

25 / size 4) • Connect the message line (LS) to the connection for the Load Sensing control (nominal

width 12 / plug size 2) Pos: 16.28 /Abkürzungen /Abkürzungen Beschreibung/oder @ 102\mod_1331035559661_78.docx @ 902093 @ @ 1

or Pos: 16.29 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/HydraulikHydraulikschläuche ankuppeln Traktor mit Konstant-Druckpumpe (2014-03-17 16:10:29) @ 121\mod_1343808831463_78.docx @ 1108491 @ 2 @ 1

Tractor with Constant Pressure Pump: • Connect the pressure line (P) to the tractor (nominal width 20 / plug size 4) • Always connect the return (T) to the connection for the depressurised return (nominal width

25 / size 4) • Put down the message line (LS) into the support on the machine

Pos: 16.30 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Hydraulik/Zusätzlich doppelwirkendes Steuergerät für Frontklappe heben/senken @ 121\mod_1343905625398_78.docx @ 1109360 @ @ 1

Additional: A double-acting control unit: Lifting / lowering front flap (nominal width 12 / plug size 2)


Start-up

64

Pos: 16.32 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Hydraulische BremseHydraulische Bremse (Export) Ladewagen/Schwader @ 0\mod_1199781454606_78.docx @ 34503 @ @ 1

6.4 Hydraulic brake (Export)

A hydraulic brake is provided for certain export versions. In this version, the corresponding hydraulic hose is connected with the control valve on the tractor side. The brake is activated by actuating the tractor brake pedal.

Pos: 16.33.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Hydraulische Bremse (Export Frankreich) @ 129\mod_1346767988893_78.docx @ 1155782 @ @ 1

6.5 Hydraulic Brake (Export France) Pos: 16.33.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Bremsen/Warnung - hydraulische Bremse Frankreichausstattung Sicherheitskette zu kurz @ 129\mod_1346767273286_78.docx @ 1155665 @ @ 1

WARNING! Risk of injury and serious material damages due to unintentional braking of the machine If the safety chain is too short, it can tear off and lead to an emergency braking. • Make certain that the length of the safety chain is adapted to the tractor. • A specialist workshop (service technician) must adapt the length of the safety chain • When changing the tractor, make certain that the safety chain has still the correct length

Pos: 16.33.3 /BA/Sicherheit/Bremsen/Warnung - hydraulische Bremse Frankreichausstattung nicht funktionierendes Sicherheitsventil @ 129\mod_1346767725757_78.docx @ 1155753 @ @ 1

WARNING! Risk of injury and serious material damages due to the safety valve of the hydraulic brake which is not functioning. To guarantee the functionality of the safety valve for the hydraulic emergency brake, • make certain that the safety chain is fastened free of tension on the tractor. A safety chain

which is wrapped to strong around the hydraulic hose prevents the functionality of the safety valve

• the brake pedal of the service brake must be actuated completely once before starting driving. By activating the service brake, the accumulator on the safety valve is pressurised.

Pos: 16.33.4 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Hydraulische Bremse/Hydraulische Bremse (Export Frankreich) Bild BiG PACK @ 129\mod_1346768208301_78.docx @ 1155841 @ 2 @ 1

Fig. 31 Pos: 16.33.5 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Hydraulische Bremse/Hydraulische Bremse (Export Frankreich) Text @ 129\mod_1346768337674_78.docx @ 1155900 @ @ 1

• Connect the hydraulic hose (1) of the hydraulic brake to the connection for the hydraulic brake on the tractor

• Fasten the safety chain (2) securely on the tractor The safety chain is laid out with a set brake (weaker chain link). If the machine uncouples itself unintentionally, the safety valve triggers the emergency braking and the safety chain tears off on the weaker chain link . The chain link is destroyed in this process and must be replaced. Unlocking the Safety Valve: • Keep the safety chain (2) under tension and release the safety valve by pulling on the

locking bolt (3). In this process, move the locking lever (4) slowly in its initial position with the help of the spring force.


2

BPHS0113

1 2

BPHS0112

34

Start-up

65

Pos: 16.35 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Deichselfederung @ 1\mod_1202194032716_78.docx @ 57626 @ 2 @ 1

6.6 Drawbar Suspension Pos: 16.36 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Deichselfederung_Text @ 0\mod_1199784164888_78.docx @ 34641 @ @ 1

The drawbar suspension consists of a hydraulic accumulator which absorbs pressure peaks in the offset drawbar cylinder. To ensure functionality of the drawbar suspension, the offset drawbar cylinders must be extended about 20 mm.

Note Adjust the drawbar height if necessary see Section "Adjusting the Drawbar Height and Hitch".


Start-up

66

Pos: 16.38 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Elektrische Anschlüsse @ 17\mod_1236579932558_78.docx @ 205175 @ @ 1

6.7 Electrical connections Pos: 16.39 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Elektrische Anschlüsse Ladewagen @ 83\mod_1317371055355_78.docx @ 729177 @ @ 1

13

2 ZX400108

Fig. 32 The machine requires a voltage source for supplying power to the terminal and lighting. A permanent socket (DIN 9680) for installation on the tractor is part of the scope of supply. • The permanent socket supplied can be connected directly to the 12V battery of the tractor. • Plug in and secure the connection cables in the corresponding sockets on the machine. • Remove the protective cap before plugging in if necessary

Pos: 16.40 /BA/Maschinenbeschreibung/Maschinenübersicht/Großpackenpressen/Elektrikanschlüsse HS Baureihe @ 64\mod_1300272380792_78.docx @ 582730 @ @ 1

Socket (1): 7 pin socket for connection cable between terminal and machine Socket (2): 2 pin socket for power supply cable between machine and permanent tractor socket (direct battery connection for permanent power supply needed). Socket (3): 7-pin standard socket for lighting

Pos: 16.41 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Hinweis Dauersteckdose @ 83\mod_1317371369574_78.docx @ 729209 @ 2 @ 1

Note The permanent socket (12V) (DIN 9680) supplied is protected by a 25-amp fuse. If the power supply cable is connected to an existing permanent socket (DIN 9680) on the tractor, that socket must also be protected by a 25-amp fuse.

Pos: 16.42 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Anschluss des Terminal s siehe Kapitel @ 83\mod_1317373521935_78.docx @ 729236 @ @ 1

For information on connecting the terminal, see chapter on the KRONE Gamma operating terminal "Connecting the Terminal" and chapter on KRONE ISOBUS CCI terminal "Connecting the Terminal".


Start-up

67

Pos: 16.44 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Druckluftanschlüsse bei Druckluftbremse @ 0\mod_1201161304258_78.docx @ 51103 @ @ 1

6.8 Compressed Air Connections for the Compressed Air Brake Pos: 16.45 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Druckluftbremse/Druckluftanschlüsse bei Druckluftbremse @ 0\mod_1199781319294_78.docx @ 34484 @ @ 1

ZX400003

Figure 33 Insert the coloured compressed air hose couplings (1) into the correspondingly coloured couplings on the tractor.

Note Always connect the yellow coupling head first, then the red one. Detach the couplings in reverse order.

Pos: 16.46 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Hydraulische BremseHydraulische Bremse (Export) Ladewagen/Schwader @ 0\mod_1199781454606_78.docx @ 34503 @ 2 @ 1

6.9 Hydraulic brake (Export)

A hydraulic brake is provided for certain export versions. In this version, the corresponding hydraulic hose is connected with the control valve on the tractor side. The brake is activated by actuating the tractor brake pedal.

Pos: 16.47 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Deichselfederung_Text @ 0\mod_1199784164888_78.docx @ 34641 @ @ 1

The drawbar suspension consists of a hydraulic accumulator which absorbs pressure peaks in the offset drawbar cylinder. To ensure functionality of the drawbar suspension, the offset drawbar cylinders must be extended about 20 mm.

Note Adjust the drawbar height if necessary see Section "Adjusting the Drawbar Height and Hitch".


Start-up

68

Pos: 16.49 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Gelenkwelle @ 0\mod_1199781879794_78.docx @ 34542 @ @ 1

6.10 PTO shaft Pos: 16.50 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/Anbau Gelenkwelle @ 0\mod_1199781972653_78.docx @ 34603 @ 2 @ 1

Figure 34 • Push on the PTO shaft (1) with overload protection on the machine side until the protection

mechanism locks into place (see PTO shaft manufacturer’s operating instructions). • Secure the PTO shaft guard retaining chains (2). • For length adjustment on the tractor see Section on Initial Start-up "PTO Shaft". Make certain the chain connection is ideal: • The chain guide should be as close as possible to perpendicular to the PTO shaft. (see

view (a)) • The chain guide should never be diagonally connected via the guard cone. (see view (b))

Figure 35 • Make certain there is sufficient free room in the swivel range of the PTO shaft in all

operating states. Contact with parts of the tractor or device may result in destruction. Pos: 16.51 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Start-up

69

Pos: 16.52.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Sicherungskette verwenden @ 6\mod_1214542336632_78.docx @ 94799 @ @ 1

6.11 Using the safety chain Pos: 16.52.2 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Sicherheitskette USA/WARNUNG - Falsch dimensionierte Sicherungskette verwendet mit Variante @ 180\mod_1376576652355_78.docx @ 1547873 @ @ 1

WARNING! When using a wrongly dimensioned safety chain, the safety chain may tear if the machine loosens unintentionally. This can result in serious accidents. • Always use a safety chain with a minimum tensile strength of 311 kN (70.000 lbf).

Pos: 16.52.3 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Sicherheitskette USA/Hinweis Sicherungskette Länderabhängig @ 6\mod_1214999654856_78.docx @ 97933 @ @ 1

Note Using the safety chain Attachment of the safety chain is not stipulated in all countries.

Pos: 16.52.4 /BA/Inbetriebnahme/Sicherheitskette USA/Sicherungskette verwenden @ 207\mod_1386742973026_78.docx @ 1714836 @ @ 1

The safety chain is used as an additional safety precaution for trailed devices, should they become detached from the drawbar during transport. Attach the safety chain with the respective mounting parts to the hitching device on the tractor or to another specified connection point. The safety chain should have just enough play to be able to go around curves.

Pos: 16.52.5 /Beipacks/Sonstige/Sicherungskette 89kN/Sicherheitskette an Ladewagen/Traktor montieren Bild @ 179\mod_1374127311582_78.docx @ 1527439 @ @ 1

ZBBP1224

1

2

Fig. 36 Pos: 16.52.6 /Beipacks/Sonstige/Sicherungskette 89kN/Sicherheitskette an Ladewagen montieren Text @ 179\mod_1374127419891_78.docx @ 1527468 @ 1 @ 1

• Install safety chain (1) with shackle (2) on the tractor. • Install safety chain (1) on the loading wagon.


Driving and Transport

70

Pos: 18.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/F-J/Fahren und Transport @ 0\mod_1196330049217_78.docx @ 6553 @ 2 @ 1

7 Driving and Transport Pos: 18.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Fahren und Transport/Mitfahren Straßenfahrt/Straßenfahrt, Mitfahren, Fahrverhalten Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1199785181575_78.docx @ 34683 @ @ 1

Danger! - Road travel, carrying passengers, driving conduct Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Do not exceed the maximum speed (see type plate). • It is forbidden to carry passengers on the machine. • The traffic safety of the machine, especially the lighting, tyres, closed tailgate, lowered

offset drawbar and raised pick-up must be checked before driving on public highways. • Before driving on public highways, make certain the entry ladder is folded up and fastened

securely together with the entry hole. • Before starting, ensure that you have perfect visibility on and around the tractor and the

machine. • When driving straight ahead at speeds over 30 km/h with the wagon loaded, the steering

axle (special equipment) must be disabled to improve driving stability.

Pos: 18.3 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Ladewagen/Handhabung der Zwangslenkung (Sonderausstattung) @ 0\mod_1201167641731_78.docx @ 51364 @ 3 @ 1

7.1 Handling the self steer (Special Equipment)

The self steer system is delivered from the factory at a pre-charged pressure of 80 bar. If the pre-charge pressure falls below 80 bar when driving in a straight line, or if the steering becomes flaccid, it means that the tractor's steering movements are not being transferred to the steering cylinder on the steering axle, and you will need to check the pre-charge pressure (80 bar) and/or vent the hydraulic system. See Maintenance Section "Venting the Self Steering" for information on how to vent and make other adjustments

Pos: 18.4 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Ladewagen/Handhabung der hydropneumatisch gefederten Tridemachse T1 ZX @ 13\mod_1225260395885_78.docx @ 154519 @ @ 1

7.2 Handling the hydraulic compensation unit

Danger! - No control provided by brake force Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine If the cylinder is completely lowered, the brake force can no longer be controlled!



71

Pos: 18.6 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Ladewagen/Handhabung der hydropneumatisch gefederten Tridemachse T2 ZX @ 196\mod_1383751695075_78.docx @ 1656325 @ 3 @ 1

7.2.1 Tridem axle

DANGER! - Transport / Road travel Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine. • For transport/road travel or when using the machine for work, always make certain the

hydraulic stop cock (1) is closed.

Fig. 37 The driving height of the hydropneumatically suspended compensation unit is optimally adjusted in the factory. The dimension X= 180 mm must be checked once a day before use. If the dimension X= 180 mm cannot be maintained, the driving height must be corrected in a specialist’s workshop.



72

Pos: 18.8 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Handhabung der Nachlauf-Lenkachse (Sonderausstattung) @ 0\mod_1201167915356_78.docx @ 51383 @ @ 1

7.3 Handling the Coaster/Steering Axle (Special Equipment) Pos: 18.9 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Nachlauf-Lenkachse/Nachlauf-Lenkachse Ladewagen ZX/Nachlauf-Lenkachse Vorwärtsfahrt ZX @ 51\mod_1288701772281_78.docx @ 479388 @ 2 @ 1

7.3.1 Driving forward with coaster/steering axle

When travelling forwards, release the coaster/steering axle via the terminal. The current status is displayed in the top line of the display.

Axle locked

Axle released

Note It is recommended to lock the steering axle when travelling forward if the lateral guiding of the non-steered front axle is not sufficient. It can occur: • on slopes • on soil that is not solid enough • if load on the first axle has been released by operation with offset drawbar • when driving over silos • for driving straight ahead at faster speeds than 30 km/h with the wagon loaded on bad

roads and paths

Pos: 18.10 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Nachlauf-Lenkachse/Nachlauf-Lenkachse Ladewagen ZX/Nachlauf-Lenkachse Rückwärtsfahrt ZX @ 51\mod_1288700684500_78.docx @ 479336 @ @ 1

7.3.2 Driving backward with coaster/steering axle

Before travelling backward, first move the steered wheels of the rear axle to straight ahead position. It may be necessary to drive a short distance straight forward. When travelling backward, lock the coaster/steering axle. The current status is displayed in the top line of the display.

Axle locked

Axle released

Note

As long as the pressure increases on the locking cylinder, the softkey flashes. Once the pressure has been built up, the softkey will stop blinking and the coaster/steering axle will be locked.



73

Pos: 18.12 /BA/Einlagerung/Fahren und Transport/Ladewagen/Handhabung der Liftachse ZX @ 83\mod_1317187702839_78.docx @ 727746 @ 1 @ 1

7.4 Handling the lift axle

CAUTION! Damage to the machine and axle unit • The lift axle must only be raised when it is in an unloaded state

ZX400061

1II

III

Fig. 38 The front axle (1) of the tridem axle is designed as a lift axle. The lift axle can be raised or lowered with the operating terminal.


KRONE ISOBUS Terminal

74

Pos: 20.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/K-O/KRONE ISOBUS-Terminal @ 185\mod_1379578612990_78.docx @ 1598079 @ @ 1

8 KRONE ISOBUS Terminal Pos: 20.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Hinweis Im weiteren Verlauf Terminal auch als Bedieneinheit bezeichnet @ 46\mod_1281680416671_78.docx @ 445465 @ @ 1

Note In the operating instructions which follow, the terminal will also be referred to as the "control unit".

Pos: 20.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Achtung - Bedieneinheit schützen @ 0\mod_1200308247867_78.docx @ 39598 @ 2 @ 1

Caution! - Protect Control Unit. Effect: Damage to the control unit • The control unit must be protected against water. • If the machine is not used for an extended period of time (for example during the winter),

the control unit must be stored in a dry place. • For mounting and repair jobs, especially for welding jobs on the machine, disconnect the

power supply to the control unit. Overvoltage can damage the control unit.

Pos: 20.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Allgemeine Beschreibung (Die elektronische Ausstattung der Maschine ........) Text/Bild AX/MX/ZX @ 51\mod_1288079279484_78.docx @ 477521 @ @ 1

L400461_1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000013

3

Fig. 39 The electronic equipment of the machine consists essentially of the job computer (1), the electronics for the load sensing equipment (2) (optional) as well as the terminal (3) and the control and function elements. The job computer (1) and the electronics for the load sensing equipment (2) (optional) are located in the front cover on the left (ZX design), on the right (AX-MX design) of the machine below the front hood. Their functions are: • Control of the loading and unloading process • Wagonload counter • Control of the actuators installed on the machine • Transfer of alarm messages • Sensor system/actuator diagnostics The terminal (3) communicates information to the driver and performs settings to operate the machine. This information is received and further processed by the job computer.

Pos: 20.5 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


75

Pos: 20.6 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Terminal in Kabine einbauen @ 47\mod_1285163419265_78.docx @ 455855 @ @ 1

8.1 Installing the terminal into cabin Pos: 20.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Hinweis für den Anbau des Terminals, in die Traktorkabine... @ 47\mod_1285163596984_78.docx @ 455881 @ 2 @ 1

Note Please mind the terminal operating instructions included with delivery for the installation of the terminal into the tractor cabin.

BetriebsanleitungVersion: 1.0

CC-ISOBUSISOBUS-Terminal CCI 100/200

Fig. 40 Pos: 20.8 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


76

Pos: 20.9.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/ISOBUS Short Cut Button @ 47\mod_1285564773000_78.docx @ 456410 @ @ 1

8.2 ISOBUS Short Cut Button Pos: 20.9.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Module für Beipack/ISOBUS Short Cut ButtonISOBUS Short Cut Button_2 Gefahr @ 46\mod_1282643782875_78.docx @ 447376 @ @ 1

DANGER! – risk of injury by running machine! Your machine supports the ISOBUS short cut button. • By actuation of the ISOBUS short cut button (1) the machine functions are switched off in

order to be able to initiate a secure condition of the machine in hazardous situations. Process oriented procedures perform to the end. Therefore, machine parts continue to run after actuating the ISOBUS short cut button. This can lead to injuries

• The ISOBUS short cut button does in no case interfere with tractor functions, i.e. neither universal shaft functions nor hydraulic functions will be affected in any way! Therefore, the machine can continue to run after actuating the ISOBUS short cut button. This can lead to injuries

Pos: 20.9.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Module für Beipack/ISOBUS Short Cut ButtonISOBUS short Cut Button_wird betätigt_Ladewagen AX/MX/ZX @ 51\mod_1288624240265_78.docx @ 479206 @ 3 @ 1

When actuating the ISOBUS short cut button (1) of the terminal which is of the pushbutton design, a stop command is sent onto the ISOBUS. This command will be evaluated by your connected ISOBUS-machine, in order to initiate the accordant automatic actions in hazardous situations if necessary. If the ISOBUS short cut button is actuated, the accordant alarm mask will be shown in the display:

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000070

ISB1

Fig. 41 The functions listed in the following are blocked by the job computer on the machine side. • Floor conveyor supply / return • Raising / lowering Pick-up • Raising / lowering tailgate • Raising / lowering offset drawbar • Raising / lowering blade bar • Cross conveyor • Lighting • Silage agent • Locking / releasing steering axle



77

Pos: 20.9.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Module für Beipack/ISOBUS Short Cut ButtonISOBUS Short Cut Button_wird gelöst @ 120\mod_1342516466580_78.docx @ 1088224 @ @ 1

If the ISOBUS short cut button is deactivated again, the following message will appear in the display:

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000071

ISB

OK

12

Fig. 42

The alarm mask is exited by actuating the function key . It is only now that all functions of the machine are available again.

Pos: 20.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Module für Beipack/Display / Touchscreen @ 43\mod_1273666402484_78.docx @ 384224 @ 3 @ 1

8.2.1 Display / Touchscreen

The terminal is equipped with a high quality touchscreen for menu navigation and entering data and text easily. Functions can be activated directly and values can be changed by touching the screen.

Pos: 20.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Module für Beipack/Hinweis Scrollrad @ 79\mod_1315289332812_78.docx @ 701885 @ @ 1

Note Use the scroll wheel (2) to execute the same functions as via the touchscreen.

Pos: 20.12 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 3 @ 1


78

Pos: 20.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Terminal anschließen (vorgerüsteteter ISO Schlepper) @ 172\mod_1370518477799_78.docx @ 1480570 @ @ 1

8.2.2 Connecting the Terminal (on tractors with integrated ISOBUS system)

6

5

1

2

3

4

CC00014

147

369

7

9

10

11 13

12

5

14

8

Fig. 43 Connection terminal to tractor

Note The terminal is connected to the tractor via a special cable set (5) which can be ordered by stating the KRONE article no. 20 081 223 0. • Connect plug (2) of cable set (5) with socket (1) (CAN1-IN) of the terminal. • Connect plug (4) of cable set (5) with socket (3) (CAN1-out) of the terminal. • Connect ISO plug (6) (9-pole) of cable set (5) with the ISO socket (7) (9-pole) located in the

tractor cabin. Connection tractor to machine

Note The tractor is connected to the machine via cable set (14) which can be ordered by stating KRONE article no. 20 080 384 0. • Connect ISO-plug (9) (9-pole) of cable set (14) with the outer ISO socket (8) (9-pole) on

tractor side. • Connect plug (10) (7-pole) of cable set (14) with socket (11) (7-pole) of the machine. • Connect plug (12) (2-pole) of cable set (14) with socket (13) (2-pole) of the machine.



79

Pos: 20.15 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Terminal anschließen (ohne ISO Schlepper) @ 43\mod_1274882231640_78.docx @ 387925 @ @ 1

8.2.3 Connecting the terminal (on tractors without ISOBUS system)

Fig. 44 Connection terminal to machine

Note The connection of terminal to machine takes place via a provided cable set (5) (article no. 20 081 224 0). • Connect plug (2) of cable set (5) with socket (1) (CAN1-IN) of the terminal • Connect plug (6) (7-pole) of cable set (5) with socket (7) (7-pole) of the machine • Connect connector plug (4) (article no. 00 302 300 0 included in scope of delivery) with

socket (3) (CAN1-OUT) of the terminal Connection tractor to machine

Note The connection of tractor to machine takes place via a provided power cable (8) (article no. 20 080 601 0). • Connect plug (9) of power cable (8) with continuous current socket (10) of the tractor • Connect plug (11) (2-pole) of power cable (8) with socket (12) (2-pole) of the machine



80

Pos: 20.17 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Multifunktionshebel an CCI Terminal anschließen (Traktor mit integriertem ISOBUS System) @ 119\mod_1342175250190_78.docx @ 1077365 @ @ 1

8.2.4 Connecting the Multi-Function Lever to the CCI Terminal (on Tractors with an Integrated ISOBUS System)

6

5

1

2

3

4

CC00602

147

3697

5

7

6

Fig. 45

Note The connection of terminal to tractor is made via a special cable set (5) which can be ordered by stating the KRONE article no. 20 081 223 0. • Connect plug (2) of cable set (5) with socket (1) (CAN1-IN) of the terminal • Connect plug (4) of cable set (5) with socket (3) (CAN1-OUT) of the terminal • Connect ISO plug (6) (9-pole) of cable set (5) with the ISO socket (6) (9-pole) of the multi-

function lever • Connect ISO plug (7) (9-pole) of multi-function lever with ISO socket (7) (9-pole) located in

the tractor cabin



81

Pos: 20.19 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Multifunktionshebel an CCI Terminal anschließen (Traktor ohne ISOBUS System) @ 150\mod_1361884898237_78.docx @ 1341095 @ @ 1

8.2.5 Connecting the Multi-Function Lever to the CCI Terminal (on tractors without ISOBUS system)

Pos: 20.20 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Multifunktionshebel an CCI Terminal anschließen (Traktor ohne ISOBUS System) Bild @ 150\mod_1361884200857_78.docx @ 1341002 @ @ 1

CC000546

5

1

2

9

3

4

7

8

6

Fig. 46

Pos: 20.21 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Multifunktionshebel an CCI Terminal anschließen (Traktor ohne ISOBUS System) Hinweis @ 150\mod_1361884381393_78.docx @ 1341031 @ 3 @ 1

Note The terminal is connected to the multi-function lever via a special cable set (9) which can be ordered by stating the Krone product no. 20 081 676 0.

Pos: 20.22 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Multifunktionshebel an CCI Terminal anschließen (Traktor ohne ISOBUS System) Text @ 150\mod_1361884014200_78.docx @ 1340973 @ @ 1

• Connect plug (2) of cable set (9) with the socket (1) (CAN1-IN) of the terminal • Connect socket (3) of cable set (9) with the plug (4) of the cable set (5) • Connect ISO plug (8) (9-pole) of cable set (9) with the ISO socket (7) (9-pole) of the multi-

function lever • Connect plug (6) (7-pole) of cable set (5) with the socket (7) (7-pole) of the machine



82

Pos: 20.24 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminals bei nicht angeschlossener Maschine @ 43\mod_1275290766562_78.docx @ 389835 @ @ 1

8.2.6 Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is not connected Pos: 20.25 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-BiG Pack/Ein- Ausschalten Bild mit nicht angeschlossener Maschine @ 43\mod_1275291241781_78.docx @ 389860 @ @ 1

Fig. 47 Pos: 20.26 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Hinweis Bevor Sie das Terminal zum ersten Mal... @ 43\mod_1273657536203_78.docx @ 384008 @ @ 1

Note Before switching the terminal on for the first time make sure that the connections on the device are fastened right and securely.

By pressing and holding (for approx. 2 sec.) the key (1) (ON/OFF) the terminal will be switched on or off.

Pos: 20.27 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Hinweis Für weitere Angaben zur Funktionsweise Handbuch beachten @ 47\mod_1285155240781_78.docx @ 455819 @ @ 1

Note For further information on the functioning of the ISOBUS terminal CCI refer to the terminal operating instructions included with delivery.



Fig. 48 Pos: 20.28 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 3 @ 1


83

Pos: 20.29 /Layout Module /Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ 4 @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 20.30 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


84

Pos: 20.31 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminals bei angeschlossener Maschine @ 43\mod_1274866210140_78.docx @ 387724 @ @ 1

8.2.7 Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is connected Pos: 20.32 /Überschriften/Überschriften 4/P-T/Startbild @ 50\mod_1287737794484_78.docx @ 475246 @ @ 1

8.2.7.1 Start screen Pos: 20.33 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Ein- Ausschalten Bild mit angeschlossener Maschine AX/MX/Ein- Ausschalten Bild mit angeschlossener Maschine AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-26 15:39:49) @ 49\mod_1287385024796_78.docx @ 465762 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000400

1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000401

1

Fig. 49

Start screen when the weight control is deactivated and for weight control in the automatic mode

Start screen when the weight control is activated in the manual mode

Pos: 20.34 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Hinweis Bevor Sie das Terminal zum ersten Mal... @ 43\mod_1273657536203_78.docx @ 384008 @ @ 1

Note Before switching the terminal on for the first time make sure that the connections on the device are fastened right and securely.

By pressing and holding (for approx. 2 sec.) the key (1) (ON/OFF) the terminal will be switched on or off.

Pos: 20.35 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Hinweis Vor der Erstbenutzung @ 43\mod_1274852823031_78.docx @ 387615 @ @ 1

Note - Prior to first use When switching on for the first time the configuration of the specific menu of the machine is uploaded into the terminal. The loading may take a few minutes. The configuration will be saved on the memory of the terminal.

Pos: 20.36 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Ein- Ausschalten nach dem Ladevorgang wird im Display das „Straßenbild“ angezeigt. @ 43\mod_1274853526062_78.docx @ 387639 @ 2 @ 1

• The “start-up screen” is shown in the display after the loading process The terminal is now ready for operation.



85

Pos: 20.38 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Ein- Ausschalten des Terminal s/Hinweis Für weitere Angaben zur Funktionsweise Handbuch beachten @ 47\mod_1285155240781_78.docx @ 455819 @ @ 1

Note For further information on the functioning of the ISOBUS terminal CCI refer to the terminal operating instructions included with delivery.



Fig. 50 Pos: 20.39 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Display Aufbau AX/MX/ZX @ 182\mod_1377777020774_78.docx @ 1565595 @ @ 1

8.3 Display Design

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC

0007

39

Fig. 51 The display of the terminal is divided up into the following sections: Status line (I) – The status displays of the machine. Function keys (II) (F1 to F12) The machine is operated via function keys. The softkeys belonging to the function keys (graphics) are touch sensitive. Main window (III) Coloured values (numbers) can be selected in the main window via touch function. There are three main window views: – The start screen. – The loading operation basic screen. – The unloading operation basic screen.



86

Pos: 20.41.1 /Überschriften/Statuszeile @ 69\mod_1305099328425_78.docx @ 633369 @ @ 1

Status Line Pos: 20.41.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Stuszeile (I)Statuszeile Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-12 14:53:02) @ 182\mod_1377780220421_78.docx @ 1565767 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000740

Fig. 52 Pos: 20.41.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Stuszeile (I)Statuszeile (I) oberste Zeile AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-12 14:55:20) @ 221\mod_1391612323250_78.docx @ 1792403 @ @ 1

Status line (I) Current states of the machine (depending on how it is equipped) are displayed in the upper line (I) in the display:

Graphic Meaning Information

Alarm message present

– Touch sensitive, a mask with the present alarm messages opens.

Working floodlights off – Manual mode – Touch sensitive

Working floodlights on

Working floodlights off – “Automatic working floodlights” mode if the tractor control unit (T-ECU) provides data for lighting.

– Touch sensitive Working floodlights on

Loading wagon full

Payload reached

Silage agents off – Touch sensitive, the “Silage Agents” sub-menu opens

Silage agents on

Axle locked

Axle released

Lift axle lowered

Lift axle raised

Operating hours counter deactivated – Touch sensitive

Operating hours counter activated



87

Pos: 20.41.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Stuszeile (I)/Statuszeile (I) oberste Zeile Zusatz bei Ausführung elektronische Zwangslenkung @ 175\mod_1371728632170_78.docx @ 1493965 @ @ 1

With electronic forced steering design


Road mode

In road mode, the tandem axles are steered by the electronic system so that they follow the track of the tractor when driving forward and backward.

Field mode

In field mode, manual changes can be carried out on the steering angle of the forced steering.

The forced steering has no oil supply

Error on the forced steering

Straight-ahead driving is calibrated

Pos: 20.41.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Stuszeile (I)/Statuszeile (I) oberste Zeile Zusatz bei Ausführung Laderaumabdeckung @ 182\mod_1377769469820_78.docx @ 1565265 @ @ 1

With loading area cover design


Loading area cover

Loading area cover is opened

Loading area cover is closed



88

Pos: 20.43.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die Funktionstasten/Beschreibung der Grafiken (II) für Funktonstasten (F1 bis F12) @ 49\mod_1287391403187_78.docx @ 466056 @ @ 1

Description of the symbols (II) for the function keys (F1 to F12) Pos: 20.43.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die Funktionstasten/Funktionstasten beschreiben Bild AX/MX/ZX @ 182\mod_1377782928034_78.docx @ 1565944 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000741

1/2

Fig. 53 Pos: 20.43.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Die folgenden dargestgellten Grafiken/Die folgenden dargestgellten Grafiken/softkey sind nicht immer verfügbar für die Funktionstasten. @ 182\mod_1377695346763_78.docx @ 1564520 @ @ 1

Note The available softkeys (graphics) for the function keys depend on the equipment of the machine. The following displayed softkeys are not always available.

Pos: 20.43.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenBeschreibung aller Funktionstasten AX/MX/ZX (2014-04-02 11:33:04) @ 182\mod_1377851585785_78.docx @ 1567383 @ 3 @ 1

Softkey Meaning Information

Lock the steering axle Steering axle released.

Release the steering axle Steering axle locked.

Lift the lift axle Lift axle is lowered.

Lower the lift axle Lift axle is raised.

Bring up “Electronic Forced Steering” menu

Bring up start screen

Bring up loading operation basic screen

Bring up unloading operation basic screen

Bring up “Full Weight Accumulator” menu

Bring up “Saving Tare Weight”

Raise the drawbar

Lower the drawbar

Lift pick-up

Lower pick-up

Bring up the menu level of the machine

1/2 Bring up the second page of the function keys

2/2 Bring up the first page of the function keys

Bring up customer counter menu


89


Switch off the working floodlights The automatic working floodlights mode can be switched on when the tractor control unit (T-ECU) provides data for lighting. Switch on the working floodlights

/

Switch off working floodlights automatic mode

The working floodlights of the machine are switched on and switched off from the tractor.

Raise loading area cover

Lower loading area cover

Extend ejector

Retract ejector

Lift cutting flap / loading flap

Lower cutting flap / loading flap

Fold blades in

Fold blades out

Activate the floor conveyor reverse

Activate the floor conveyor supply

Increase the floor conveyor speed

Reduce the floor conveyor speed

Switch rapid traverse on / off

The rapid traverse is available when the floor conveyor supply is switched on.

Open the tailgate

Close the tailgate

Activate cross conveyor left spreading

Activate cross conveyor right spreading

Switch on the metering rollers

Switch off the metering rollers

Deactivate drawbar automatic mode The drawbar automatic mode menu is called by pressing and holding

Activate the drawbar automatic mode

Deactivate the floor conveyor automatic mode

The floor conveyor automatic mode menu is called by pressing and holding.

Activate the floor conveyor automatic mode



90

Pos: 20.45.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Anzeigen im Hauptfenster/Anzeigen im Hauptfenster @ 49\mod_1287401716750_78.docx @ 468327 @ @ 1

8.3.1 Displays in the main window Pos: 20.45.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Anzeigen im HauptfensterAnzeigen im Hauptfenster (III) Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-13 08:58:02) @ 182\mod_1377859999140_78.docx @ 1567844 @ 2 @ 1

CC000403_1

2

4

5

6

1

3

Fig. 54 Pos: 20.45.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Anzeigen im HauptfensterBeschreibung aller Anzeigen im Hauptfenster AX/MX/ZX (2014-04-02 12:00:28) @ 182\mod_1377854808256_78.docx @ 1567501 @ @ 1

Graphic Meaning

1) Waiting time until the floor conveyor is activated

2) Supported load

3) Total weight

4) Conveyor height

5) Current force on the end wall

6) Limit force exceeded

Loading mode, the adjacent number indicates the current customer counter.

Cutting mode, the adjacent number indicates the current customer counter.

Operating hours counter, the adjacent number indicates the current customer counter.

Automatic loader deactivated

Automatic loader activated

Automatic unloader deactivated

Automatic unloader activated


91

Graphic Meaning

Steering angle drawbar

Steering angle forced steering / tridem axle

Steering angle lift axle (tridem axle)

Floor conveyor supply speed, in unloading operation basic screen

Limit force in the loading operation basic screen

Pick-up not in float position

Pick-up in float position

Blades are folded in

Blades are not folded out

The blades are in maintenance position

/ The selected function is executed

Floor conveyor supply running

Floor conveyor reverse running

Rapid traverse is active

AUTO Automatic loader activated



92

Pos: 20.47 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Grundbilder aufrufen @ 183\mod_1378197123777_78.docx @ 1570062 @ @ 1

8.4 Bringing up the Basic Screens Pos: 20.48 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Ein- Ausschalten Bild mit angeschlossener Maschine AX/MX/Ein- Ausschalten Bild mit angeschlossener Maschine AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-26 15:39:49) @ 49\mod_1287385024796_78.docx @ 465762 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000400

1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000401

1

Fig. 55

Start screen when the weight control is deactivated and for weight control in the automatic mode

Start screen when the weight control is activated in the manual mode

Pos: 20.49 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbilder aufrufen AX/MX/ZX @ 182\mod_1378098599451_78.docx @ 1568085 @ 3 @ 1

• Press the function key for softkey „ „ to bring up the “Loading Operation” basic screen.

• Press the function key for softkey „ „ to bring up the “Unloading Operation” basic screen.

• Press the function key for softkey „ „ to bring up the “Start screen”.

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the “Saving Full Weight” menu.

Note The “Loading Operation” and “Unloading Operation” basic screens are always brought up via the “Start screen”



93

Pos: 20.51.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Ladebetrieb @ 182\mod_1377692519753_78.docx @ 1564407 @ @ 1

8.5 Loading Operation Pos: 20.51.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Voraussetzung ist, dass das Grundbild „Ladebetrieb“ aufgerufen ist. @ 183\mod_1378133751884_78.docx @ 1569033 @ 3 @ 1

– As a pre-condition, the “Loading Operation” basic screen has to be called.

Pos: 20.51.3 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Lenkachse sperren / lösen @ 183\mod_1378103869006_78.docx @ 1568283 @ @ 1

8.5.1 Locking / Releasing Steering Axle Pos: 20.51.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-BiG Pack/Funktionstasten F1 bis F 12/Seite 1/2 F4 Nachlauf- Lenkachse sperren/lösen @ 183\mod_1378194590723_78.docx @ 1570005 @ 3 @ 1

Releasing

• Press the function key for softkey to release the coaster/steering axle. The softkey flashes until the coaster/steering axle is released. In the display, the softkey

changes from to . Locking

• Press the function key for softkey to lock the coaster/steering axle. The softkey flashes until the coaster/steering axle is locked. In the display, the softkey changes

from to .

Pos: 20.51.5 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Liftachse heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378193146412_78.docx @ 1569908 @ @ 1

8.5.2 Raising / Lowering the Lift Axle Pos: 20.51.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Liftachse heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378192864502_78.docx @ 1569880 @ 3 @ 1

Raising

• Press the function key for softkey to raise the lift axle.

The softkey flashes if the lift axle is raised. In the display, the softkey changes from to

. Lowering

• Press the function key for softkey to lower the lift axle.

The softkey flashes until the lift axle is lowered. In the display, the softkey changes from

to .

Pos: 20.51.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Menü Zwangslenkung aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378193890270_78.docx @ 1569937 @ @ 1

8.5.3 Bringing up the “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the “Electronic Forced Steering”, the “Forced Steering” menu is displayed.

For information regarding settings, please refer to “Electronic Forced Steering” menu.



94

Pos: 20.51.9 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Startbild aufrufen @ 183\mod_1378186809923_78.docx @ 1569642 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.4 Bringing up the Start Screen Pos: 20.51.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die Funktionstasten/Startbild aufrufen aus Grundbild Ladebtrieb @ 182\mod_1377851421138_78.docx @ 1567204 @ @ 1

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the start screen. Pos: 20.51.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Zweite Seite / Erste Seite der Funktionstasten aufrufen @ 183\mod_1378197867045_78.docx @ 1570210 @ @ 1

8.5.5 Bringing up the Second Page of the Function Keys

• Press the function key for softkey 1/2 to bring up further functions for the machine.

8.5.6 Bringing up the First Page of the Function Keys

• Press the function key for softkey 2/2 to bring up the previous functions for the machine.

Pos: 20.51.12 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Menüebene aufrufen @ 33\mod_1255076738228_78.docx @ 321575 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.7 Bringing up a Menu Level Pos: 20.51.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Menüebene der Maschine aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378199150489_78.docx @ 1570238 @ @ 1

• To bring up the menu level of the machine, press the function key for softkey , the menu level of the machine is displayed.

If you need any further information, refer to chapter “Bringing up Menu Level”.



95

Pos: 20.51.15 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Pick-up heben senken (2014-05-14 10:23:04) @ 49\mod_1287401990015_78.docx @ 468352 @ @ 1

8.5.8 Raising / lowering Pick-up

CC000404A

B

Fig. 56 The activated mode appears in display (A).

Pick-up not in float position Pick-up in float position

Pos: 20.51.16 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Pick-up heben/senken (2014-05-14 10:35:47) @ 49\mod_1287394021500_78.docx @ 466189 @ 3 @ 1

Raising Pick-up

• Press function key for .

Lowering Pick-up (float position)


Pos: 20.51.17 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Hinweis Der Pfeil (B) zeigt an, das die Funktion ausgeführt wird. @ 49\mod_1287403213968_78.docx @ 468431 @ @ 1

Note The arrow (B) indicates that the function will be executed.



96

Pos: 20.51.19 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Messer aus- /einklappen (2014-05-14 10:51:56) @ 49\mod_1287402007906_78.docx @ 468378 @ @ 1

8.5.9 Swinging blades in / out

CC000406C

B

A


Blades folded in

Blades folded out

If the blades are in the maintenance position, the symbol (C) will be displayed (blades in maintenance position).

Pos: 20.51.20 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Messer ein- ausklappen (2014-05-14 10:54:31) @ 49\mod_1287395268328_78.docx @ 467063 @ @ 1

• Swinging blades in


• Swinging blades out


Pos: 20.51.21 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Hinweis Der Pfeil (B) zeigt an, das die Funktion ausgeführt wird. @ 49\mod_1287403213968_78.docx @ 468431 @ 4 @ 1


Pos: 20.51.22 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangMesser in Wartungsposition (2014-05-14 10:57:45) @ 49\mod_1287405645140_78.docx @ 468590 @ @ 1

Blades in maintenance position

If the blades are folded out, press the function key for again and hold it down. After approximately 3 seconds the blades start to move on into maintenance position (the symbol

(C) for blades in maintenance position appears).



97

Pos: 20.51.24 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Deichsel heben/senken (2014-05-14 11:22:27) @ 49\mod_1287405802140_78.docx @ 468615 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.9.1 Raising / lowering offset drawbar

CC000407

B

Fig. 58 Pos: 20.51.25 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Deichsel heben/senken (2014-05-14 11:30:31) @ 49\mod_1287395100437_78.docx @ 466667 @ @ 1

Raising the drawbar


Lowering the drawbar




Pos: 20.51.27 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Kratzbodenvorlauf betätigen (2014-05-14 11:51:37) @ 49\mod_1287406349531_78.docx @ 468668 @ @ 1

8.5.10 Actuating floor conveyor supply

CC000408

B

Fig. 59 Pos: 20.51.28 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Kratzbodenvorlauf betätigen (2014-05-14 11:59:27) @ 49\mod_1287394280906_78.docx @ 466215 @ @ 1

Floor conveyor supply

• Press function key for (the floor conveyor keeps running as long as the key is pressed)





98

Pos: 20.51.31.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Ladeautomatik @ 183\mod_1378120564907_78.docx @ 1568595 @ @ 1

8.5.11 Automatic Loader Pos: 20.51.31.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadeautomatik Einführtext (2014-05-14 12:10:50) @ 183\mod_1378109837899_78.docx @ 1568434 @ @ 1

With activated automatic loader, the system automatically activates the floor conveyor if the conveyor height of the loading material is reached and the time delay (A) has elapsed. The note (B) appears in the display after the time delay has elapsed. The message indicates that the floor conveyor is running. The time delay can be set in the menu 1-1 “Automatic Loader”.

Pos: 20.51.31.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadebetrieb Ladeautomatik ein- /ausschalten Bild (2014-05-14 13:17:07) @ 82\mod_1317019096820_78.docx @ 723702 @ @ 1

CC000409

4s

A

B

Fig. 60 Pos: 20.51.31.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadeautomatik aktivieren (2014-05-14 13:31:43) @ 183\mod_1378120130274_78.docx @ 1568547 @ @ 1

Activating Automatic Loader

• Press the function key for softkey to activate the automatic loader.

The display appears in the main window. In the display, the softkey changes from to .

Pos: 20.51.31.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadeautomatik deaktivieren (2014-05-14 13:35:37) @ 183\mod_1378120026802_78.docx @ 1568519 @ @ 1

Deactivating the Automatic Loader

• Press the function key for softkey to deactivate the automatic loader.

The display appears in the main window. In the display, the softkey changes from to

.

Pos: 20.51.31.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikMenü „Ladeautomatik“ aufrufen Schnellzugriff (2014-05-14 13:37:19) @ 183\mod_1378119693969_78.docx @ 1568462 @ 4 @ 1

Bringing Up the “Automatic Loader” Menu

• Press and hold the function key for softkey or to bring up the “Automatic Loader” menu.

For further information, please refer to the “Automatic Loader” menu.



99

Pos: 20.51.33.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Ladeautomatik Power Load @ 183\mod_1378120647775_78.docx @ 1568623 @ @ 1

8.5.12 Automatic Loader Power Load Pos: 20.51.33.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Ladeautomatik Power LoadLadeautomatik aktivieren/deaktivieren Einführtext CCI (2014-05-14 15:35:51) @ 82\mod_1316670902098_78.docx @ 720928 @ @ 1

Switching the floor conveyor on and off while the automatic loader (Power Load) is activated is controlled by the force sensor (force limit) "B15" on the front wall and/or by the "B2" sensor on the loading flap. Depends on which mode is set in menu 1-1 Automatic Loader (Power Load). The force limit is represented as a bar graph (1) and as a value (2) in the basic screen.

The force limit can be increased or decreased with the softkey ( ). The upper green circle (3) appears when the conveyor height of the loaded goods is reached. The value (4) in the basic screen shows the current force on the front wall. If the force limit (2) is exceeded, the lower green circle (5) appears and the floor conveyor is running.

Pos: 20.51.33.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Ladeautomatik Power LoadHinweis zum Nullen (2014-05-14 17:34:44) @ 83\mod_1317277529695_78.docx @ 728111 @ @ 1

Note If the value (4) shows a force (± 5) while the machine is in an unloaded state, the force sensor must be "zeroed out". Resetting the force sensor is described in menu 1-1-2 Power Load Mode.

Pos: 20.51.33.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Ladeautomatik Power LoadLadeautomatik aktivieren/deaktivieren Bild (2014-05-14 15:02:07) @ 82\mod_1316670821081_78.docx @ 720901 @ @ 1

CC000482

1 2

3

4

5

A

B

Fig. 61 Pos: 20.51.33.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Ladeautomatik Power LoadGrenzkraft einstellen erhöhen / verringern (2014-05-14 16:12:53) @ 183\mod_1378122473441_78.docx @ 1568768 @ @ 1

Setting the Limit Force

• Press the function key for softkey to set the limit force.

The softkeys and appear in the display. Increasing

• To increase the limit force, press the softkey until the limit force is set. Reducing • To reduce the limit force, press the softkey until the limit force is reduced.

Note

The softkeys and disappear if the function for increasing or reducing the limit force is not executed within a few seconds.

Pos: 20.51.33.6 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


100

Pos: 20.51.33.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadeautomatik aktivieren (2014-05-14 13:31:43) @ 183\mod_1378120130274_78.docx @ 1568547 @ @ 1

Activating Automatic Loader

• Press the function key for softkey to activate the automatic loader.

The display appears in the main window. In the display, the softkey changes from to .

Pos: 20.51.33.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/LadeautomatikLadeautomatik deaktivieren (2014-05-14 13:35:37) @ 183\mod_1378120026802_78.docx @ 1568519 @ 3 @ 1

Deactivating the Automatic Loader

• Press the function key for softkey to deactivate the automatic loader.

The display appears in the main window. In the display, the softkey changes from to

.

Pos: 20.51.33.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Ladeautomatik Power LoadMenü „Ladeautomatik“ aufrufen Schnellzugriff (2014-05-14 16:16:55) @ 183\mod_1378121454277_78.docx @ 1568709 @ @ 1

Bringing up “Automatic Loader Power Load” Menu

• Press the function key for softkey or to bring up the “Automatic Power Load” menu.

For further information, please refer to the “Automatic Loader Power Load” menu.



101

Pos: 20.51.35 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Deichselautomatik/Ladebetrieb Deichselautomatik / Vorgewendestellung @ 183\mod_1378125248070_78.docx @ 1568828 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.13 Automatic Drawbar (Optional)

Activating the automatic drawbar

• Press the function key for softkey to activate the automatic drawbar.

In the display, the softkey changes from to . Deactivating the automatic drawbar

• Press the function key for softkey to deactivate the automatic drawbar.

In the display, the softkey changes from to .

Approaching headland position – As a pre-condition, the automatic drawbar must be activated.

• Press the function key for softkey to approach the headland position. The following functions are executed automatically via the control: The pick-up lifts out completely. The drawbar lifts afterwards into the saved headland position of the drawbar. Approaching the working position – As a pre-condition, the automatic drawbar must be activated.

• Press the function key for softkey to approach the working position. The following functions are executed automatically via the control: The pick-up lowers and remains in float position there. The drawbar lowers afterwards into the saved drawbar working position.

Pos: 20.51.36 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/DeichselautomatikMenü „Deichselautomatik“ aufrufen Schnellzugriff (2014-05-14 09:22:08) @ 183\mod_1378127918399_78.docx @ 1568888 @ 3 @ 1

Bringing up the “Automatic Drawbar” Menu

• Press and hold the function key for softkey or to bring up the “Automatic Drawbar” menu, the “Automatic Drawbar” menu is displayed.

For further information, please refer to the “Automatic Drawbar” menu.



102

Pos: 20.51.38 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü Kundenzähler“ aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378132069617_78.docx @ 1569005 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.14 Bringing up “Customer Counter” Menu

Press the function key for softkey to bring up the “Customer Counter” menu, the “Customer Counter” menu is displayed. For information regarding the settings, refer to menu 2-1 “Customer Counter”.

Pos: 20.51.39 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Arbeitsscheinwerfer ein- /ausschalten @ 183\mod_1378131463155_78.docx @ 1568917 @ @ 1

8.5.15 Switching Working Floodlights On and Off Pos: 20.51.40 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebArbeitsscheinwerfer ein- ausschalten TECU-gesendet (2014-05-22 13:53:10) @ 183\mod_1378724383467_78.docx @ 1577045 @ 2 @ 1

Activating the automatic working floodlights: – As a pre-condition, the tractor control unit (T-ECU) must provide data for lighting.

• Press the function key for softkey , the softkey or appears in the display.

Deactivating the automatic working floodlights:

• Press the function key for softkey or , the softkey or appears in the display.

Swichting on / off manually – Automatic working floodlights is deactivated. – Or the tractor control unit (T-ECU) does not provide any data for lighting.

• Press the function key for softkey to switch on the working floodlights.

• Press the function key for softkey to switch off the working floodlights.

Pos: 20.51.41 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Laderaumabdeckung aufklappen / zuklappen @ 183\mod_1378133870033_78.docx @ 1569117 @ 3 @ 1

8.5.16 Opening / Closing the Loading Area Cover

Opening

• Press the function key for softkey to open the loading area cover. Closing

• Press the function key for softkey to close the loading area cover.



103

Pos: 20.51.43 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Auswerfer ausfahren / einfahren @ 183\mod_1378134823536_78.docx @ 1569089 @ @ 1

8.5.17 Extending / Retracting Ejector

Extending

• Press the function key for softkey to extend the ejector. Retracting

• Press the function key for softkey to retract the ejector.

Pos: 20.51.44 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Häckselklappe heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378134720301_78.docx @ 1569061 @ 2 @ 1

8.5.18 Lifting / Lowering the Cutting Flap

Lifting

• Press the function key for softkey to lift the cutting flap. Lowering

• Press the function key for softkey to lower the cutting flap.



104

Pos: 20.51.46.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Menü „Elektronische Zwangslenkung“ @ 228\mod_1392818548694_78.docx @ 1832836 @ @ 1

8.6 “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu Pos: 20.51.46.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische ZwangslenkungMenü „Elektronische Zwangslenkung“ Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-21 07:47:15) @ 228\mod_1392819055550_78.docx @ 1832985 @ 2 @ 1

CC000705_1

ESC

Fig. 62 Pos: 20.51.46.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische Zwangslenkung/Menü „Elektronische Zwangslenkung“ Softkeys @ 228\mod_1392820919484_78.docx @ 1833404 @ @ 1

Softkey Description

Closes the menu currently displayed.

Changes to the “Forced Steering Field Mode” menu.

Changes to the “Calibrating Straight-Ahead Driving” menu.

Pos: 20.51.46.4 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


105

Pos: 20.51.46.5 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Menü „Geradeausfahrt kalibrieren @ 228\mod_1392821791282_78.docx @ 1833523 @ @ 1

8.7 “Calibrating Straight-Ahead Driving” Menu Pos: 20.51.46.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische ZwangslenkungMenü „Geradeausfahrt kalibrieren Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-21 07:55:26) @ 228\mod_1392823119309_78.docx @ 1833732 @ 2 @ 1

Fig. 63

Pos: 20.51.46.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische Zwangslenkung/Menü „Geradeausfahrt kalibrieren Softkeys und Text @ 228\mod_1392824262256_78.docx @ 1833821 @ @ 1

Softkey Description

Changes to the „Electronic Forced Steering“ menu

Switches the steering axle to guided coast-down

Leave the menu without saving

Save the calibration

Reset to factory setting

Calibrating the tractor for straight-ahead driving:

• Press function key for softkey . • The tractor must drive forward with a speed of less than 5 km/h until the loading wagon is

straight behind the tractor.

• Press the function key for softkey to save the calibration.

• Press the function key for softkey so that the calibration is not saved.

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the factory setting.

Note The track rod must be adjusted if the calibration cannot be saved.

Pos: 20.51.46.8 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


106

Pos: 20.51.46.9 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Menü „Zwangslenkung Feldmodus" @ 228\mod_1392876730076_78.docx @ 1833985 @ @ 1

8.8 “Forced Steering Field Mode” Menu Pos: 20.51.46.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische ZwangslenkungMenü „Zwangslenkung Feldmodus" Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-20 15:22:16) @ 228\mod_1392877208237_78.docx @ 1834014 @ @ 1

CC000708_1

ESC

Fig. 64 Pos: 20.51.46.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische ZwangslenkungMenü „Zwangslenkung Feldmodus" Softkey (2014-05-20 12:06:16) @ 228\mod_1392878974729_78.docx @ 1834101 @ @ 1

Softkey Description Information

Changes to the „Electronic Forced Steering“ menu.

Forced Steering “Manual Mode” The wheels remain in the set position and do no longer follow the track of the tractor.

Forced steering on slopes The wheels follow the track of the

tractor, with changed steering angle.

Lock the forced steering The wheels pull straight depending on

their position when driving. After they are straight, they do not follow the track of the tractor.

Set the steering angle to the left.

Set the steering angle to the right.

Closes the menu currently displayed.

Pos: 20.51.46.12 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Elektronische ZwangslenkungMenü „Zwangslenkung Feldmodus" Text (2014-05-20 12:09:12) @ 228\mod_1392878141186_78.docx @ 1834043 @ 2 @ 1

Forced Steering Manual Mode • Press the function key for softkey to activate the forced steering “Manual Mode”, the

softkey flashes. • Press the function key for softkey to move the steering angle to the right. • Press the function key for softkey to move the steering angle to the left.

Forced steering on slopes

• Press the function key for softkey to activate the forced steering on slopes, the softkey flashes.

• Press the function key for softkey to move the steering angle to the right. • Press the function key for softkey to move the steering angle to the left.

Locking the Forced Steering

• Press the function key for softkey to lock the forced steering, the softkey flashes.



107

Pos: 20.53.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Entladebetrieb @ 183\mod_1378186259685_78.docx @ 1569475 @ @ 1

8.9 Unloading Operation Pos: 20.53.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb/Voraussetzung ist, dass das Grundbild „Entladebetrieb“ aufgerufen ist. @ 183\mod_1378186894912_78.docx @ 1569670 @ 3 @ 1

A pre-condition is that: – The basic screen “Unloading Operation” is called.

Pos: 20.53.3 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Lenkachse sperren / lösen @ 183\mod_1378103869006_78.docx @ 1568283 @ @ 1

8.9.1 Locking / Releasing Steering Axle Pos: 20.53.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-BiG Pack/Funktionstasten F1 bis F 12/Seite 1/2 F4 Nachlauf- Lenkachse sperren/lösen @ 183\mod_1378194590723_78.docx @ 1570005 @ 3 @ 1

Releasing

• Press the function key for softkey to release the coaster/steering axle. The softkey flashes until the coaster/steering axle is released. In the display, the softkey

changes from to . Locking

• Press the function key for softkey to lock the coaster/steering axle. The softkey flashes until the coaster/steering axle is locked. In the display, the softkey changes

from to .

Pos: 20.53.5 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Liftachse heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378193146412_78.docx @ 1569908 @ @ 1

8.9.2 Raising / Lowering the Lift Axle Pos: 20.53.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Liftachse heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378192864502_78.docx @ 1569880 @ 3 @ 1

Raising

• Press the function key for softkey to raise the lift axle.

The softkey flashes if the lift axle is raised. In the display, the softkey changes from to

. Lowering

• Press the function key for softkey to lower the lift axle.

The softkey flashes until the lift axle is lowered. In the display, the softkey changes from

to .

Pos: 20.53.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Menü Zwangslenkung aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378193890270_78.docx @ 1569937 @ @ 1

8.9.3 Bringing up the “Electronic Forced Steering” Menu

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the “Electronic Forced Steering”, the “Forced Steering” menu is displayed.

For information regarding settings, please refer to “Electronic Forced Steering” menu.



108

Pos: 20.53.9 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Startbild aufrufen @ 183\mod_1378186809923_78.docx @ 1569642 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.4 Bringing up the Start Screen Pos: 20.53.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die Funktionstasten/Startbild aufrufen aus Grundbild Ladebtrieb @ 182\mod_1377851421138_78.docx @ 1567204 @ @ 1

• Press the function key for softkey to bring up the start screen. Pos: 20.53.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Zweite Seite / Erste Seite der Funktionstasten aufrufen @ 183\mod_1378197867045_78.docx @ 1570210 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.5 Bringing up the Second Page of the Function Keys

• Press the function key for softkey 1/2 to bring up further functions for the machine.

8.9.6 Bringing up the First Page of the Function Keys

• Press the function key for softkey 2/2 to bring up the previous functions for the machine.

Pos: 20.53.12 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Menüebene aufrufen @ 33\mod_1255076738228_78.docx @ 321575 @ @ 1

8.9.7 Bringing up a Menu Level Pos: 20.53.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Menüebene der Maschine aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378199150489_78.docx @ 1570238 @ 4 @ 1

• To bring up the menu level of the machine, press the function key for softkey , the menu level of the machine is displayed.

If you need any further information, refer to chapter “Bringing up Menu Level”.

Pos: 20.53.14 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü Kundenzähler“ aufrufen Schnellzugriff @ 183\mod_1378132069617_78.docx @ 1569005 @ @ 1

8.9.8 Bringing up “Customer Counter” Menu

Press the function key for softkey to bring up the “Customer Counter” menu, the “Customer Counter” menu is displayed. For information regarding the settings, refer to menu 2-1 “Customer Counter”.



109

Pos: 20.53.16 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Deichsel heben/senken (2014-05-14 11:22:27) @ 49\mod_1287405802140_78.docx @ 468615 @ @ 1

8.9.8.1 Raising / lowering offset drawbar

CC000407

B

Fig. 65 Pos: 20.53.17 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Deichsel heben/senken (2014-05-14 11:30:31) @ 49\mod_1287395100437_78.docx @ 466667 @ 3 @ 1

Raising the drawbar


Lowering the drawbar






110

Pos: 20.53.20 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/Heckklappe öffnen / schließen bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 112\mod_1337758303602_78.docx @ 996345 @ @ 1

8.9.9 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Deactivated Automatic Unloader Pos: 20.53.21 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb/Nur bei Ausführung ZX GD @ 50\mod_1287477756718_78.docx @ 470656 @ @ 1

(ZX GD design only) Pos: 20.53.22 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Heckklappe öffnen schließen GD_Ausführung Bild (2014-05-15 07:30:30) @ 50\mod_1287476661515_78.docx @ 470526 @ @ 1

CC000411

B

Fig. 66 Pos: 20.53.23 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebHeckklappe öffnen ZX GD (2014-05-14 17:46:28) @ 50\mod_1287477234718_78.docx @ 470604 @ @ 1

Opening the tailgate

Pressing the function key for once, automatically opens the tailgate up to the central position.

Note The function key must be pressed for at least 1.5 seconds before the function “Opening tailgate" is activated.

Pressing the function key for again opens the tailgate as long as the key is held down.



Pos: 20.53.25 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebHeckklappe schließen (2014-05-14 17:54:25) @ 50\mod_1287477546796_78.docx @ 470630 @ 3 @ 1

Closing the tailgate

• Press function key for Pos: 20.53.26 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Hinweis Der Pfeil (B) zeigt an, das die Funktion ausgeführt wird. @ 49\mod_1287403213968_78.docx @ 468431 @ @ 1




111

Pos: 20.53.28 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/Heckklappe öffnen / schließen bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 112\mod_1337758303602_78.docx @ 996345 @ @ 1

8.9.10 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Deactivated Automatic Unloader Pos: 20.53.29 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb/Bei allen Ausführungen ausser ZX GD @ 50\mod_1287477875921_78.docx @ 470681 @ @ 1

(for all designs except for ZX GD) Pos: 20.53.30 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Heckklappe öffnen schließen GL_Ausführung Bild (2014-05-15 07:32:32) @ 50\mod_1287478162890_78.docx @ 470707 @ @ 1

CC000411

BCC000412

B

Fig. 67 Pos: 20.53.31 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebHeckklappe öffnen ausser bei ZX GD (2014-05-15 07:34:50) @ 50\mod_1287478632343_78.docx @ 470760 @ @ 1

Opening the tailgate

Pressing the function key for once, opens the tailgate as long as the function key is held down.



Pos: 20.53.33 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebHeckklappe schließen (2014-05-14 17:54:25) @ 50\mod_1287477546796_78.docx @ 470630 @ 3 @ 1

Closing the tailgate

• Press function key for Pos: 20.53.34 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Hinweis Der Pfeil (B) zeigt an, das die Funktion ausgeführt wird. @ 49\mod_1287403213968_78.docx @ 468431 @ @ 1




112

Pos: 20.53.36 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/Heckklappe öffnen / schließen bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 112\mod_1337758401514_78.docx @ 996374 @ @ 1

8.9.11 Opening / Closing Tailgate With Activated Automatic Unloader Pos: 20.53.37 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Heckklappe öffnen @ 112\mod_1337755897703_78.docx @ 996193 @ @ 1

Opening the tailgate Pos: 20.53.38 /Abkürzungen /Ladewagen/ZX (GL-Ausführung) / AX (L-Ausführung) @ 199\mod_1384949278234_78.docx @ 1676384 @ @ 1

ZX (GL design) / AX (L design) Pos: 20.53.39 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Durch Drücken und Halten der Funktionstaste die Heckklappe öffnen @ 198\mod_1384842476731_78.docx @ 1671854 @ @ 1

• Press the function key for softkey and hold it down to open the tailgate.

Pos: 20.53.40 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 EntladeautomatikHinweis Heckklappe öffnen bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik (2014-04-14 11:52:14) @ 198\mod_1384842933379_78.docx @ 1671942 @ @ 1

Note If the automatic unloader is activated, the system switches the sequences on and off automatically while the tailgate is opened, refer to menu 1-7 Automatic Unloader Mode 2/2

Pos: 20.53.41 /Abkürzungen /Ladewagen/AX MX ZX (GD-Ausführung) / AX MX (GL-Ausführung) / AX (D-Ausführung) @ 198\mod_1384849196884_78.docx @ 1672238 @ @ 1

AX / MX (GL design) / AX (D design) / AX / MX / ZX (GD design) Pos: 20.53.42 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Durch einmaliges Drücken (für ca. 3 sec.) der Funktionstaste die Heckklappe öffnen @ 198\mod_1384842685316_78.docx @ 1671883 @ @ 1

• Hold down the function key for softkey for approx. 3 seconds to open the tailgate.



Pos: 20.53.44 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Heckklappe schließen @ 112\mod_1337756330115_78.docx @ 996251 @ @ 1

Closing the tailgate Pos: 20.53.45 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Durch einmaliges Drücken schließen @ 198\mod_1384844041056_78.docx @ 1672089 @ 3 @ 1

• Hold down the function key for softkey for approx. 3 seconds to close the tailgate.

Pos: 20.53.46 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 EntladeautomatikHinweis Heckklappe schließen bei aktivierter Entladeauto AX/MX/ZX (GL/GD Ausführung) (2014-04-14 11:47:30) @ 198\mod_1384843672653_78.docx @ 1672030 @ @ 1

Note If the automatic unloader is activated, the system switches the processes on and off automatically while the tailgate is closed, refer to menu 1-7 Automatic Unloader Mode 2/2



113

Pos: 20.53.48 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Kratzbodenvorlauf ein- ausschalten @ 50\mod_1287480310046_78.docx @ 470941 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.12 Switching on / off floor conveyor supply Pos: 20.53.49 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Kratzboden- vorlauf/rücklauf Bild (2014-05-13 13:24:26) @ 183\mod_1378731001289_78.docx @ 1577681 @ @ 1

CC000413

B

A

Fig. 68 Pos: 20.53.50 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Kratzbodenvorlauf ein- ausschalten Text (2014-05-13 10:46:06) @ 183\mod_1378731196227_78.docx @ 1577710 @ 3 @ 1

Switching On Floor Conveyor Supply

• Press the function key for softkey to switch on the floor conveyor supply. The arrow (B) indicates that the function has been executed. Setting the Floor Conveyor Supply Speed The floor conveyor supply speed can be controlled by turning the scroll wheel. To do this: • Select the desired selection (A) with the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in

colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input window appears. • Increase or reduce the value by turning the scroll wheel. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box. Switching Off Floor Conveyor Supply

• Press the function key for softkey to switch off the floor conveyor supply. The arrow (B) no longer appears.

Pos: 20.53.51 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Kratzbodenrücklauf einschalten (2014-05-21 08:43:08) @ 50\mod_1287480081953_78.docx @ 470866 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.13 Switching on floor conveyor reverse

GD design only:

• Press function key for (the floor conveyor keeps running as long as the key is pressed)



114

Pos: 20.53.53 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebEntladebetrieb Eilgang (2014-05-20 07:57:09) @ 50\mod_1287480790015_78.docx @ 471041 @ @ 1

8.9.14 Switching on rapid traverse

CC000415

B

Fig. 69

The graphics ( Switching on rapid traverse) is only available after the floor conveyor supply has been switched on. Switching on the rapid traverse

• Press function key for . The symbol and the arrow (B) indicate that the function is executed. The floor conveyor operates at a maximum supply speed. Switching off the rapid traverse

By pressing the function key for again, the floor conveyor will be switched off. The floor conveyor stops. The symbol and the arrow (B) are no longer displayed.

Pos: 20.53.54 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit erhöhen / verringern @ 183\mod_1378200403098_78.docx @ 1570266 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.15 Increasing / Reducing Floor Conveyor Speed Pos: 20.53.55 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb/Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit erhöhen / verringern @ 183\mod_1378200502797_78.docx @ 1570304 @ @ 1

Increasing

• Press the function key for softkey to increase the floor conveyor speed. The floor conveyor speed increases as long as the function key is pressed. Reducing

• Press the function key for softkey to reduce the floor conveyor speed. The floor conveyor speed is reduced as long as the function key is pressed.



115

Pos: 20.53.57 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangLadebetrieb Messer aus- /einklappen (2014-05-14 10:51:56) @ 49\mod_1287402007906_78.docx @ 468378 @ @ 1

8.9.16 Swinging blades in / out

CC000406C

B

A


Blades folded in

Blades folded out

If the blades are in the maintenance position, the symbol (C) will be displayed (blades in maintenance position).

Pos: 20.53.58 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die FunktionstastenSoftkey Messer ein- ausklappen (2014-05-14 10:54:31) @ 49\mod_1287395268328_78.docx @ 467063 @ @ 1

• Swinging blades in


• Swinging blades out




Pos: 20.53.60 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild LadevorgangMesser in Wartungsposition (2014-05-14 10:57:45) @ 49\mod_1287405645140_78.docx @ 468590 @ @ 1

Blades in maintenance position

If the blades are folded out, press the function key for again and hold it down. After approximately 3 seconds the blades start to move on into maintenance position (the symbol

(C) for blades in maintenance position appears).



116

Pos: 20.53.62 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Arbeitsscheinwerfer ein- /ausschalten @ 183\mod_1378131463155_78.docx @ 1568917 @ 3 @ 1

8.9.17 Switching Working Floodlights On and Off Pos: 20.53.63 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild EntladebetriebArbeitsscheinwerfer ein- ausschalten TECU-gesendet (2014-05-22 13:53:10) @ 183\mod_1378724383467_78.docx @ 1577045 @ 3 @ 1

Activating the automatic working floodlights: – As a pre-condition, the tractor control unit (T-ECU) must provide data for lighting.

• Press the function key for softkey , the softkey or appears in the display.

Deactivating the automatic working floodlights:

• Press the function key for softkey or , the softkey or appears in the display.

Swichting on / off manually – Automatic working floodlights is deactivated. – Or the tractor control unit (T-ECU) does not provide any data for lighting.

• Press the function key for softkey to switch on the working floodlights.

• Press the function key for softkey to switch off the working floodlights.

Pos: 20.53.64 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Laderaumabdeckung aufklappen / zuklappen @ 183\mod_1378133870033_78.docx @ 1569117 @ @ 1

8.9.18 Opening / Closing the Loading Area Cover

Opening

• Press the function key for softkey to open the loading area cover. Closing

• Press the function key for softkey to close the loading area cover.

Pos: 20.53.65 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Auswerfer ausfahren / einfahren @ 183\mod_1378134823536_78.docx @ 1569089 @ @ 1

8.9.19 Extending / Retracting Ejector

Extending

• Press the function key for softkey to extend the ejector. Retracting

• Press the function key for softkey to retract the ejector.

Pos: 20.53.66 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Ladevorgang/Häckselklappe heben / senken @ 183\mod_1378134720301_78.docx @ 1569061 @ 4 @ 1

8.9.20 Lifting / Lowering the Cutting Flap

Lifting

• Press the function key for softkey to lift the cutting flap. Lowering

• Press the function key for softkey to lower the cutting flap.



117

Pos: 20.55.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFB/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFB @ 183\mod_1378389820298_78.docx @ 1575814 @ @ 1

8.10 Unloading Operation Basic Screen with Cross Conveyor (Optional)

(optional AX / MX series) Pos: 20.55.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb/Voraussetzung ist, dass das Grundbild „Entladebetrieb“ aufgerufen ist. @ 183\mod_1378186894912_78.docx @ 1569670 @ @ 1

A pre-condition is that: – The basic screen “Unloading Operation” is called.

Pos: 20.55.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFB/Allgemeines zum Entladen mit QFB @ 184\mod_1378796100010_78.docx @ 1579235 @ @ 1

The following section only describes the functions related to unloading via the cross conveyor.

Pos: 20.55.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Softkeys für die Funktionstasten/Beschreibung der Grafiken (II) für Funktonstasten (F1 bis F12) @ 49\mod_1287391403187_78.docx @ 466056 @ @ 1

Description of the symbols (II) for the function keys (F1 to F12) Pos: 20.55.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFB/QFB ein bzw. ausschalten @ 50\mod_1287487775640_78.docx @ 471612 @ 3 @ 1

Switching the cross conveyor on or off

Left spreading (running direction of the cross conveyor to the left)

• Press the function key for (cross conveyor moves to the left (left spreading))

• The cross conveyor is switched off by pressing the function key for once again

Right spreading (running direction of the cross conveyor to the right)

• Press the function key for (cross conveyor moves to the right (right spreading))

• The cross conveyor is switched off by pressing the function key for once again Pos: 20.55.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFB/Hinweis Komfort-QFB /Hinweis Komfort-QFB / Medium-QFB @ 82\mod_1316760530117_78.docx @ 723027 @ @ 1

Note The cross conveyor can only be switched on / off from the unloading mode basic screen in the Comfort design of the cross conveyor. In the Medium design of the cross conveyor, the cross conveyor is operated by the tractor hydraulics.



118

Pos: 20.55.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Grundbild Entladebetrieb mit QFBDosierwalzen ein bzw. ausschalten (2014-05-27 10:02:41) @ 50\mod_1287490503015_78.docx @ 471882 @ @ 1

8.10.1 Switching metering rollers on or off

CC000418 CC000417

Fig. 71

Metering rollers switched off Metering rollers switched on

Switching on the metering rollers

• Press function key for (the graphics changes from blue to red. At the same time the graphics red changes to blue)

Switching off the metering rollers

• Press function key for (the graphics changes from blue to red. At the same time the graphics red changes to blue)



119

Pos: 20.57 /BA/Info-Center/Ladewagen/Grundbild Endladebetrieb/Taster an der Maschine Ladewagen @ 49\mod_1286868169625_78.docx @ 463431 @ @ 1

8.11 Buttons on the machine

WARNING! - Unexpected actions on the machine Effect: Injuries to persons or damage to the machine. • When activating the button raising/lowering blade bar, make certain there is no one in the

swivel range of the blade bar. • When activating the button raising/lowering drawbar, make certain there is no one in the

swivel range of the drawbar. • Repair, maintenance and cleaning work may be performed only when the machine is at a

standstill. • Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and turn off the electrical system on the

control box. • Secure the machine and tractor against the possibility of rolling back

Fig. 72 The machine has a few buttons located externally on the machine that can be used to perform functions on the machine. 1. Raising/lowering blade bar There are two buttons in the front left of the machine (in the frame) with the following functions:

(1) Raising blade bar

(2) Lowering blade bar 2. Raising/lowering blade bar (optional) There are two buttons in the front on the left below the protection with the following functions:

(3) Raising the drawbar

(4) Lowering the drawbar



120

Pos: 20.59 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Menüebene @ 80\mod_1315900872940_78.docx @ 708317 @ 3 @ 1

8.12 Menu level Pos: 20.60 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Menüebene Kurzüberblick CCI AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-26 09:19:10) @ 234\mod_1394025517400_78.docx @ 1862972 @ @ 1

Main menu Sub-menu Designation

1

Automatic Loader PowerLoad

1

Loading Functions

1-1

Setting the Mode for PowerLoad

1-2

Automatic Drawbar

2

Automatic Unloader

3

Silage Agents

4

Floor Conveyor Speed

5

Cross Conveyor Belt, only for AX / MX series

6

Central Lubrication

7

Weight Control

13

Counters

13-1

n

Customer Counter

13-2

all

Total Counter


121

Main menu Sub-menu Designation

14

ISOBUS Settings

14-1

Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)

14-2

Travelling Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics

14-7

Virtual Terminal (VT)

14-9

Switching Between the Terminals

15

Settings

15-1 Sensor Test

15-2

Actuator Test

15-4 12:

Error List

15-5

Information

15-6

Technician



122

Pos: 20.62 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Menüebene aufrufen @ 44\mod_1275977054046_78.docx @ 394176 @ @ 1

8.12.1 Calling up the menu level Pos: 20.63 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Menüebene aufrufen Bild AX/MX/ZX @ 215\mod_1390808653765_78.docx @ 1760248 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000420_1 CC000150

Fig. 73 Pos: 20.64 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Menüebene aufrufen (Hauptmenüs) @ 215\mod_1390820039664_78.docx @ 1762598 @ @ 1

• Press to bring up the menu level from the basic screen.

Pos: 20.65 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenüs Auflistung AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-21 10:30:41) @ 215\mod_1390809045496_78.docx @ 1760277 @ @ 1

Depending on how the machine is equipped, main menu level is divided into the following main menus:

Main menu Description

Main menu 1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad”

Depending on the design of the machine

Main menu 1 “Loading Functions”

Main menu 2 “Automatic Unloader”

Main menu 3 “Silage Agents”

Main menu 4 “Floor Conveyor Speed”

Main menu 5 “Cross Conveyor Belt” (only for AX / MX series)

Main menu 6 “Central Lubrication”

Main menu 7 “Weight Control”

Main menu 13 “Counters”

Main menu 14 “ISOBUS Settings”

Main menu 15 “Settings”



123

Pos: 20.67 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Menüebene Beschreibung Symbole für Funktionstasten @ 219\mod_1391148067937_78.docx @ 1778215 @ 2 @ 1

Symbol Meaning

Selecting the previous menu

Selecting the next menu

Opening menu

Leaving menu



124

Pos: 20.69.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Hauptmenü 1 "Ladefunktionen" ÜS @ 216\mod_1390892014491_78.docx @ 1765095 @ @ 1

8.13 Main Menu 1 “Loading Functions” Pos: 20.69.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen Bild_1 AX/MX/ZX @ 217\mod_1390892149888_78.docx @ 1765154 @ @ 1

CC000151 CC000152

Fig. 74 Pos: 20.69.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Hauptmenü 1 "Ladefunktionen" aufrufen @ 216\mod_1390828804191_78.docx @ 1763386 @ 3 @ 1

Prerequisite: The menu level is called.

• Press to open menu. The display shows the “Loading Functions” menu.

Pos: 20.69.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen 3 Untermenüs AX/MX/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen 2 Untermenüs AX/MX/ZX @ 234\mod_1394029174814_78.docx @ 1863600 @ @ 1

Depending on how the machine is equipped, main menu “Loading Functions” is divided into the following sub-menus:

Sub-menu Description

Sub-menu 1-1 Automatic Loader PowerLoad

Sub-menu 1-2 Automatic Drawbar (drawbar headland position)



125

Pos: 20.69.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 LadefunktionenUntermenü 1-1 Ladeautomatik Power Load ÜS (2014-05-21 11:00:27) @ 218\mod_1390978133236_78.docx @ 1769893 @ @ 1

8.13.1 Sub-Menu 1-1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad” Pos: 20.69.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 LadefunktionenHauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen Bild_2 AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-26 09:38:57) @ 220\mod_1391151913089_78.docx @ 1778568 @ @ 1

CC000152 CC000480_2

1/5

75%

15%

30%

- 8

3s

1

A

B

1-1

Fig. 75 Pos: 20.69.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 LadefunktionenUntermenü 1-1 "Ladeautomatik Power Load" aufrufen (2014-05-21 11:01:52) @ 218\mod_1390977479552_78.docx @ 1769834 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 1 “Loading Functions” is called.

• Press to open the menu. The display shows menu “Automatic Loader PowerLoad”.

Pos: 20.69.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 LadefunktionenNähere Informationen siehe Kapitel "Ladeautomatik Power Load" (2014-05-21 11:02:52) @ 217\mod_1390897469880_78.docx @ 1765453 @ 3 @ 1

For further information please refer to chapter Main Menu 1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad”.



126

Pos: 20.71.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik ÜS @ 219\mod_1391150666541_78.docx @ 1778362 @ @ 1

8.13.2 Sub-Menu 1-2 “Automatic Drawbar / Optional” Pos: 20.71.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 DeichselautomatikUntermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik: Bild (2014-05-13 11:45:12) @ 219\mod_1391150818974_78.docx @ 1778420 @ @ 1

CC000152 CC000486_3

-49 °

18 °

1

2

1-2

Fig. 76 Pos: 20.71.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik: Einführtext @ 220\mod_1391150941340_78.docx @ 1778449 @ @ 1

In this sub-menu, the drawbar headland position and the drawbar working position are set.

Pos: 20.71.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik/Untermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik: aufrufen @ 217\mod_1390900115126_78.docx @ 1765737 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 1 “Loading Functions” is called.

• Press to open the menu. The display shows the “Automatic Drawbar” menu.

Pos: 20.71.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/ Beschreibung Softkeys für Funktionstasten Sensortest /Beschreibung Symbol für Funktionstasten Sensortest / Aktortest aufrufen @ 220\mod_1391167609069_78.docx @ 1778787 @ @ 1

Symbol Meaning Information

Displaying “Sensor Test” menu

In the “Sensor Test” menu, only the corresponding sensors for this menu are displayed.

Displaying “Actuator Test” menu In the “Actuator Test” menu, only the corresponding actuators for this menu are displayed.

Pos: 20.71.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 DeichselautomatikUntermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik: Auflistung der Symbole (2014-05-13 11:47:01) @ 219\mod_1391150745676_78.docx @ 1778391 @ @ 1


Increasing drawbar position

Reducing drawbar position

Saving drawbar headland position position

Drawbar working position

– Press key briefly: Value for drawbar working position is saved.

– Press key longer: The drawbar working position is approached and when you release it, the value for the drawbar working position is saved.

Display area 1) Value for drawbar headland position 2) Value for drawbar working position



127

Pos: 20.71.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladefunktionen/Untermenü 1-2 DeichselautomatikUntermenü 1-2 Deichselautomatik Deichsel-Vorgewendeposition erhöhen / verringern (2014-05-13 11:56:34) @ 217\mod_1390899972554_78.docx @ 1765708 @ 2 @ 1

Increasing / reducing drawbar headland position

Note A change of the value in this menu causes a direct adjustment of the drawbar.

Changing the position for drawbar headland position

• Press to increase the value.

• Press to reduce the value.

• Press to save the value. Changing the value for the drawbar working position Either

• Press to increase the value.

• Press to reduce the value.

• Press to save the value. or

• Press and hold it down until the working position is reached.



128

Pos: 20.73.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Hauptmenü 1 "Ladeautomatik Power Load" ÜS (2014-05-21 10:38:05) @ 215\mod_1390816642265_78.docx @ 1761663 @ @ 1

8.14 Main Menu 1 “Automatic Loader PowerLoad” Pos: 20.73.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load optional CCI Bild (2014-04-15 08:02:38) @ 216\mod_1390889518269_78.docx @ 1764393 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000480_2

1/5

75%

15%

30%

- 8

3s

1

A

B

1-1

Fig. 77 Pos: 20.73.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Hauptmenü 1 "Ladeautomatik Power Load" aufrufen (2014-05-21 10:39:44) @ 215\mod_1390816662208_78.docx @ 1761779 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows menu “Automatic Loader PowerLoad”.

Pos: 20.73.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Power Load: Sensor B2 an der Ladeklappe und dem Kraftsensor B15 an der Stirnwand gesteuert. (2014-05-21 10:41:16) @ 216\mod_1390820878383_78.docx @ 1762950 @ @ 1

Automatic loader “PowerLoad” is controlled by sensor “B2“ on the loading flap and force sensor “B15” on the end wall.

Pos: 20.73.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Menü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Beschreibung Anzeigebereich (2014-05-13 14:09:42) @ 183\mod_1378368904204_78.docx @ 1573871 @ @ 1

Display area


Floor conveyor speed

– Can be adjusted for mode 1, mode 2 and mode 3.

– Will no longer appear in mode 4 and 5.

Force sensor „B15“ – Determines the limit force. – Appears in each mode, except in

mode 3.

Sensor “B2” – Determines the loading height. – Appears in mode 1, mode 3 and

mode 4.

Waiting time

– Can be set in mode 1, mode 3 and mode 4.

– The system activates the floor conveyor after the set waiting time has elapsed.



129

Pos: 20.73.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Beschreibung Symbole für Funktionstasten (2014-05-13 14:58:28) @ 222\mod_1391760123754_78.docx @ 1803163 @ @ 1


Displaying next mode

Displaying the previous mode

Saved mode

Saving the selected setting

Resetting the force sensor

– The force sensor can be reset in all modes except in mode 3.

– Make certain that the force sensor is only reset if the front wall is unloaded

Leaving menu without saving



130

Pos: 20.73.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power LoadMenü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Beschreibung der Modi 1 bis 5 (2014-05-13 13:48:40) @ 199\mod_1384870283245_78.docx @ 1674781 @ @ 1

A selection between 5 modes is possible. Depending on the selected mode, the sensors “B2” and “B15” can be evaluated individually or jointly.

Graphic Meaning

Mode 1/5 For silage ZX The automatic loader activates the floor conveyor with the set floor conveyor speed immediately after the limit force has been exceeded when loading. If the limit force is not exceeded when loading, the automatic loader automatically activates the floor conveyor after the conveyor height of the loading material is reached and the waiting time (A) has elapsed. AX / MX The automatic loader does not activate the floor conveyor with the set floor conveyor speed until the limit force is exceeded when loading and the conveyor height of the loading material is reached.

Mode 2/5 For moist silage The automatic loader activates the floor conveyor with the set floor conveyor speed immediately after the limit force has been exceeded when loading. The set waiting time (A) is not taken into account.

Mode 3/5 For hay The automatic loader activates the floor conveyor automatically after the conveyor height of the loading material is reached and the waiting time (A) has elapsed.

Mode 4/5 For silage Automatically determined limit force and adapted floor conveyor speed. The system saves the determined limit force once the conveyor height has been reached and the waiting time (A) has elapsed. The automatic loader adapts the floor conveyor speed to the relation between saved limit force and permanently determined force.

Mode 5/5 For all types of silage (factory setting) Adapted floor conveyor speed, constant filling. The automatic loader adapts the floor conveyor speed to the relation between the set limit force and the permanently determined force. This ensures a constant filling.



131

Pos: 20.73.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 1 Ladeautomatik Power Load Ladeautomatik Power Load Bild (2014-04-15 08:03:07) @ 216\mod_1390891493397_78.docx @ 1764946 @ @ 1

CC000480_2

1/5

75%

15%

30%

- 8

3s

1

A

B

1-1

Fig. 78 Pos: 20.73.12 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power Load/Menü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Kraftsensor nullen im Modus Power Load @ 183\mod_1378366186354_78.docx @ 1573716 @ @ 1

Resetting the Force Sensor to Zero It is necessary to reset the force sensor to zero if a force is displayed in the basic screen with unloaded end wall. The force sensor may only be reset to zero if the end wall is without load. If the line (1) shows a force (greater than +5 or less than -5) in unloaded mode, the force sensor must be “reset to zero”. • Press function key to reset the force sensor to zero.

Pos: 20.73.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power Load/Menü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Modus aufrufen speichern @ 183\mod_1378367275090_78.docx @ 1573774 @ @ 1

Calling and Saving Mode

The symbol in the upper line indicates that the displayed mode is saved.

• Select the desired mode by using function keys for softkeys or , the symbol in the upper line goes out.

• Press the function key for softkey , the adjusted mode is saved, the symbol appears in the upper line.

• Press the function key for softkey to leave the menu.

• Press and hold the function key for softkey to bring up the basic screen.

Pos: 20.73.14 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power Load/Wartezeit einstellen @ 183\mod_1378368555472_78.docx @ 1573815 @ @ 1

Setting the Waiting Time • Select the selection (A) by turning the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input field appears. • Increase or reduce the value of the scroll wheel by turning. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box.

Note The values can also be set via the touch screen.



132

Pos: 20.73.16 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power Load/Menü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit einstellen Power Load @ 183\mod_1378367075439_78.docx @ 1573745 @ @ 1

Setting the Floor Conveyor Speed • Select the selection (B) by turning the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input field appears. • Increase or reduce the value of the scroll wheel by turning. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box.




133




134

Pos: 20.77.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik ÜS @ 217\mod_1390902973067_78.docx @ 1766134 @ @ 1

8.15 Main Menu 2 “Automatic Unloader” Pos: 20.77.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 EntladeautomatikHauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik Bild_1 (2014-05-15 11:41:13) @ 217\mod_1390903600301_78.docx @ 1766283 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000430_3

2

2/2

3 B

Fig. 79 Pos: 20.77.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik/Hauptmenü 2 "Entladeautomatik" aufrufen @ 217\mod_1390904006768_78.docx @ 1766425 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Automatic Unloader” menu.

Pos: 20.77.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik Beschreibung Anzeigebereich @ 222\mod_1391765771066_78.docx @ 1803939 @ @ 1


Ejector – The number of strokes can be set from

0 to 10.

Front wall

– Delay time between floor conveyor start-up and swivelling the front wall.

– The delay time can be set from 1 to 60 seconds.

Pos: 20.77.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Beschreibung der Softkeys für Funktionstasten @ 183\mod_1378454694561_78.docx @ 1576571 @ @ 1


Display the next mode

Display the previous mode

Saved mode

Save the selected setting




135

Pos: 20.77.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik/Beschreibung Kontrollkästchen Nachlauf-Lenkachse sperren / nicht sperren @ 222\mod_1391767076447_78.docx @ 1804058 @ @ 1


Checkbox ticked: – Lock self-steering axle. – Lock electronic forced steering.

– If the automatic unloader is activated, the steering axle is locked by the system.

Checkbox is not ticked: Do not lock self-steering axle. – Do not lock the electronic forced

steering.

– If the automatic unloader is activated, the steering axle is not locked by the system.



136

Pos: 20.77.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik/Beschreibung der Modi 1 und 2 @ 222\mod_1391767248065_78.docx @ 1804087 @ @ 1

A selection between 2 modes is possible:


Mode 1/2 Automatic unloader deactivated

– All automatic processes listed in mode 2/2 must be performed manually.

Mode 2/2 Automatic unloader activated

GL design When the tailgate is opened, the system – locks the self-steering axle, optional. – turns on the rapid traverse if the floor

conveyor speed is set to 100%, optional.

– activates the ejector, optional. – activates the front wall, optional. – starts the floor conveyor as soon as

the tailgate is opened, only AX / MX series.

GD design When the tailgate is opened, the system – locks the self-steering axle, optional. – activates the floor conveyor after the

PTO shaft is turned on. – activates the ejector, optional. – activates the front wall, optional. – turns on the rapid traverse if the floor

conveyor speed is set to 100%, optional.

When closing the tailgate, the system – switches off the floor conveyor. – turns on the rapid traverse, optional. – releases the self-steering axle,

optional. – moves the front wall into loading

position. Cutting mode: the front wall is swivelled completely to the front. – moves the drawbar to headland

position.



137

Pos: 20.77.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 2 EntladeautomatikHauptmenü 2 Entladeautomatik Bild_2 (2014-05-15 11:51:24) @ 223\mod_1392035116683_78.docx @ 1807015 @ @ 1

CC000430_3

2

2/2

3 B

Fig. 80 Pos: 20.77.12 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Anzahl der Hübe einstellen @ 183\mod_1378372967010_78.docx @ 1574575 @ @ 1

Setting the Number of Strokes • Select the selection (B) by turning the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input field appears. • Increase or reduce the value of the scroll wheel by turning. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box .


Pos: 20.77.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-7 Entladeautomatik/Lenkachse, bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik, vom System sperren bzw. nicht sperren lassen. @ 198\mod_1384789389862_78.docx @ 1670476 @ 2 @ 1

The steering axle must be locked by the system if the automatic unloader is activated. – The automatic unloader is activated. – The checkbox is not ticked. • Select the checkbox by turning the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input field appears. • Press the scroll wheel to tick the checkbox, the selection box is left. The steering axle must not be locked by the system if the automatic unloader is activated. – The automatic unloader is activated. – The checkbox is ticked. • Select the checkbox by turning the scroll wheel, the selection box is highlighted in colour. • Press the scroll wheel, a new input field appears. • Mark the list value by turning the scroll wheel. • Press the scroll wheel to remove the tickmark in the checkbox, the selection box is left.



138

Pos: 20.79.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 3 Silagemittel / SiiermittelHauptenü 3 Silagemittel ÜS (2014-05-19 14:57:40) @ 217\mod_1390905507311_78.docx @ 1766656 @ @ 1

8.16 Main Menu 3 “Silage Agents” Pos: 20.79.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 3 Silagemittel / SiiermittelHauptmenü 3 Silagemittel Bild (2014-05-16 10:21:26) @ 217\mod_1390904703033_78.docx @ 1766541 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000424_1

3

3/3

Fig. 81 Pos: 20.79.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 3 Silagemittel / Siiermittel/Hinweis: Der Anschlussbefindet...... @ 217\mod_1390905769247_78.docx @ 1766689 @ @ 1

Note The connection (max. 2 amperes) for the silage agent device is located near the job computer (approx. 0.5 m in the cable harness 1X1).

Pos: 20.79.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 3 Silagemittel / SiiermittelHauptmenü 3 Silagemittel aufrufen (2014-05-19 15:01:57) @ 217\mod_1390905467181_78.docx @ 1766631 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu . The display shows menu “Silage Agents”.





Saved mode



Pos: 20.79.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Beschreibung Softkeys für Funktionstasten Aktortest aufrufen @ 220\mod_1391168833382_78.docx @ 1778905 @ @ 1





139

Pos: 20.79.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 3 Silagemittel / SiiermittelBeschreibung der Modi 1 bis 2 (2014-05-19 15:20:23) @ 217\mod_1390905233965_78.docx @ 1766602 @ 2 @ 1

A selection between three modes is possible:


Mode 1/3 Silage agents off

Mode 2/3 Silage agents on Continuous operation

Mode 3/3 Silage agents automatic mode

Silage agents ON, if the pick-up is in float position.



140

Pos: 20.81.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit ÜS @ 217\mod_1390906985331_78.docx @ 1766996 @ @ 1

8.17 Main Menu 4 “Setting Floor Conveyor Speed” Pos: 20.81.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 KratzbodengeschwindigkeitHauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit einstellen Bild (2014-05-16 10:33:53) @ 217\mod_1390910469537_78.docx @ 1767175 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000426_2

4

850 mA

5000 mA

2600 mA

Fig. 82 Pos: 20.81.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit: Einführtext @ 217\mod_1390910730814_78.docx @ 1767318 @ @ 1

As the oil capacity may be different depending on the tractor, it may be necessary to readjust the maximum floor conveyor speed.

Pos: 20.81.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit aufrufen @ 217\mod_1390911189061_78.docx @ 1767347 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Setting Floor Conveyor Speed” menu.

Pos: 20.81.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit/Hauptmenü 4 Kratzbodengeschwindigkeit einstellen Balkendiagramm/Diskette @ 217\mod_1390906577825_78.docx @ 1766911 @ @ 1

The set floor conveyor speed is displayed in the bar display.

The symbol in the upper line indicates that the displayed value is saved.






Pos: 20.81.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 4 KratzbodengeschwindigkeitKratzbodengeschwindigkeit eintellen (2014-05-16 10:34:46) @ 217\mod_1390906730511_78.docx @ 1766968 @ @ 1

Adjusting the floor conveyor speed • Activate tractor hydraulics. • Increase the engine speed of the tractor to nominal speed.

• Press to activate floor conveyor.

In the display, the symbol changes from to . • Press until the floor conveyor speed decreases considerably. The bar diagram display is reduced.

• Press the function key for softkey until the floor conveyor speed is no longer increased.

• Press to save the value.

The symbol appears in the upper line.

• Press to deactivate the floor conveyor.

In the display, the symbol changes from to .



141




142

Pos: 20.85.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband ÜS @ 217\mod_1390911732234_78.docx @ 1767434 @ @ 1

8.18 Main Menu 5 “Cross Conveyor Belt” Pos: 20.85.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Nur für AX/Nur für AX/MX-Baureihe @ 221\mod_1391528768205_78.docx @ 1788643 @ @ 1

Only for AX / MX series Pos: 20.85.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband Bild @ 217\mod_1390911869098_78.docx @ 1767463 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000428_1

5

1/2

Fig. 83 Pos: 20.85.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband: Einführtext @ 217\mod_1390912152884_78.docx @ 1767605 @ @ 1

Setting of the unloading operation with or without cross conveyor belt.

Pos: 20.85.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband aufrufen @ 217\mod_1390912760505_78.docx @ 1767664 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Cross Conveyor Belt” menu.





Saved mode








Pos: 20.85.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Beschreibung der Modi 1 und 2 @ 217\mod_1390912933998_78.docx @ 1767743 @ @ 1

A selection between 2 modes is possible:


Mode 1/2 Unloading process without cross conveyor belt

Mode 2/2 Unloading process with

cross conveyor belt

Pos: 20.85.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 5 Querförderband AX/MX/Hinweis: Nähere Informationen zum Umgang mit dem Querförderband entnehmen Sie bitte dem Kapitel @ 217\mod_1390911677455_78.docx @ 1767377 @ 2 @ 1

Note For further information regarding cross conveyor belt use, please refer to chapter “Conversion for unloading operation with cross conveyor belt”



143

Pos: 20.87.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung / ZentralschmieranlageHauptjmenü 6 Zentralschmierung ÜS (2014-05-19 15:25:30) @ 217\mod_1390913206772_78.docx @ 1767862 @ @ 1

8.19 Main Menu 6 “Central Lubrication” Pos: 20.87.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung / ZentralschmieranlageHauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung Bild (2014-05-16 10:44:04) @ 217\mod_1390913362629_78.docx @ 1767891 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000742_1

6

7

Fig. 84 Pos: 20.87.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung / Zentralschmieranlage/Hauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung: Einführtext @ 217\mod_1390913849617_78.docx @ 1768033 @ @ 1

In this menu, the lubrication intensity of the central lubrication can be set from 1 to 10. Moreover intermediate lubrications can be started in this menu.

Pos: 20.87.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung / ZentralschmieranlageHauptmenü 6 Zentralschmierung aufrufen (2014-05-19 15:27:02) @ 217\mod_1390913927967_78.docx @ 1768062 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Central Lubrication” menu.

Pos: 20.87.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-TerminalBeschreibung der Grafiken Anzeigebereich Diskette Wert @ 184\mod_1378733811745_78.docx @ 1577998 @ @ 1


Saved value

Pos: 20.87.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-8 ZentralschmierungBeschreibung der Softkeys für Funktionstasten (2014-05-16 10:45:47) @ 183\mod_1378392904850_78.docx @ 1575893 @ @ 1


Increase value

Reduce value

Save changed value

Change to intermediate lubrication

Start the intermediate lubrication manually.

After you leave the menu, the central lubrication is activated automatically.

Leave the menu






Pos: 20.87.8 /WHB/-------------------Seitenumbruch-------------------- @ 97\mod_1329398299871_78.docx @ 878585 @ @ 1


144

Pos: 20.87.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-8 ZentralschmierungSchmierinterval erhöhen verringern Zwischenschmierung starten (2014-05-16 10:48:25) @ 183\mod_1378394479500_78.docx @ 1575922 @ 2 @ 1

Increasing the Lubrication Intensity

• Press the function key to increase the lubrication intensity. Reducing the Lubrication Intensity • Press the function key to reduce the lubrication intensity. Starting Intermediate Lubrication Manually

• Press function key to start the intermediate lubrications.


• Press function key to start an intermediate lubrication.

A new intermediate lubrication is made every time the function key is pressed again. Leaving the Menu

• Press function key to leave the menu. Pos: 20.88 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


145

Pos: 20.89.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung ÜS @ 217\mod_1390914546804_78.docx @ 1768117 @ @ 1

8.20 Main Menu 7 “Weight Control” Pos: 20.89.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 GewichtserfassungHauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung Bild_1 AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-16 11:49:07) @ 217\mod_1390914707645_78.docx @ 1768146 @ @ 1

CC000150

CC

0004

34_37

300 Kg1

3/3

15000 Kg A

Auto

Fig. 85 Pos: 20.89.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung aufrufen @ 218\mod_1390914880372_78.docx @ 1768258 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Weight Control” menu.

Pos: 20.89.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-TerminalBeschreibung der Grafiken Anzeigebereich Diskette Modus @ 183\mod_1378455475701_78.docx @ 1576600 @ @ 1


Saved mode

Pos: 20.89.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 GewichtserfassungHauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung“ Beschreibung der Softkeys für Funktionstasten AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 08:48:31) @ 230\mod_1393318927367_78.docx @ 1842832 @ @ 1


Displaying next mode

Displaying previous mode

Saving the selected setting

Resetting the payload to zero The current payload is reset to zero.

Leaving menu without saving

Activating warning message

– Can be activated in each mode. – When the payload weight has been

reached, a warning message appears in the display.

Deactivating warning message – Can be deactivated in each mode.

Calling “Calibrating Weight Control” menu

Pos: 20.89.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Beschreibung Symbol für Funktionstasten Sensortest aufrufen @ 220\mod_1391169250949_78.docx @ 1778934 @ @ 1




Pos: 20.89.7 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


146

Pos: 20.89.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung/Menü 1-1 Gewichtserfassung Beschreibung der Modi 1 bis 3 @ 222\mod_1391769479023_78.docx @ 1804478 @ @ 1

A selection between three modes is possible:


Mode 1/3 Weight control deactivated

Mode 2/3 Weight control manual mode

Auto

Mode 3/3 Weight control automatic mode

Pos: 20.89.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-1 Ladeautoamtik Power Load/Menü 1-1-1 Modus für Power Load Modus aufrufen speichern @ 183\mod_1378367275090_78.docx @ 1573774 @ @ 1

Calling and Saving Mode

The symbol in the upper line indicates that the displayed mode is saved.

• Select the desired mode by using function keys for softkeys or , the symbol in the upper line goes out.

• Press the function key for softkey , the adjusted mode is saved, the symbol appears in the upper line.


• Press and hold the function key for softkey to bring up the basic screen.



147

Pos: 20.89.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 GewichtserfassungHauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung Bild_2 AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 07:28:42) @ 220\mod_1391151263312_78.docx @ 1778506 @ @ 1

CC000150

CC

0004

34_37

300 Kg1

3/3

15000 Kg A

Auto

Fig. 86 Pos: 20.89.12 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung: Warnmeldung aktivieren/deaktivieren @ 228\mod_1392817128623_78.docx @ 1832689 @ @ 1

Activating warning message

• Press to activate the warning message.

In the display, the symbol changes from to . Deactivating warning message

• Press to deactivate the warning message.


Pos: 20.89.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung/Hauptmenü 7 Gewichtserfassung: Maximale Zuladung einstellen @ 228\mod_1392817309526_78.docx @ 1832748 @ @ 1

Setting the payload

Note Only set the maximum payload in such a way that the permitted gross weight of the machine (observing the permitted axle loads) will not be exceeded. For information regarding permitted total weight and axle load, please refer to the type plate of the machine (also see chapter “Identification”).

– As a pre-condition, the payload must be activated. • Press value (A) in the touch screen to change the payload. The input mask opens. • Increase or reduce value (A). • Confirm the entry with “OK”. Setting the payload to zero • Press function key for softkey to set the payload to zero.



148

Pos: 20.91 /Layout Module /Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 20.92 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 4 @ 1


149

Pos: 20.93 /BA/Info-Center/Ladewagen/Gewichtserfassug/Gewichtserfassung im Handbetrieb Überschrift @ 50\mod_1287730250765_78.docx @ 475191 @ @ 1

8.20.1 Weight control in the manual mode Pos: 20.94 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Das Erfassen des Gewichtes einer Fuhre besteht immer aus dem Zyklus... @ 120\mod_1343124283504_78.docx @ 1097607 @ @ 1

Recording the weight of a wagonload always consists of the cycle “Saving Full Weight and Saving Tare Weight”.

Pos: 20.95 /BA/Info-Center/Ladewagen/Gewichtserfassug/Vollgewicht speichern im Handbetrieb Überschrift @ 50\mod_1287728156140_78.docx @ 475165 @ @ 1

8.20.1.1 Saving full weight Pos: 20.96 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Funktion der Tasten bei Menü Gewichtserfassung (Vollgewicht speichern) (nach dem Laden) @ 120\mod_1343035836064_78.docx @ 1095762 @ @ 1

Function of the keys on menu weight control (saving full weight) (after loading)

Leaving the weight control for the start screen (without saving)

Leaving the weight control by saving the weight

Leaving the weight control for the basic screen unloading operation (without saving)

Switching to menu 2-1 "Customer counter"

Pos: 20.97 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Gewichtserfassung (Vollgewicht speichern) Vorraussetung @ 120\mod_1343114932117_78.docx @ 1096940 @ @ 1

CC000436_1

Fig. 87

Note In order to save the wagonload correctly the following points must be followed.

• The offset drawbar cylinders must be unfolded at least 1-3 cm • Release the brakes on loading wagon and tractor • Always save the weight at first in loaded status • With a possibly existent Tridem axle the lift axle needs to be lowered (leave the valve in

float position) • Select customer counter (see menu 2-1 “Customer counter”)) The weight control shows the current payload in the first line (1).



150

Pos: 20.99 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Gewichtserfassung Tasten Beschreibung @ 120\mod_1343119212873_78.docx @ 1097190 @ @ 1

• By pressing the function key for the weight display will be left without saving and the start screen will be displayed.

• By pressing the function key for , the weight display will be left without saving and the basic screen “Unloading Operation” will be displayed.

• By pressing the function key for , the menu 2-1 “Customer Counter” is displayed (for selection of the customer counter which should save the weight).

If the attachment is at a standstill:

• By pressing function key for for approx. 3 seconds, the weight is saved and a change into “Unloading Operation” basic screen is made

If the attachment drives:

• The system starts to determine the weight by pressing function key for for approx. 0.5 seconds.

While the system determines the weight, the symbol (2) appears for approx. 20 seconds. The determined weight is saved after approx. 20 seconds and a change into basic screen “Unloading Operation” is made.



151

Pos: 20.101 /BA/Info-Center/Ladewagen/Gewichtserfassug/Leergewicht speichern Überschrift @ 28\mod_1250151524696_78.docx @ 274233 @ @ 1

8.20.2 Saving the tare Pos: 20.102 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kurzüberblick über die Tasten Leergewicht speichern @ 50\mod_1287666367578_78.docx @ 474763 @ @ 1

Function of the keys on menu weight control (saving tare) (after unloading)

Switching to the counter menu

Switching to the calibration settings of the weight control

Leaving the weight control by saving the weight and display of the weight of the wagonload

Leaving the weight control for the start screen (possibly without saving)

Leaving the weight control for the basic screen unloading operation (without saving)

Pos: 20.103 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Leergewicht speichern (2014-05-26 16:36:51) @ 50\mod_1287666672062_78.docx @ 474789 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000441

Fig. 88 The tare must be saved after having unloaded the wagon.

Note Please take note that the load sensing equipment will be reset to zero after saving, irrespective of whether there is still a residual load on the loading surface. For this reason, it is recommendable to check before saving whether the loading surface has been completely discharged since otherwise there will be deviations in the payload.

To do this:

By pressing the function key for call the menu saving tare from the basic screen unloading operation.

Note In order to save the payload correctly the following points must be followed.

• The offset drawbar cylinders must be unfolded at least 1-3 cm • Release the brakes on loading wagon and tractor • Always save the tare only after saving the loaded status • With a possibly existent Tridem axle the lift axle needs to be lowered (leave the valve in

float position) • Select customer counter (see menu 2-1 “Customer counter”).



152

Pos: 20.105 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Leergewicht speichern Bild @ 120\mod_1343122071613_78.docx @ 1097408 @ 3 @ 1

CC000437_1 CC000440_1

Fig. 89 The weight control indicates the last saved full weight (1) in the first line and the momentary tare weight (2) in the second line. The unloading weight (3) is displayed in the third line.

Pos: 20.106 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Leergewichtserfassung Tasten Beschreibung @ 120\mod_1343120929437_78.docx @ 1097319 @ @ 1

• By pressing function key for , the weight display will be left without saving and the basic screen “Unloading Operation” will be displayed

• By activating function key for , you get into menu 2-1 “Customer Counter” (the customer counter on which the weight shall be saved can be selected here)

• Pressing the function key for brings up the calibration menu (refer to chapter entitled “Calibration”)

If the attachment stops:

• Save the unloading weight by activating the function key for for approx. 3

seconds. The symbol appears in the display and the load sensing equipment is set to zero.

The load sensing process is now finished and a new measurement can be started.

• By pressing function key for the weight display will be left and the start screen will be displayed

If the attachment drives: • The system starts to determine the unloading weight by activating function key

for for approx. 0.5 seconds. The symbol appears in the display While the system determines the unloading weight, the symbol (4) appears for approx. 20 seconds. The determined unloading weight is saved after approx. 20 seconds and the load sensing equipment is set to zero. The load sensing process is now finished and a new measurement can be started.

• By pressing function key for the weight display will be left and the start screen will be displayed



153

Pos: 20.108 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Gewichtserfassung im Automatikbetrieb / Lademodus @ 50\mod_1287730797953_78.docx @ 475221 @ @ 1

8.20.3 Weight control in automatic mode

The weight control of the total weight of all the wagonloads for a customer counter is fully automatic with the weight control in the automatic mode. The recording of the total weight for one wagonload is finished when the cycle “Loading / unloading” of the wagon has run through. In order to save the wagonload correctly the following points must be followed: • Set the desired counter mode (loading mode or cutting mode) • Between the loading and the undoading process there must be at least one minute • When loading the tailgate has to be closed • The offset drawbar cylinders must be unfolded at least 1-3 cm (not during direct loading /

unloading process) • With a possibly existent Tridem axle (optional) keep the lift axle lowered in float position for

at least 1 minute after the loading process as well as before and after unloading. • After the unloading process (closing the tailgate) has finished, make sure that the brakes on

the loading wagon and on the tractor are released for about 1 minute (otherwise the measuring result will be falsified)

In the counter mode (loading mode) • In the loading mode the weighing begins directly after the loading process has finished. For

this reason, it is essential that the brakes on the loading wagon and on the tractor are released for about 1 minute after the unloading process (otherwise the measuring result will be falsified).

After the unloading process • After unloading the load sensing equipment will be set to zero after one minute. Doing this,

deviations in the display may arise.

Note The result of the weighing will only be assigned to the customer counter after the system has set the load sensing equipment to zero.

Pos: 20.109 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Gewichtserfassung im Automatikbetrieb / Häckselmodus @ 174\mod_1371451269077_78.docx @ 1487745 @ @ 1

In the counter mode II (cutting mode) The weight control (weighing) is made permanently during loading until the tailgate is opened. A timeline results due to this. After opening the tailgate, the timeline which was recorded at last is adopted as the measurement result. To guarantee that the result is not falsified, do not park the attachment with brakes applied until the tailgate is opened but, even before this, complete the unloading process. After the unloading process • After unloading, the load sensing equipment will be set to zero after one minute. Doing this,

deviations in the display may arise.

Note The result of the weighing will only be assigned to the customer counter after the system has set the load sensing equipment to zero.



154

Pos: 20.111 /Layout Module /Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ @ 1



155

Pos: 20.113 /BA/Info-Center/Ladewagen/Gewichtserfassug/Kalibrierung Überschrift @ 28\mod_1250151679446_78.docx @ 274257 @ @ 1

8.20.4 Calibration Pos: 20.114 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kurzüberblick über die Tasten Kalibrieren @ 50\mod_1287669290421_78.docx @ 474948 @ @ 1

Function of the keys on menu calibration

Take default values (factory setting) for correction values

Saving the correction values

Individual weighing supported load / axle load

Total weighing attachment

Pos: 20.115 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrierung Gesamtgewicht allgemeine Beschreibung @ 120\mod_1343292848848_78.docx @ 1099520 @ @ 1

Calibration total weight To achieve a high accuracy of the weight control (total weight), it is necessary to calibrate the system on first use or in case of occuring continuing measuring differences (display to scale). In doing so the correction values for the sensors axle load are being adapted to the loading wagon. Calibration must be effected at least once a year before the beginning of harvest.

Pos: 20.116 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung Vorgehensweise Kalibrierung "Gewichtserfassung Handbetrieb" (2014-05-26 16:39:50) @ 120\mod_1343196067547_78.docx @ 1098225 @ @ 1

If menu “Weight Control Manual Mode” is selected, the procedure for the calibration is as follows.

CC000437_1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000441

Fig. 90 • Determine the unloading weight of the wagonload by control weighing

• Call menu “Saving Tare( ) from the “Unloading Operation” basic screen

• Save the unloading weight by activating the function key for

• Pressing the function key for brings up the calibration menu



156

Pos: 20.118 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrieungsmenü Bild @ 120\mod_1343285023561_78.docx @ 1099159 @ @ 1

Fig. 91 Calibration menu Pos: 20.119 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrierungmenü Korrekturwert ändern @ 120\mod_1343292150206_78.docx @ 1099461 @ @ 1

• Increase or reduce the display value in the display by pressing the function keys or until the established value of the unloading weight is set in the display

• Save the new correction value by pressing the function key for

• By pressing the function key for you get back to the weight control without saving the correction value

• By pressing the function key for the values are set back to factory setting

Pos: 20.120 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Hinweis Sensoren Stützlast / Achslast kalibrieren @ 120\mod_1343196337794_78.docx @ 1098249 @ @ 1

Note In rare cases, the calibration of the total weight may not be sufficient to correct the correction value with the established values of measuring (continuous measuring difference, display to scale). Then the correction values for the sensors (supported load (1) and axle load (2)) need to be adapted to the loading wagon. (See chapter “Calibration of sensors supported load and axle load”)



157

Pos: 20.122 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Vorgehensweise Kalibrierung "Gewichtserfassung Automatikbetrieb" (2014-05-19 09:26:53) @ 184\mod_1378735513208_78.docx @ 1578027 @ @ 1

Procedure for calibration if the “Weight Control Automatic Mode” menu is selected.

CC000431_1

1-9

CC

0004

34_21-9

300 Kg1

3/3

15000 Kg A

Fig. 92 • Determine the unloading weight of the wagonload by control weighing. • Call main menu 1-9 “Weight Control”.

• Select menu 1-9 by pressing function key or , the symbol is highlighted in grey.

• Press function key . The display shows menu 1-9-2 “Setting the Weight Control”.

• Bring up the calibration menu by pressing the function key .

Pos: 20.123 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrieungsmenü Bild @ 120\mod_1343285023561_78.docx @ 1099159 @ @ 1

Fig. 93 Calibration menu Pos: 20.124 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrierungmenü Korrekturwert ändern @ 120\mod_1343292150206_78.docx @ 1099461 @ @ 1

• Increase or reduce the display value in the display by pressing the function keys or until the established value of the unloading weight is set in the display

• Save the new correction value by pressing the function key for

• By pressing the function key for you get back to the weight control without saving the correction value

• By pressing the function key for the values are set back to factory setting



158

Pos: 20.126 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Hinweis Sensoren Stützlast / Achslast kalibrieren @ 120\mod_1343196337794_78.docx @ 1098249 @ @ 1

Note In rare cases, the calibration of the total weight may not be sufficient to correct the correction value with the established values of measuring (continuous measuring difference, display to scale). Then the correction values for the sensors (supported load (1) and axle load (2)) need to be adapted to the loading wagon. (See chapter “Calibration of sensors supported load and axle load”)



159

Pos: 20.128 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrierung Kraftmeßbolzen Achse / Kraftmeßbolzen Deichsel @ 83\mod_1317204020223_78.docx @ 727895 @ @ 1

8.20.4.1 Calibrating the force measuring bolt for supported load and axle load

Note The individual weighing of supported load / axle load is only required if the drawbar force measuring bolt is not calibrated.

Pos: 20.129 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung Kalibrierung Achslast und Stützlast Seite2 (2014-05-26 16:41:28) @ 50\mod_1287670111812_78.docx @ 475052 @ @ 1

Procedure for calibration: • The menu “Weight control in manual mode” has to be selected (see chapter “Setting weight

control”) • Filling the loading wagon.

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

ESC

CC000401

1

CC000436

Fig. 94

• Call the menu “Saving full weight ( )” from the start screen.

• Save the displayed full weight ( ). • Afterwards, go to the scale and determine the supported load (1) (full weight) and the axle

load (2) (full weight). (Write down values for supported load and axle load). • Unload the loading wagon completely. Afterwards, go to the scale and determine the supported load (1) (tare weight) and the axle

load (2) (tare weight) again. (Write down values for supported load and axle load). • Determine and write down the difference value between supported load (1) (full weight) and

supported load (1) (tare weight). • Determine and write down the difference value between axle load (2) (full weight) and axle

load (2) (tare weight).

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000441 CC000440

Fig. 95

• Call the menu “Saving tare ” from the basic screen unloading operation.

• Pressing the function key for calls the calibration menu. Pos: 20.130 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1


160

Pos: 20.131 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 Einstellungen/Menü 1-9 Gewichtserfassung /Kalibrierung Achslast und Stützlast Seite3 @ 50\mod_1287670115703_78.docx @ 475078 @ 2 @ 1

CC000439

21

3

Fig. 96

• Pressing the function key for calls the calibration menu “Calibration of sensors supported load and axle load”. Setting the correction value of the axle load (2): • You can use the scroll wheel to select the desired setting, the selection box is highlighted in

colour. • Pressing the scroll wheel allows you to jump to the selection box. • You can use the scroll wheel to set the desired value. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box again

• By pressing the function key for you get back to the weight control without saving the correction value.

Setting the correction value of the supported load (1): • You can use the scroll wheel to select the desired setting, the selection box is highlighted in

colour. • Pressing the rotary potentiometer allows you to jump to the selection box. • You can use the scroll wheel to set the desired value. • Pressing the scroll wheel causes the setting to be applied and returns you from the

selection box

• By pressing the function key for you get back to the weight control without saving the correction value.

• By pressing the function key for the values are set back to factory setting.



161

Pos: 20.133.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler ÜS @ 218\mod_1390916280761_78.docx @ 1768771 @ @ 1

8.21 Main Menu 13 “Counters” Pos: 20.133.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler Bild AX/MX/ZX @ 218\mod_1390916666655_78.docx @ 1768909 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000153

Fig. 97 Pos: 20.133.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler aufrufen @ 218\mod_1391000156104_78.docx @ 1771658 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Counters” menu.

Pos: 20.133.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler 2 Untermenüs @ 218\mod_1391000152573_78.docx @ 1771629 @ 3 @ 1

Depending on how the machine is equipped, main menu “Counters” is divided into the following sub-menus:


n Sub-menu 13-1 “Customer Counter”

all Sub-menu 13-2 “Total Counter”



162

Pos: 20.135.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler/Untermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler ÜS @ 218\mod_1390978414754_78.docx @ 1769921 @ @ 1

8.21.1 Sub-Menu 13-1 “Customer Counter” Pos: 20.135.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 KundenzählerUntermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler Bild (2014-05-19 11:38:12) @ 220\mod_1391151356417_78.docx @ 1778539 @ @ 1

CC000153 CC000443_3

13-1

2

3

4

5

6

n

Fig. 98 Pos: 20.135.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler/Untermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler aufrufen @ 218\mod_1390978688938_78.docx @ 1769979 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 13 “Counters” is called.

• Press n to open the menu. The display shows “Customer Counter” menu.

Pos: 20.135.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 KundenzählerUntermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler Beschreibung der Anzeige AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 13:00:22) @ 221\mod_1391520258356_78.docx @ 1787825 @ @ 1

Symbols Meaning Information

Counter for total wagonloads – Added wagonloads (loading mode and cutting mode).

– Counting a wagonload depends on the set counter mode.

Operating hours counter – The operating hours counter counts if the electronic system is turned on and the operating hours counter is activated.

Customer counter – 1 to 20 customer counters.

– The activated customer counter is highlighted in grey.



163

Pos: 20.135.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 KundenzählerMenü 2-1 Kundenzähler Beschreibung der Softkeys für die Funktionstasten (2014-05-19 12:05:48) @ 183\mod_1378450831474_78.docx @ 1576306 @ @ 1


Scroll up

Scroll down

Confirm the selection

h on Deactivate the operating hours counter

– The operating hours counter is activated.

h off Activate the operating hours counter

– The operating hours counter is deactivated.

Leave the menu – Pressing the key and holding it down brings up the basic screen.

Delete the values for the selected customer counter.

– The selected customer counter must not be activated.

Delete the values for all customers.

Loading mode – When using the loading wagon for collecting, conveying and depositing agricultural crops (hay, straw and grass silage).

– A wagonload is counted if the tailgate is closed, the floor conveyor supply is activated for at least 5 sec. and then the floor conveyor supply runs for at least 5 sec.

Cutting mode – When using the loading wagon as silage transport wagon (grass and maize silage).

– A wagonload is counted if after the opening of the tailgate the floor conveyor supply will be activated for at least 5 seconds.

– In case the tailgate will be closed during cutting mode with a non-discharged machine and the unloading process will be continued later on, two wagonloads are counted.

Display the detail counter – Additional counter information is displayed for the selected customer counter.

Display the customer counter



164

Pos: 20.135.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 KundenzählerUntermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler / Detailzähler (2014-05-19 11:46:23) @ 218\mod_1390979168898_78.docx @ 1770068 @ @ 1

Detail Counter

CC000443_3

13-1

2

3

4

5

6

n

CC000492_2

13-1

n

Name

Fig. 99 Prerequisite: Sub-menu 13-1 “Customer Counter” is called.

• Press to bring up the detail counter.

• Press to bring up the customer counter.



165

Pos: 20.135.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 KundenzählerMenü 13-1 Detailzähler Beschreibung Anzeigebereich AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 11:55:34) @ 220\mod_1391408295240_78.docx @ 1778975 @ @ 1


Selected customer counter – Here customer counter 3

Counter for total wagonloads – Added wagonloads (loading mode

and cutting mode). – Counting a wagonload depends on

the set counter mode.

Counter for loading mode – Added wagonloads

Counter for cutting mode – Added wagonloads

t Weight of the crop For the weight control option

– Added of loading mode and cutting mode

Operating hours counter – The operating hours counter counts if

the electronic system is turned on and the operating hours counter is activated.

Counter for loading time (added time for loading the wagon) The counter for loading time counts if the pick-up is in float position and the tailgate is closed

– Added time for loading the wagon. – The counter for loading time counts if

the pick-up is in float position and the tailgate is closed.

Counter for unloading time (added time for unloading the wagon) The counter for unloading time counts if the tailgate is opened and the floor conveyor is running.

– Added time for unloading the wagon – The counter for the unloading time

counts if the tailgate is opened and the floor conveyor is running.

Name Add a name for customer counter – You can add a name for each customer counter.

– The input is limited to 15 characters.



166

Pos: 20.135.12 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 2 ZählerZählermodus einstellen (2014-05-19 13:06:50) @ 183\mod_1378457247603_78.docx @ 1576712 @ @ 1

Setting the Counter Mode The wagonload counter can be adjusted via the counter mode depending on the use of the loading wagon. Loading mode

• Press the function key for softkey to call the loading mode.

The softkey changes from to . Cutting mode

• Press function key for softkey to call the loading mode.

The softkey changes from to .

Pos: 20.135.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 2 Zähler/Kundenzähler aktivieren @ 183\mod_1378457875532_78.docx @ 1576745 @ @ 1 Activating the Customer Counter

• Select the desired customer counter by pressing the function key for softkey or .

• Press the function key for softkey to activate the customer counter. The newly activated customer counter is highlighted in grey. Activating the Operating Hours Counter

• Press the function key for softkey h off to activate the operating hours counter.

In the display, the softkey changes from h off to h on. Deactivating the Operating Hours Counter

• Press the function key for softkey h on. to deactivate the operating hours counter.

In the display, the softkey changes from h on to h off.



167

Pos: 20.135.15 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 2 ZählerKundenzähler löschen (2014-05-19 13:15:15) @ 183\mod_1378458488570_78.docx @ 1576774 @ @ 1

Deleting the Customer Counter The customer counter to be deleted must not be activated.

• Select the customer counter by pressing the function key for softkey or . • Press the function key for softkey to reset the customer counter to zero. Deleting all Customer Counters • Press the function key for softkey 2 seconds to reset the customer counter to zero.


• Press and hold the function key for softkey to bring up the basic screen. Pos: 20.135.16 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-1 Kundenzähler/Name für Kundenzähler eingeben @ 220\mod_1391408541890_78.docx @ 1779064 @ 3 @ 1

Applying or changing a new name for the customer counter • Press “name”. An input dialogue appears. • Enter the name via keyboard.

• Press to save the name.

• Press to leave the input dialogue without saving.



168

Pos: 20.137.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-2 Gesamtzähler/Untermenü 13-2 Gesamtzähler ÜS @ 218\mod_1390978524194_78.docx @ 1769950 @ @ 1

8.21.2 Sub-Menu 13-2 “Total Counter” Pos: 20.137.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-2 GesamtzählerUntermenü 13-2 Gesamtzähler Bild (2014-05-19 13:27:33) @ 218\mod_1390997201712_78.docx @ 1771156 @ @ 1

CC000153 CC000446_1

13-2

1

2

all

1

Fig. 100 Pos: 20.137.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 13 Zähler/Untermenü 13-2 Gesamtzähler/Untermenü 13-2 Gesamtzähler aufrufen @ 218\mod_1390998131442_78.docx @ 1771365 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 13 “Counters” is called

• Press all to open the menu. The display shows “Total Counter” menu.

Pos: 20.137.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 2 ZählerMenü 2-2 Gesamtzähler Symbolbedeutung (2014-05-19 13:28:41) @ 51\mod_1287995992687_78.docx @ 475784 @ @ 1

Meaning of the icons:

Total number of wagonloads

h Operating hours counter

Total wagonload counter (cannot be deleted))

1 Season counter 1 (can be deleted)

2 Daily counter 2 (can be deleted)

Pos: 20.137.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Bis 2013/Hauptmenü 2 ZählerMenü 2-2 Gesamtzähler Saisonzähler/Tageszähler (2014-05-19 13:33:37) @ 50\mod_1287995988906_78.docx @ 475758 @ 2 @ 1

Deleting season counter 1 or daily counter 2 • Press the function key for 1, the season counter 1 will be set to zero. • Press the function key for 2, the daily counter 2 will be set to zero.

• Pressing the function key closes the called up menu

• Pressing the function key and holding it down brings up the basic screen

Note The total operating hours counter (1) is running as soon as the electronic system is turned on. The total operating hours counter (1) cannot be deleted.



169

Pos: 20.139.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen ÜS @ 218\mod_1390998806069_78.docx @ 1771425 @ @ 1

8.22 Main Menu 14 “ISOBUS Settings” Pos: 20.139.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen Bild @ 218\mod_1390998890483_78.docx @ 1771573 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000154

Fig. 101 Pos: 20.139.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-EinstellungenHauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen aufrufen @ 218\mod_1390975953795_78.docx @ 1769675 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “ISOBUS Settings” menu.

Pos: 20.139.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-EinstellungenHauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen Untermenüs (2014-05-26 17:17:06) @ 218\mod_1390976283543_78.docx @ 1769714 @ 3 @ 1

Depending on how the machine is equipped, main menu “ISOBUS Settings” is divided into the following sub-menus:


Sub-menu 14-1 Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)

Sub-menu 14-2 Driving Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics

Sub-menu 14-7 Virtual Terminal (VT)

Sub-menu 14-9 Switching between Terminals



170

Pos: 20.141.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX)/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX) ÜS @ 218\mod_1391001106347_78.docx @ 1772033 @ @ 1

8.22.1 Sub-Menu 14-1 Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX) Pos: 20.141.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX)/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX) Bild @ 218\mod_1391001239023_78.docx @ 1772062 @ @ 1

CC000154 CC000156

14-1

Fig. 102 Pos: 20.141.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX)/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary aufrufen @ 218\mod_1391001403606_78.docx @ 1772171 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 14 “ISOBUS” is called

• Press to open the menu. The display shows menu 4-7 “Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)”.

Pos: 20.141.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX)/Untermenü 14-1 Diagnose Auxillary: Einführtext @ 218\mod_1391000987358_78.docx @ 1771946 @ 3 @ 1

A figure of the multi-function lever appears in the display. When activating a function on the multi-function lever, only the assigned symbol will appear in the display. The function itself is not performed.



171

Pos: 20.143.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ Fahrtrichtungsanzeige/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ Fahrtrichtungsanzeige ÜS @ 218\mod_1391002654204_78.docx @ 1772368 @ @ 1

8.22.2 Sub-Menu 14-2 “Driving Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics"

Pos: 20.143.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ FahrtrichtungsanzeigeUntermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ Fahrtrichtungsanzeige Bild (2014-05-21 13:28:19) @ 218\mod_1391002917603_78.docx @ 1772397 @ @ 1

CC000154 CC000155

14-2

1

2

3

4

Fig. 103 Pos: 20.143.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ Fahrtrichtungsanzeige/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ Fahrtrichtungsanzeige: aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391003550850_78.docx @ 1772596 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 14 “ISOBUS” is called.

• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Driving Speed Diagnostics Display / Motion Direction Display”.

Pos: 20.143.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeit-/ FahrtrichtungsanzeigeUntermenü 14-2 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeits- /Fahrtrichtungsanzeige Symbolerklärung (2014-05-21 13:29:33) @ 218\mod_1391002606524_78.docx @ 1772311 @ 3 @ 1


<--- 0 Driving forward

0 ---> Reverse travel

25.5 km/h Speed during forward travel

-25.5 km/h Speed during reverse travel

540 rpm PTO speed

Parameter selected ISOBUS evaluation

Parameter not selected



172

Pos: 20.145.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391062313154_78.docx @ 1774103 @ @ 1

8.22.3 Sub-Menu 14-7 “Virtual Terminal (VT)” Pos: 20.145.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal: Bild @ 219\mod_1391062308912_78.docx @ 1774074 @ @ 1

CC000154

14-7

CC000159

Fig. 104 Pos: 20.145.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal: aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391062874750_78.docx @ 1774229 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display “Virtual Terminal (VT)“ menu.

Pos: 20.145.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal/Untermenü 14-7 ISO-Terminal aufrufen mit weniger als 8Tasten @ 220\mod_1391411887336_78.docx @ 1779651 @ @ 1

Note This menu only appears on ISO terminals with less than 8 keys. For ISO terminals with less than 8 keys, an additional ISO joystick is recommended for the convenient operation of the attached machines. For the assignment of the joystick, please refer to chapter “Example of joystick assignment”.

ISO terminal with less than 8 keys In this menu, the basic screen is set to 5 softkeys or 8 softkeys. During the change-over to 8 softkeys, additional softkeys will be virtually included and can be reached by scrolling.





Saved mode



Pos: 20.145.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal/Untermenü 14-7 Virtual Terminal: Aktuelle Status wird als Grafik angezeigt @ 222\mod_1392015211745_78.docx @ 1805026 @ @ 1

The current status is displayed as a graphic

Graphic Meaning

Terminal with 5 softkeys without virtual softkey

Terminal with less than eight keys and utilization of virtual softkeys



173

Pos: 20.145.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Status ändern und speichern mit + und - @ 189\mod_1380725906960_78.docx @ 1619276 @ 3 @ 1

Changing and saving status

• Press the function key for softkey or to change the status.

The symbol in the upper line disappears.

• Press function key for softkey to save the status.

The symbol appears in the upper line.

• Press function key to leave the menu.

• Press function key multiple times in succession to bring up the basic screen.



174

Pos: 20.147.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391063686587_78.docx @ 1774317 @ @ 1

8.22.4 Sub-Menu 14-9 “Switching Between Terminals” Pos: 20.147.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals: Bild @ 219\mod_1391063816978_78.docx @ 1774375 @ @ 1

CC000154

Fig. 105 Pos: 20.147.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals: aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391062318821_78.docx @ 1774132 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Switching between the Terminals” menu.

Pos: 20.147.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Hinweis: Das Untermenü erscheint nur @ 219\mod_1391064705088_78.docx @ 1774524 @ @ 1

Note • The sub-menu appears only if several ISO terminals are connected. • Depending on how many terminals are connected, you can switch to the next connected

terminal. • When switching for the first time, the configuration of the machine is loaded into the next

terminal. The loading process may take a few minutes. The configuration is stored in the accumulator of the next terminal.

Pos: 20.147.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Hinweis: Bis zum nächsten Aufruf @ 219\mod_1391064786123_78.docx @ 1774553 @ @ 1

Note Up to the next call, the machine is no longer available in the previous terminal.

Pos: 20.147.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 14 ISOBUS-Einstellungen/Untermenü 14-9 Umschalten zwischen Terminals/Hinweis Beim Neustart @ 119\mod_1342085621507_78.docx @ 1069712 @ 2 @ 1

Note In case of a restart, the system first tries to start the last used terminal. If the last used terminal is not available any longer (if it is removed for example), the restart is delayed as the system is searching for a new terminal and loads the specific menus into the terminal. The loading process may take a few minutes.



175

Pos: 20.149.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391067733576_78.docx @ 1774612 @ @ 1

8.23 Main Menu 15 “Settings” Pos: 20.149.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 EinstellungenHauptmenü 15 Einstellungen Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 14:25:16) @ 219\mod_1391068827134_78.docx @ 1774641 @ @ 1

CC000150 CC000157

12:

Fig. 106 Pos: 20.149.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391070608369_78.docx @ 1774705 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Settings” menu.

Pos: 20.149.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 EinstellungenHauptmenü 15 Einstellungen Untermenüs (2014-05-19 14:29:48) @ 219\mod_1391070695689_78.docx @ 1774734 @ 3 @ 1

Depending on how the machine is equipped, main menu “Settings” is divided into the following sub-menus:


Sub-menu 15-1 “Sensor Test”

Sub-menu 15-2 “Actuator Test”

12:

Sub-menu 15-4 “Alarm List”

Sub-menu 15-5 “Information”

Sub-menu 15-6 “Technician”



176

Pos: 20.151.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391071042847_78.docx @ 1774823 @ @ 1

8.23.1 Sub-Menu 15-1 “Sensor Test” Pos: 20.151.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 SensortestUntermenü 15-1 Sensortest: Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 14:38:28) @ 219\mod_1391071152342_78.docx @ 1774851 @ @ 1

CC000157

12:

CC000158

1 2

B4 B5

B6

CLOSE

B8

OPEN

3 4

15-1

Fig. 107 Pos: 20.151.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391075399350_78.docx @ 1775169 @ @ 1

Prerequisite: Main menu 15 “Settings” is called.

• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Sensor Test” menu.

Pos: 20.151.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest: Einführtext @ 219\mod_1391075684788_78.docx @ 1775256 @ @ 1

In the sensor test, the sensors installed on the machine are checked for errors. In addition, the sensors can be set correctly in the sensor test. There is no guarantee the machine is working correctly until after the sensors have been adjusted.

Pos: 20.151.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Beschreibung der Symbole für Funktionstasten Sensortest @ 219\mod_1391076418261_78.docx @ 1775614 @ @ 1


Scrolling up

Scrolling down

Open mask for sensor test – Press graphic, the “Sensor test” mask

opens.

Leaving menu



177

Pos: 20.151.7 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Sensor testen @ 220\mod_1391418342157_78.docx @ 1780478 @ @ 1

Testing the sensor • Press on the symbol of the sensor to test a sensor. The “Sensor test” mask appears.

Pos: 20.151.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 SensortestSensortest Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-21 16:20:44) @ 220\mod_1391416301821_78.docx @ 1780450 @ @ 1

CC000158

1 2

B4 B5

B6

CLOSE

B8

OPEN

3 4

15-1

CC000448_1

15-1

1

B1

B2AUTO

1

Fig. 108 Pos: 20.151.9 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest: Achtung @ 219\mod_1391075798151_78.docx @ 1775375 @ @ 1

Caution! Make sure the PTO shaft is not rotating while is sensor test is performed.

Pos: 20.151.10 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Untermenü 15-1 Beschreibung der Symbole für Funktionstasten Aktortest @ 221\mod_1391525674685_78.docx @ 1788444 @ @ 1


Selecting the next sensor

Selecting the previous sensor

Closing sensor test mask Sub-menu “Sensor Test” is called.

Leaving menu

Pos: 20.151.11 /BA/Info-Center/Schwader/Bedieneinheit - Komfort/Swadro 1400/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 4 Service/Einstellwerte Sensor allgemeiner Text @ 6\mod_1215416779856_78.docx @ 101137 @ @ 1

Setting values: The minimum and maximum setting values with the sensor alive (metal in front of the sensor) are shown in the upper part of the bar display. The current setting value (actual value) is displayed under the bar display. The distance from the sensor to the metal must be adjusted so that in the alive state the bar is in the upper mark. Next check whether the bar is in non-alive state in the lower marked area.



178

Pos: 20.151.13 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Mögliche Sensoren (je nach Ausstattung der Maschine) @ 19\mod_1238071336628_78.docx @ 214010 @ @ 1

Possible sensors (depending on how the machine is equipped) Pos: 20.151.14 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Auflistung der möglichen Namursensoren AX/MX/ZX @ 220\mod_1391425126584_78.docx @ 1781277 @ @ 1

No. Symbol Description No. Symbol Description

B1 B1

Blade active

B2 B2 AUTO

1

Automatic loader, top

B3 B3 FULL

Floor conveyor switch-off

B4 B4

Discharge rollers (GD)

B5 B5

PTO speed (GD)

B6 B6

CLOSE

Tailgate closed

B7 B7

Axle locked

B8 B8

OPEN

Tailgate opened (ZX GD)

B11 B11

Load bolt drawbar

B10 B10

Lift axle

B13 B13

Hand lever for discharge roller coupling (optional cross conveyor)

B12 B12 L/R

Load bolt axle

B15 B15 AUTO

Force sensor automatic loader bottom

B20 B20

Pressure supply floor conveyor

B25

Pick-up top

B26 B26

Pick-up speed

B28

Position of drawbar

B29 Position of pick-up

B33 B33

Ejector

B32 B32

Grinding device

B37 B37

Front wall front

B38 B38 Inclination angle front wall

B39 B39

Central lubrication

B52 B52

Steering angle rear axle

B51 B51


B54 B54

RSpeed wheel right

B53 B53

L Speed wheel left

S1 S51Pressure supply forced steering

B55 B55

Steering angle front axle

BM1 BM1

Distance grinding discs to blades

BM2 BM2

Position grinding discs



179

Pos: 20.151.16 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Sensor (1,2,3,4) farbig @ 189\mod_1380721227163_78.docx @ 1618866 @ @ 1

State:

1 Alive (iron)

2Not alive (no iron)

3 Broken cable 4 Short circuit

Pos: 20.151.17 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Kraftmessbolzen @ 28\mod_1250080387213_78.docx @ 273835 @ @ 1

State of load bolt:

Sensor OK Connection to force measurement amplifier

(KMV) interrupted

Cable break / short circuit on sensor

Failure of communication with force measurement amplifier (KMV)

Pos: 20.151.18 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Kraftmessbolzen Lenkrechner ME @ 229\mod_1392894038240_78.docx @ 1836105 @ @ 1

ME Communication error with steering computer (ME)

Pos: 20.151.19 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Diagnose Drucksensor @ 115\mod_1339653067227_78.docx @ 1011904 @ @ 1

Diagnostics Pressure Sensors Pos: 20.151.20 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeige Drucksensor Achse @ 120\mod_1342618393636_78.docx @ 1092834 @ @ 1

State: 1

p>100bar Axle locked

2

p<100barAxle released

Pos: 20.151.21 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Sensor (1,2) Druckschwelle @ 118\mod_1341997099732_78.docx @ 1048442 @ @ 1

State:

Pressure threshold is not reached Pressure threshold is reached



180

Pos: 20.151.23 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Diagnose Taster @ 19\mod_1238078012972_78.docx @ 214752 @ @ 1

Diagnostics for buttons Pos: 20.151.24 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 SensortestDiagnose Taster Bild (2014-05-21 13:57:44) @ 220\mod_1391429013472_78.docx @ 1781526 @ @ 1

CC000449_1

15-1

5S1

S2

S3

Fig. 109 Pos: 20.151.25 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Einstellwerte Tastertest Hand @ 19\mod_1238078727722_78.docx @ 214806 @ @ 1

Setting values: When the button is pressed, the bar must be in the lower marked area of the bar display. When the button is released, it should be in the upper area.

Pos: 20.151.26 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 Sensortest/Diagnose Taster Tabelle @ 220\mod_1391429072616_78.docx @ 1781655 @ @ 1

No. Symbol Description

S1 S1

Button for folding in blades

S2 S2

Button for folding out blades

S3 S3

Button for raising the drawbar

S4 S4

Button for lowering the drawbar

S5 S5

Button grinding device

Pos: 20.151.27 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Taster (3,4,5,6)_farbig @ 220\mod_1391429219271_78.docx @ 1781715 @ @ 1

State:

3 cable break

4short circuit

5 5

pressed 6 6

not pressed



181

Pos: 20.151.29 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-1 SensortestUntermneü 15-1 Diagnose Versorgungsspannungen (2014-05-21 13:55:07) @ 220\mod_1391430961861_78.docx @ 1781947 @ 3 @ 1

Diagnostics power supply voltages

15-1

U1

CC000045_1

Fig. 110

No. Symbol Description

U1 U1

Power supply voltage

Nominal voltages: • 12V Ges: 12 - 14.5 V • 12V Term: 12 - 14.5 V • 12V Si: 12 – 14.5 V • 12V ana: 12 – 14.5 V • 8V dig: 8.5 - 9.1 V • 12V Pow2: 12 - 14.5 V • 12V Pow3: 12 - 14.5 V



182

Pos: 20.153.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391077513769_78.docx @ 1776110 @ @ 1

8.23.2 Sub-Menu 15-2 “Actuator Test” Pos: 20.153.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Gefahr - Aktortest @ 47\mod_1285134152781_78.docx @ 455729 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine. Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Only persons familiar with the machine are permitted to perform the actuator test • The person performing the test must know which machine parts are moved by actuating the

actuators. If necessary, secure the actuated machine components against unintentional lowering

• The actuator test must only be performed from a safe position outside the area that is affected by machine parts moved by the actuators

• Make certain there are no persons, animals or objects in the danger zone

Pos: 20.153.3 /BA/Info-Center/Großpackenpresse/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 4 Service/Menü 4-4 Aktortest Hand Einführungstext @ 44\mod_1275637366437_78.docx @ 393405 @ @ 1

The actuator test is used to test the actuators installed on the machine. An actuator can only be tested if power is flowing through it. In the manual actuator test the actuator must therefore be controlled manually for a short time to be able to determine if there are any errors in the actuator system.

Pos: 20.153.4 /BA/Info-Center/Großpackenpresse/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 4 Service/Menü 4-4 Aktortest Hand Achtung @ 44\mod_1275637929203_78.docx @ 393455 @ @ 1

CAUTION! - Unexpected actions on the machine. The P.T.O. shaft must not be turning during the actuator test. The tractor hydraulics must be deactivated.

Pos: 20.153.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 AktortestUntermenü 15-2 Aktortest: Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 14:40:36) @ 219\mod_1391077509835_78.docx @ 1776052 @ @ 1

CC000157

12:

15-2

CC000160

PWM: 300I= 0mA

Fig. 111 Pos: 20.153.6 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391077501936_78.docx @ 1775994 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Actuator Test” menu.



183

Pos: 20.153.8 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Beschreibung derSymbole für Funktionstasten Aktortest @ 220\mod_1391431388580_78.docx @ 1782090 @ @ 1


Selecting the next actuator

Selecting the previous actuator

ON Activating actuator – Digital actuators The function is directly executed.

OFF Deactivating actuator

Increasing value – Analogue actuators – In case of motors, the function of the

motor is directly executed. Reducing value

Leaving menu



184

Pos: 20.153.10 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Mögliche Aktoren (je nach Ausstattung der Maschine) @ 222\mod_1392018589114_78.docx @ 1805501 @ @ 1

Possible actuators (depending on how the machine is equipped) Pos: 20.153.11 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2: Auflistung aller Aktoren T1 AX/MX/ZX @ 220\mod_1391446044797_78.docx @ 1784183 @ @ 1


Y01

Floor conveyor SUPPLY

Y02 Floor conveyor RETURN (GD)

Y03

Function valve 1

Y04Function valve 2

Y05

Pick-up 1

Y06Tailgate 1

Y07

Tailgate 2

Y081 Offset drawbar 1

Y09 2

Offset drawbar 2

Y10

1Blade bar 1

Y11

2 Blade bar 2

Y12Rapid traverse

Y13

Safety valve tailgate

Y14 Discharge roller coupling (GD)

Y15

Axle lock

Y16Cross conveyor 1

Y17

Cross conveyor 2

Y18Pick-up 2

Y19 Y19

Lift axle

Y20Axle lock 2

Y21

Pick-up

Y30Cutting flap

Y33

Ejector

Y32Grinding device

Y35

Loading area cover

H1 Machine lighting



185

Pos: 20.153.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2: Auflistung aller Aktoren T2 AX/MX/ZX @ 223\mod_1392028749576_78.docx @ 1806868 @ @ 1


Y37

Front wall

Y39

Central lubrication

A1 Silage agents

Y51

Release rear axle 1

Y52 Release rear axle 2

Y53

Control rear axle 1

Y54 Control rear axle 2

Y55

Release front axle 1

Y56 Release front axle 2

Y57

Control front axle 1

Y58 Control front axle 2

M1 M

M1

Axial displacement grinding discs

M2.1 M

M2 1/2Lifting / lowering grinding discs 1

Pos: 20.153.14 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Statusanzeigen/Statusanzeigen Sensor (1,2,3) farbig analoge Aktoren @ 220\mod_1391495771629_78.docx @ 1784416 @ @ 1

State:

1 ON Actuator ON 2 OFF Actuator OFF

3 / No power supply; fuse is probably defective



186

Pos: 20.153.16 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Diagnose digitale Aktoren ÜS @ 222\mod_1392021878120_78.docx @ 1805884 @ @ 1

Diagnostics digital actuators Pos: 20.153.17 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Diagnose digitale Aktoren Bild @ 223\mod_1392026372408_78.docx @ 1806660 @ @ 1

15-2

CC000165

Fig. 112 Pos: 20.153.18 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-BiG Pack/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 4 Service/Diagnose digitale Aktoren ein- ausschalten @ 223\mod_1392026708132_78.docx @ 1806689 @ @ 1

Diagnostics digital actuators Errors are only displayed if the actuator is switched on and an actuator test is possible. The LED on the plug can be checked directly on the actuator.

• Press to switch on the actuator.

• Press to switch off the actuator.

Pos: 20.153.19 /BA/Info-Center/Sensoren/Diagnose analoge Aktoren ÜS @ 220\mod_1391496250713_78.docx @ 1784564 @ @ 1

Diagnostics analogue actuators Pos: 20.153.20 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Diagnose analoge Aktoren Bild @ 220\mod_1391496308346_78.docx @ 1784592 @ @ 1

15-2

PWM: 300I= 0mA

CC00045-_1

Fig. 113 Pos: 20.153.21 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Untermenü 15-2 Diagnose analoge Aktoren Einführtext @ 220\mod_1391496665611_78.docx @ 1784621 @ @ 1

A current (in mA) can be set with the PWM value (in parts per thousand). With a value of PWM = 500, the current should be between 500 mA and 3000 mA (depending on the valve that is used and the operating temperature).



187

Pos: 20.153.23 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-2 Aktortest/Motoren/Mögliche Motoren @ 221\mod_1391530579971_78.docx @ 1788742 @ 3 @ 1

Engines

15-2

CC000163

M

M2 1/2

M

M1

Fig. 114

• The function is directly executed by pressing function key . • The function is directly executed by pressing function key .



188

Pos: 20.155.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste/Untermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste ÜS @ 221\mod_1391596321024_78.docx @ 1790733 @ @ 1

8.23.3 Sub-Menu 15-4 Error List Pos: 20.155.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-4 FehlerlisteUntermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste: Bild (2014-05-19 14:46:21) @ 221\mod_1391597232949_78.docx @ 1790851 @ @ 1

15-4

CC000164

12:

57 23 27 : 06 h56 28 27 : 05 h55 138 26 : 48 h54 14 21 : 51 h53 23 20 : 32 h52 14 20 : 31 h51 126 16 : 05 h50 14 15 : 23 h

h1

Fig. 115 Pos: 20.155.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-4 FehlerlisteUntermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste aufrufen (2014-05-19 14:47:19) @ 221\mod_1391597293954_78.docx @ 1790880 @ @ 1


• Press

12:

to open sub-menu 15-4 “Error List”. The display shows menu 15-4 „Error List“.

Pos: 20.155.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste/Fehlerliste Beschreibung der Softkeys für die Funktionstasten @ 221\mod_1391598498404_78.docx @ 1791129 @ @ 1


Scrolling up

Scrolling down

Leaving menu

Pos: 20.155.5 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-4 FehlerlisteUntermenü 15-4 Fehlerliste Beschreibung Anzeigebereich (2014-05-19 14:48:39) @ 221\mod_1391602062744_78.docx @ 1791278 @ 3 @ 1


1) Consecutive numbering

Error number – Description of errors, see “Alarm

Messages”.

h Incoming time of the error – According to the total operating hours counter



189

Pos: 20.157.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-5 Ino/Untermenü 15-5 Info: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391078599732_78.docx @ 1776602 @ @ 1

8.23.4 Sub-Menu 15-5 “Information” Pos: 20.157.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-5 InoUntermenü 15-5 Info: Bild AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-19 14:51:48) @ 219\mod_1391078663814_78.docx @ 1776691 @ @ 1

CC000157

12:

CC000453_1

15-2

SW: 2008124231:150200085_17

ISO 2:150200088_12

Fig. 116 Pos: 20.157.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-5 Ino/Untermenü 15-5 Info aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391079238902_78.docx @ 1776806 @ @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows “Information” menu.

Pos: 20.157.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-5 Ino/Untermenü 15-5 Info: Gesamt-Softwareversionen an der Maschine @ 219\mod_1391079496379_78.docx @ 1776944 @ 3 @ 1

SW Complete software version of the machine

Version of the job computer

ISO ISO software version



190

Pos: 20.159.1 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur: ÜS @ 219\mod_1391080184123_78.docx @ 1777003 @ @ 1

8.23.5 Sub-Menu 15-6 Technician Pos: 20.159.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-6 MonteurUntermenü 15-6 Monteur: Bild (2014-05-19 14:53:03) @ 219\mod_1391080242623_78.docx @ 1777032 @ @ 1

CC000157

12:

CC000052_1

15-6

054536

0000

Fig. 117 Pos: 20.159.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur aufrufen @ 219\mod_1391080365258_78.docx @ 1777061 @ 2 @ 1


• Press to open the menu. The display shows the “Technician” menu.

Pos: 20.159.4 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Hauptmenüs/Hauptmenü 1 2014/Hauptmenü 15 Einstellungen/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur/Untermenü 15-6 Monteur: Text @ 219\mod_1391096845374_78.docx @ 1777873 @ @ 1

The “Technician” sub-menu is protected by password. The display shows the password query.



191

Pos: 20.161 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-BiG Pack/Hauptmenüs/Alarmmeldungen/Alarmeldung allgemein @ 189\mod_1381224126492_78.docx @ 1622617 @ @ 1

8.24 Alarm Message

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000053_1

KBT

A03

Fig. 118 Alarm message If a malfunction occurs on the machine, an alarm message appears in the display and an audio signal is heard at the same time (constant horn signal). Description, possible cause and remedy are shown in the chapter entitled “Alarm Messages”.

Note All functions in the covered menu are still active. The softkeys covered by the alarm message are deactivated. To reset alarm:

• To reset the alarm, press function key for softkey , the acoustic signal is stopped. If the malfunction occurs again, the alarm message will also appear again.



192

Pos: 20.163 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Alarmmeldungen @ 34\mod_1255441373066_78.docx @ 323566 @ @ 1

8.24.1 Alarm messages Pos: 20.164 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/1) Allgemeine Alarme A01 bis A16_CCI @ 185\mod_1379321687889_78.docx @ 1589885 @ @ 1

No. Figure Possible cause Remedy

A01

– The plug-in fuse in the job computer is defective.

– Short circuit on electrical outputs +12V2FU_L

– Check the connection for short circuit and replace the fuse.

A02 A02

FUSE

12V Pow3

– Fuse in the job computer defective

– Short circuit on electrical outputs +12V3FU_L

– Check the connection for short circuit

– The fuse resets itself after the unit has cooled down

A03 KBT

A03

– CAN error The CAN bus was interrupted between

the control unit and the machine. – Loose contact in the connection to the

display.

– Check the display line.

A04 A04

– The connection to the multi-function lever is interrupted.

– The multi-function lever is not connected properly.

– Check the wiring of the multi-function lever.

A11 KMV1

A11

– CAN error – The connection force measurement

amplifier (KMV) to the machine is interrupted.

– Check wiring.

A12 A12

KMV High

– Overvoltage – The dynamo of the tractor is defective.

– Check dynamo.

A13 A13

KMV Low

Undervoltage – The tractor battery is defective. – The dynamo of the tractor is low. – 12-V power supply is too weak on tractor

side or not correctly connected with the battery.

– Connect KRONE connection cable directly to the battery of the tractor.

A14

A15 – Overvoltage – The dynamo of the tractor is defective.

– Check dynamo.

A16 A16

KMV 5V DIG

– The internal power supply is not available.

– The force measurement amplifier is defective

– Check force measurement amplifier



193

Pos: 20.166 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/1) Allgemeine Alarme A17 bis A32_CCI AX/MX/ZX (2014-05-26 09:59:04) @ 185\mod_1379322014698_78.docx @ 1589914 @ @ 1


A17 KMV2

A17

– CAN error – The connection force measurement

amplifier (KMV) to the machine is interrupted.

– Check wiring

A18 A18

KMV2 High

– Overvoltage – The dynamo of the tractor is defective.

– Check dynamo

A19 A19

KMV2 Low

Undervoltage – The tractor battery is defective or the

dynamo of the tractor is too low. – 12-V power supply is too weak on tractor


– Connect KRONE connection cable directly to the battery of the tractor.

A20 A20

KMV2 5V DIG

– The internal power supply is not available.– The force measurement amplifier is

defective.

– Check force measurement amplifier

A22 A22

PIC-I02

– The CAN connection is interrupted between the job computer and the KRONE PIC I/2 computer.

– The CAN wiring is defective. – The KRONE PIC-I02 computer is inactive.

– Check CAN wiring. – Replace KRONE PIC-I02

computer.

A30 ME

A30– CAN error – The connection between the computer

forced steering (ME) and the machine is interrupted

– Check wiring.

A31 A31

ME

100 200 300

– Error on the steering – Note the numbers and contact KRONE customer service.

A32 A32

ME

– Incorrect voltage – The tractor battery is defective. – The dynamo of the tractor is low. – 12-V power supply is too weak on tractor


– Connect KRONE connection cable directly to the tractor battery



194

Pos: 20.168 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/2) Logische Alarme 01 bis 11_CCI @ 185\mod_1379398171666_78.docx @ 1592523 @ @ 1


1 1

FULL

– The wagon is full. – The tailgate is closed and the floor

conveyor switch-off sensor is switched.

– Empty the wagon.

2 2

min-1

– The speed of the discharge rollers is too low or the discharge rollers are at a standstill.

– The wagon is full, the tailgate is open, the floor conveyor supply is activated and the discharge roller speed is too low.

– Check the discharge roller drive.

For ZX: – The wagon is full, the tailgate is open,

the floor conveyor supply is activated and the discharge roller speed is too low

– The tailgate is open, the floor conveyor supply is activated and the P.T.O. shaft is not activated

– Check the discharge roller drive.

– Switch on the P.T.O. shaft.

3 3

min 0-1

– The P.T.O. speed is too high. – The P.T.O. shaft is not stopped and an

attempt was made to open the tailgate.

– Switch off PTO shaft and only then open the tailgate.

4 4

– The steering axle is not locked. – The tailgate was opened and the steering

axle was not locked.

– Lock the steering axle on the sile pile before opening the tailgate.

6 6

– The payload is reached. – Complete the loading process.

11 11

– The blades are not turned on (blade monitoring).

– The blades have moved out of the “Blade on” position.

– Switch blades on again.



195

Pos: 20.170 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/2) Logische Alarme 12 bis 31_CCI (2014-05-22 07:03:08) @ 221\mod_1391684519205_78.docx @ 1797592 @ @ 1

No. Image Possible cause Remedy

12 12

ERROR

– The PTO shaft sensor is not adjusted properly or defective.

– The discharge rollers turn but the PTO shaft sensor is not generating any pulses.

– Check the setting of the PTO shaft sensor

14 14

OPEN

– Open the tailgate. – The tailgate has been opened

even though the key for “Open tailgate” has not been activated.

– Close the tailgate.

15 15

– Axle is not locked – The axle is not locked even

though the key for “Lock axle" has been actuated.

– Check the hydraulics. – Check the manometric switch.

16 16

– The hand lever for discharge roller coupling is not actuated.

– The tail control unit is turned on but the hand lever for discharge roller coupling has not been switched to zero position.

– Actuate hand lever.

17 17

– The switching valve to release the cross conveyor belt has not been actuated.

– The tail control unit is switched on but the switching valve to release the cross conveyor belt has not been actuated.

– Actuate switching valve.

18 18 – The tailgate does not close quickly enough.

– Time for closing is exceeded.

– Check mechanics. – Remove the crop. – The operating temperature of the

hydraulic oil has not yet been reached.

23 23 – The front wall does not move, time error.

– Check mechanics. – Remove the crop on the ejector.

24 24 – The ejector is not retracted. – Retract the ejector.

25 25 – The ejector does not move, time error.

– Check mechanics. – Remove the crop on the ejector.

28 28 The central lubrication – does not have any grease. – is blocked. – The pump is not running.

– Add grease. – Clean the central lubrication. – Check electrical system and

pump.

29 29 The grinding device is at a standstill, time error.

– Check mechanics.

30 30

31 31 – The forced steering is not supplied with pressure

– To fast driving. As a result, no pressure supply.

– Create pressure supply.



196

Pos: 20.172 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/3) Physikalische Alarme 101 bis 114 @ 185\mod_1379333150734_78.docx @ 1591208 @ @ 1

No. Figure Sensor Possible cause Remedy

101 101B1

Blade

Sensor or line defective

- Perform a sensor test

- Check the sensor and supply line for damage

102 102B2 AUTO

1

Automatic loader, top

103 B3 FULL

103

Floor conveyor switch-off

104 B4104

Discharge roller monitoring

105 B5105

P.T.O. shaft

106 B6106

CLOSE

Tailgate

107 B7107

Axle locked

108 B8108

OPEN

For ZX:

Tailgate open

109 B9109

AUTO

2

Automatic loader, bottom

110 B10110

Lift axle

111 B11111

Load bolt drawbar (optional)

112 112B12 L/R

Load bolt axle (optional)

113 B13113

Hand lever discharge roller coupling

114 B14114

Switching valve (locking the tailgate)



197

Pos: 20.174 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/3) Physikalische Alarme 115 bis 138 Sensoren @ 221\mod_1391690677851_78.docx @ 1798951 @ @ 1

No. Image Sensor Possible cause Remedy

115 B15115

AUTO

%

Force sensor

Sensor or supply line defective


- Check sensor and supply line for damage

120 B20120

Pressure supply floor conveyor

125 B25125

Pick-up top

126 B26126

Pick-up speed

128 B28128

Angle of rotation sensor drawbar

129 B29129

Angle of rotation sensor pick-up

132 B32132

Grinding device swivelled in

133 B33133

Ejector

137 B37137

Front wall front

138 B38138

Inclination angle front wall


198


S51150




151 B51151


152 B52152


153 B53153

L

Speed wheel left

154 B54154

R

Speed wheel right

155 B55155


171


172




199

Pos: 20.176 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/3) Physikalische Alarme 150 bis 172 Sensoren @ 222\mod_1391754455712_78.docx @ 1802225 @ @ 1


S51150




151 B51151


152 B52152


153 B53153

L

Speed wheel left

154 B54154

R

Speed wheel right

155 B55155


171


172




200

Pos: 20.178 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/3) Physikalische Alarme 161 bis 168 Aktoren @ 222\mod_1391697336334_78.docx @ 1800393 @ @ 1

No. Image Actuator Possible cause Remedy

161 Y51161

1

Release rear axle 1

Actuator or supply line defective

- Perform actuator test


162 Y52162

2

Release rear axle 2

163 Y53163

1

Control rear axle 1

164 Y54164

2

Control rear axle 1

165 Y55165

1


166 Y56166

2


167 Y57167

1


168 Y58168

2




201

Pos: 20.180 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/CCI-Ladewagen/Alarmmeldungen/3) Physikalische Alarme Taster 121 bis 124 @ 221\mod_1391691094166_78.docx @ 1798980 @ 2 @ 1

No. Image Description Possible cause Remedy 121 121

S1

Button for folding in blade bar

Button or line defective


- Check button or supply line for damage

122 122S2

Button for folding out blade bar

123 123S3

Button for raising the drawbar

124 124S4

Button for lowering the drawbar

145 145S5

Button grinding device


Task Controller (optional)

202

Pos: 22.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Task Controller (optional) @ 130\mod_1347254572418_78.docx @ 1159803 @ @ 1

9 Task Controller (optional) Pos: 22.2 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/TaskController Schnittstelle/TaskController Einführtext @ 130\mod_1347254403834_78.docx @ 1159774 @ @ 1

The Task Controller is a control unit in the ISOBUS terminal with the designation Task Controller (TC). It enables information and data exchange between farm computer and the Krone machine. The Task Controller collects the data coming from the job computer of the machine for a later transfer on the farm computer. There are different solutions regarding the fact in which form the data can get from the farm computer to the machine and vice versa. The data can for example be transferred as a file via USB flash drive or also via the internet.

Pos: 22.3 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/TaskController SchnittstelleTaskController Tabelle Ladewagen (2014-05-22 09:53:05) @ 130\mod_1347254002797_78.docx @ 1159745 @ 1 @ 1

The KRONE machine provides the following data for the Task Controller:

Name Range of values/ Unit

Description

Coupling point Offset X 0 Not relevant Coupling point Offset Y 0 Not relevant Coupling point Offset Z 0 Not relevant Wagonloads 0,1,2,3…. Depending on counter mode (mode I or

mode II) Weight of the last wagonload Depending on the setting in “Setting Weight

Control” menu Sum of the wagonload weights

Depending on the setting in “Setting Weight Control” menu

Working position 0 or

Machine is not in working position

1 The machine is located in working position when the P.T.O. shaft turns (GD) or the pick-up is in float position or the floor conveyor runs.

Time in working position In minutes Time not in working position In minutes Working width Always 2550

mm

Prescription Control Enable Always 3 not available Life time of the machine In hours The counting process is continued

whenever the control is switched on. Worked surface Always 0 Route in working position In meters Is only counted if TECU (tractor data) is

available. Route not in working position In meters Is only counted if TECU (tractor data) is

available. Loading time In minutes Counts like loading time in the detail

counter. Unloading time In minutes Counts like unloading time in the detail

counter


ISOBUS operation

203

Pos: 24.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/F-J/ISOBUS-Bedienung @ 33\mod_1254285737011_78.docx @ 318705 @ @ 1

10 ISOBUS operation Pos: 24.2 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Allgemeines zu ISOBUS Systemen @ 48\mod_1286197286984_78.docx @ 459741 @ 233 @ 1

General aspects The ISOBUS system is an internationally standardized communication system for agricultural machines and systems. The designation of the related series of standards is: ISO 11783. The agricultural ISOBUS system makes an information and data exchange between tractor and device of different manufacturers possible. To this end, both, the necessary plug connections and the signals are standardized which are necessary for the communication and command transmission. The system also enables the operation of machines with control units (terminal) which are already existent on the tractor or have been attached in the tractor cabin. The relevant details can be found in the technical documentation of the control unit or on the device itself. Those KRONE machines which are ISOBUS equipped are adapted to this system.

Note The KRONE ISOBUS systems pass the ISOBUS COMPATIBILITY TEST (DLG/VDMA) on a regular basis. The operation of this machine requires at least implementation level 3 of the ISOBUS system.

Pos: 24.3 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Gefahr durch nicht von KRONE gelieferte Terminals / Bedieneinheiten @ 48\mod_1286197403750_78.docx @ 459766 @ @ 1

DANGER! When using terminals and other control units which have not been delivered by KRONE mind that the user: • has to take the responsibility for the use of KRONE machines when using the machine on

control units (terminal / other control elements) which have not been delivered by KRONE • must check the machine before operation on all machine functions, if they are performed as

described in the enclosed operating instructions • as possible, should only couple those systems to each other which have passed a

DLG/VDMA test (so called ISOBUS COMPATIBILITY TEST) before • has to follow the operating and safety instructions of the supplier of the ISOBUS control unit

(e.g. terminal) • must guarantee that the control elements and machine control systems fit together

according to the IL (IL= Implementation Level; describes the compatibility status of the different software versions) (requirement: IL same or higher)


ISOBUS operation

204

Pos: 24.5 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/BigPackISO-Bedienung_Anbau (2014-04-09 20:30:08) @ 48\mod_1286438957000_78.docx @ 461353 @ @ 1

10.1 Attaching the ISOBUS terminal

3

4

5 7

61

2

Fig. 119

CAUTION! Failure of control unit. When attaching the control unit, take care that the connection cables are not stretched and cannot come in contact with the tractor wheels.

10.1.1 Connection terminal to tractor

Note For further details on the attachment consult the operating instructions of the ISOBUS terminal manufacturer.

10.1.2 Connection tractor to machine

• Connect ISO-plug (3) (9-pole) of cable set (1) with outer ISO-socket (2) (9-pole) on tractor

side • Connect plug (4) (7-pole) of cable set (1) with socket (5) (7-pole) of the machine • Connect plug (6) (2-pole) of cable set (1) with socket (7) (2-pole) of the machine


ISOBUS operation

205

Pos: 24.7 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/BigPack/Abweichende Funktionen zum KRONE ISOBUS-Termina CCI @ 47\mod_1285223499328_78.docx @ 455993 @ @ 1

10.2 Differing functions to KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI

Via the accessory unit, the ISOBUS control unit will provide information and control functions to the display of the ISOBUS terminal. Operation with an ISOBUS terminal is analogue to the KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI. Prior to start-up, refer to the operating instructions for the method of operation of the KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI. A fundamental difference to the KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI is the arrangement of the softkeys, which are determined by the selected ISOBUS terminal. Only the functions that differ from the KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI are described in the following.

Pos: 24.8 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Abweichende Funktionen CCI_Term Menüpunkt 1-4 „Kontrast“ @ 48\mod_1286276672656_78.docx @ 460458 @ 2 @ 1

Note Menu item 1-4 "Contrast" of the KRONE control cannot be called up on the ISOBUS terminal. A setting is performed directly via the ISOBUS terminal (if applicable) (refer to operating instructions of the ISOBUS terminal manufacturer). If necessary, acoustic signals must be enabled from the terminal (refer to operating instructions of the ISOBUS terminal manufacturer).

Pos: 24.9 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/LadewagenBei Option elektronisch gesteuerte Nachlauf-Lenkachse (Bedieneinheit-Komfort) (2014-05-26 17:35:32) @ 49\mod_1286861391078_78.docx @ 463195 @ @ 1

10.2.1 With electronically controlled coaster/steering axle option (comfort control unit)

With the automatic coaster/steering axle option, the coaster/steering axle is automatically locked by the electronic system when travelling backward. Even if the “Releasing steering axle" function has been selected in the display. When backward travel is stopped, the electronic system automatically enables the steering axle again for forward travel if the “Releasing steering axle" function has been preselected in the display and the tailgate is closed. If the "Steering axle locked" function has been preselected, the steering axle remains locked for forward and backward travel. Driving above 30 km/h: When driving above 30 km/h, the coaster/steering axle is automatically locked by the electronic system. Even if the “Releasing steering axle" function has been selected in the display. If the travelling speed is reduced to less than 30 km/h, the electronic system automatically unlocks the steering axle again if the “Releasing steering axle" function has been preselected in the display. If the "Steering axle locked" function was selected, the steering axle remains locked regardless of the speed. The following conditions must be met: • The tractor must transfer the travelling speed and direction of travel on the ISO bus. • The parameter (ISO-Bus Evaluation) must be released (can only be effected by a Krone

service technician)

Note You can check in the menu 4-6 “Diagnostics travelling speed display / direction of travel display” whether the parameter (ISO-Bus Evaluation) is unlocked.


ISOBUS operation

206

Pos: 24.11 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/LadewagenArbeitsscheinwerfer ein- ausschalten TECU-gesendet (2014-02-03 08:51:30) @ 132\mod_1348488879671_78.docx @ 1166272 @ @ 1

10.3 Automatic Work Lights

If the tractor control unit (T-ECU) provides data for lighting, the work lights of the machine can be switched on or switched off from the tractor in “Automatic Work Lights” mode. The manual operation of the work lights is still available.

ISB

CC000603

Fig. 120 Status line (I):

Work lights OFF (in manual mode)

Work lights ON (in manual mode)

Work lights OFF (in automatic work lights mode)

Work Lights ON (in automatic work lights mode) Activating Automatic Work Lights:

• Press function key for as many times as necessary until softkey or softkey

appears in the display Deactivating Automatic Work Lights:

• Press function key for or until softkey or softkey appears in the display


ISOBUS operation

207

Pos: 24.13 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 4-6 Diagnose Fahrgeschw/Fahrtrichung/Menü 4-6 Diagnose Fahrgeschwindigkeits- /Fahrtrichtungsanzeige Ladewagen @ 49\mod_1286952423531_78.docx @ 463801 @ @ 1

10.3.1 Menu 4-6 “Diagnostics driving speed display/direction of travel display”

The tractor must transfer the travelling speed and direction of travel on the ISO bus.

ZX400056_1 ZX400057_1

4-6

1

2

3

4

Fig. 121

Call up main menu "Maintenance" with the key

• You can select menu 4-6 with the keys . The symbol is highlighted in grey.

• Call up the menu with the OK key.

The display shows menu 4-6 "Driving speed display / direction of travel display". Explanation of symbols: 1) <--- 0 = Driving forward 0 ---> = Reversing 2) 25.5 km/h= Speed driving forward -25.5 km/h= Reversing speed 3) 540 RPM= PTO speed 4)

Parameter (ISO-Bus Evaluation) selected

Parameter (ISO-Bus Evaluation) not selected

• You can use the key ESC

to close the menu currently displayed. The display shows menu level 4 "Service".


ISOBUS operation

208

Pos: 24.15 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 4-7 Diagnose Auxiliary (AUX)/Menü 4-7 Diagnose Auxillary Belegung am Multifunktionshebel_Lad @ 48\mod_1286350819750_78.docx @ 461253 @ @ 1

10.3.2 Menu 4-7 “Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)”

ZX400058

4-7

Fig. 122

Call up main menu "Maintenance" with the key

• You can select menu 4- by pressing the keys . The symbol is highlighted in grey.

• Call up the menu with the OK key.

The display shows menu 4-7 “Diagnostics Auxiliary (AUX)” . A representation of the multi-function lever appears in the display. When activating a function on the multi-function lever, only the assigned symbol will appear in the display. The function itself is not performed.

• You can use the key ESC to close the menu currently displayed. The display shows menu level 4 "Service".


ISOBUS operation

209

Pos: 24.17 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 9 ISO-Einstellungen/Hauptmenü 9 ISO-Einstellungen @ 83\mod_1317125969482_78.docx @ 727355 @ @ 1

10.4 Main menu 9 "ISO settings info"

CC000484

9

Fig. 123 Calling the main menu

• Press function key to access the menu level via the basic screen

• Press function key or to select main menu 9 ( ).tο σύμβολο επισημαίνεται με γκρι χρώμα.

• Press function key The display shows menu level 9 "ISO settings". Menu level 9 "SO settings" optionally displays the following menus:

= Menu 9-1 "Softkeys ISO terminal" (appears only on terminals with less than 10 keys"

or

= Menu 9-2

Switching between terminals" (appears only when multiple ISO terminals are connected)


ISOBUS operation

210

Pos: 24.19 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 9 ISO-Einstellungen/Menü 9-1 Softkeys ISO-Terminal weniger 10 Tasten @ 83\mod_1317116511667_78.docx @ 727008 @ 3 @ 1

10.4.1 Menu 9-1 "Softkeys ISO terminal"

Note The menu 9-1 only appears on ISO terminals with less than 10 keys

In menu 9-1, the basic screen (for ISO terminals with less than 10 keys) is set to 5 or 10 softkey buttons. During the change-over to 10 softkey buttons, additional softkeys will be virtually included and can be reached by scrolling.

Note For ISO terminals with less than 10 keys, an additional ISO joystick is recommended for the convenient operation of the attached machines. For the assignment of the joystick, please refer to Section "Example of a joystick assignment".

Pos: 24.20 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 9 ISO-Einstellungen/Menü 9-1 im ISO-Terminal aufrufen 10Tasten @ 83\mod_1317116618767_78.docx @ 727036 @ @ 1

ZX400107

Fig. 124 Main menu 9 "ISO Settings" appears.

• Press the key to open menu 9-1 ( ) The display shows menu 9-1 "Softkeys ISO terminal". The current status is displayed as a symbol:

Change the basic screen to 5 softkey buttons

Change the basic screen to 10 softkey buttons

The icon in the upper line indicates that the displayed status is saved. Change and save status

• Set the desired status with the or key. The icon in the top line goes out.

• Press the key. The set status is saved and the icon appears in the upper line.

• You can use the key to close the menu currently displayed.

• Pressing the key for a little longer calls up the basic screen Pos: 24.21 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

ISOBUS operation

211

Pos: 24.22 /BA/Info-Center/CCI-ISOBUS-Terminal/Menü 9 ISO-Einstellungen/Menü 9-2 Terminalwechsel @ 119\mod_1342087866195_78.docx @ 1070148 @ @ 1

10.4.2 Menu 9-2 „Switching Between the Terminals“

Note • Menu 9-2 appears only if several ISO terminals are connected. • Changing to the next connected terminal is possible via menu 9-2 (depending on how many

terminals are connected). • When switching for the first time, the configuration of the machine is loaded into the next

terminal. The loading process may take a few minutes. The configuration is laid down in the accumulator of the next terminal.

Note Up to the next call, the machine is no longer available in the previous terminal.

Note In case of a restart, the system tries at first to start the last used terminal. If the last used terminal is not available any longer, the restart is delayed as the system is searching for a new terminal and loads the specific menus into the terminal. The loading process may take a few minutes.

CC000484

9

Fig. 125

• Bring up the menu level by pressing function key from the basic screen

• Select main menu 9 ( ) by pressing function key or , the symbol is highlighted in grey.

• Pressing the function key brings up the menu level 9-2 ( ) . The symbol is highlighted in grey.

• Changing to the next connected terminal is possible by pressing the key once again

• Pressing the function key closes the menu currently displayed

• Pressing the function key and holding it down brings up the basic screen Pos: 24.23 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

ISOBUS operation

212

Pos: 24.24 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/ISOBUS „Auxiliary“-Funktion (AUX) @ 48\mod_1286278825265_78.docx @ 460508 @ @ 1

10.5 ISOBUS „Auxiliary“-function (AUX) Pos: 24.25 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Hinweis Terminal die Auxilliary unterstützen @ 48\mod_1286278420671_78.docx @ 460483 @ @ 1

Note There are terminals which support the additional function “auxiliary” (AUX). With this function, programmable keys of the peripheral equipment (e.g. multi-function levers ...) can be assigned with functions of the connected job computers. A programmable key can also be assigned with several different functions. If key assignments are saved, accordant menus will appear on the screen when switching on the terminal.

Pos: 24.26 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/LadewagenFolgende Funktionen stehen im Menü Auxiliary (AUX) zur Verfügung T1 (2014-04-02 13:53:51) @ 185\mod_1379424846271_78.docx @ 1595451 @ @ 1

The following functions are available in the Auxiliary (AUX) menu:

Auxiliary functions: Function in loading mode: Function in unloading mode:

Graphical display

Lifting the pick-up Floor conveyor faster

Lowering the pick-up Floor conveyor slower

1

Floor conveyor supply Floor conveyor OFF/supply/rapid traverse

2

Floor conveyor supply Floor conveyor OFF/supply/rapid traverse

No function Floor conveyor OFF/reverse

1

Lifting offset drawbar Lifting offset drawbar

2

Lifting offset drawbar Lifting offset drawbar

1

Lowering offset drawbar Lowering offset drawbar

2

Lowering offset drawbar Lowering offset drawbar

Lifting blade bar Lifting blade bar

Lowering blade bar Lowering blade bar

No function Lifting tailgate (for the cross conveyor discharge rollers ON option)

No function Lowering the tailgate (for the cross conveyor discharge rollers OFF option)

1 Locking / opening the steering axle

Locking / opening the steering axle

2 Locking / opening the steering axle

Locking / opening the steering axle


ISOBUS operation

213

Pos: 24.28 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/LadewagenFolgende Funktionen stehen im Menü Auxiliary (AUX) zur Verfügung T2 (2014-04-02 13:56:43) @ 185\mod_1379428080975_78.docx @ 1596059 @ @ 1

Auxiliary functions: Function in loading mode: Function in unloading mode:

Graphical display

No function Floor conveyor faster

No function Floor conveyor slower

No function Cross conveyor left ON/OFF

No function Cross conveyor right ON/OFF

Retracting the ejector Retracting the ejector

Extending the ejector

Lifting cutting flap / tailboard Lifting cutting flap / tailboard

Lowering cutting flap / tailboard

Lowering cutting flap / tailboard

Reducing limit force, for floor conveyor automatic mode

Increasing limit force, for floor conveyor automatic mode

Lowering the loading area cover

Lowering the loading area cover

Lifting the loading area cover Lifting the loading area cover

Note For further specifications consider the operating instructions of the used terminal.


ISOBUS operation

214

Pos: 24.30 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung bei Fendt (Default-Einstellung) Ladewagen @ 48\mod_1286286728734_78.docx @ 460965 @ @ 1

10.5.1 Example of a joystick assignment for Fendt (default setting)


1

1

1

Fig. 126 Pos: 24.31 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 4 @ 1

ISOBUS operation

215

Pos: 24.32 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung WTK Laden Ladewagen @ 48\mod_1286346917265_78.docx @ 461139 @ @ 1

10.5.2 Recommended assignment of a WTK- multi-function lever


10.5.2.1 Loading

Switch (1) on the back in upper position (LED (2) lit up red)

1

11

1

1

2

ZX000036


ISOBUS operation

216

Pos: 24.34 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung WTK Entladen GD Ladewagen @ 48\mod_1286347749734_78.docx @ 461175 @ @ 1

10.5.2.2 Unloading GD design

Switch (1) on the back in lower position (LED (2) lit up green)

2

2

1

2

ZX000037

2


ISOBUS operation

217

Pos: 24.36 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung WTK Entladen GL Ladewagen @ 48\mod_1286348023484_78.docx @ 461201 @ @ 1

10.5.2.3 Unloading GL design


2

22

2

1

2

ZX000038


ISOBUS operation

218

Pos: 24.38 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung WTK Be-/ Entladen @ 185\mod_1379490586381_78.docx @ 1596445 @ @ 1

10.5.2.4 Loading and Unloading

Switch (1) on the back in central position (LED (2) is lit yellow)

1

2

ZX000040

Fig. 130 Pos: 24.39 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

ISOBUS operation

219

Pos: 24.40 /BA/Info-Center/Iso-Bedienung/Ladewagen/Joystick-Belegung WTK Entladen GD mit QFB Ladewagen @ 48\mod_1286348104937_78.docx @ 461227 @ 1 @ 1

10.5.2.5 Unloading GD design with cross conveyor


2

1

2

ZX000039

Fig. 131 Pos: 25 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Operation

220

Pos: 26.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Bedienung @ 0\mod_1199789505403_78.docx @ 34825 @ @ 1

11 Operation Pos: 26.2 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangVorbereiten des Ladevorgangs @ 0\mod_1199789367497_78.docx @ 34844 @ @ 1

11.1 Preparations for the Loading Process

• Set the desired number of blades and the chop length as well: see section on Settings "Cutting System".

• Setting for pick-up working height: see Section on Settings "Pick-up". • Default setting for roller crop guide: see section on Settings "Roller Crop Guide".

Pos: 26.3 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangVorbereiten des Ladevoganges Zusatz ZX @ 1\mod_1201788382483_78.docx @ 54520 @ 2 @ 1

• Swivel the front flap into the furthest position back. This position must not be changed during the loading process.

Pos: 26.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangHinweis das Schwad sollte gleichmäßig und locker sein @ 1\mod_1201788295639_78.docx @ 54501 @ 2 @ 1

Note The swath should be uniform and loose.

Pos: 26.5.1 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangDer Ladevorgang/ Überfüllung vermeiden @ 13\mod_1225265378447_78.docx @ 154606 @ @ 1

11.2 Loading Process

Danger! - Driving response changes Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. Make certain during road travel that the loading area is loaded evenly along its entire length. Other loading states can change driving response.

Pos: 26.5.2 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangAllgemeines zum Laden @ 13\mod_1225890985296_78.docx @ 164759 @ @ 1

11.2.1 General Aspects on Loading

• Avoid wearing loose or baggy clothing. Switch on the feed at the right time or with automatic loader set a shorter time delay (see chapter in Comfort Control Unit "Automatic loader").

• Adjust the travelling speed during loading to match the swath thickness, material and number of blades installed.

Pos: 26.5.3 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Starke Bodenunebenheiten @ 79\mod_1315294664122_78.docx @ 702062 @ 3 @ 1

11.2.2 Strong unevenness of the ground Pos: 26.5.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangACHTUNG! Starke Bodenunebenheiten @ 79\mod_1315292316371_78.docx @ 702035 @ @ 1

CAUTION! Strong unevenness of the ground Effect: Damages to the wheel arms of the Pick-up In case of strong unevenness it may occur that the Pick-up pitches too tightly because of its dead weight. This can result in damages to the wheel arms. In order to protect the Pick-up in case of strong unevenness of the ground, the Pick-up must be readjusted via the offset drawbar when loading the machine.


Operation

221

Pos: 26.5.6 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/U-Z/Überladung vermeiden @ 264\mod_1400135531385_78.docx @ 2008558 @ @ 1

11.2.3 Avoiding Overloading Pos: 26.5.7 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Ladevorgang/Überladung vermeiden ZX/TX @ 264\mod_1400136652811_78.docx @ 2008617 @ @ 1

Make certain when loading the loading wagon that all materials in the load have the same density. To avoid overloading the loading wagon when forage is heavy, follow these steps:

Pos: 26.5.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangZuladegewicht bestimmen ZX (2014-05-15 16:37:13) @ 13\mod_1225890862906_78.docx @ 164715 @ 2 @ 1

1 Determining the Loading Weight

Maschinenfabrik Bernard Krone GmbHHeinrich-Krone-Str. 10 D-48480 Spelle

Made inGermany

12ZX400079

I II

Figure 132 Loading weight = total permissible weight (1) – axle load (empty) (2) • Information about total permissible weight (1) may be found on the type plate (II) (see also

chapter in Foreword "Identification Plate"). • Information about load axle (empty) (2) may be found on the ALB sign (I) (see also chapter

in Foreword "Identification Plate"). Pos: 26.5.9 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangSpezifisches Gewicht des Ladegutes ermitteln ZX @ 13\mod_1225890815015_78.docx @ 164693 @ @ 1

2 Determining the Specific Weight of Loaded Goods The following table values provide rough approximations for the specific weights of common loading goods.

Grass silage "dry" Grass silage "moist" Maize silage

DS content approx. 40% approx. 30% approx. 30%

Specific weight of the loaded goods

approx. 250 kg/m³ approx. 400 kg/m³ approx. 400 kg/m³

DS= Dry substance of loaded goods Pos: 26.5.10 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangZulässiges Ladevolumen errechnen ZX @ 13\mod_1225890762968_78.docx @ 164671 @ @ 1

3 Calculating the Permitted Loading Volume Max. permissible loading volume = loading weight: Specific weight of the loaded goods

Note The loading volume of the relevant machine type (DIN classification) can be found in the chapter in the Foreword entitled "Technical Data". Once you have calculated the permissible loading volume, fill the loading wagon up to that loading volume as a maximum. As you do so, observe general conditions (tractor size, position on slope, supporting surface, etc.).


Operation

222

Pos: 26.7 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Komfortelektronik ohne Ladeautomatik @ 51\mod_1288785583890_78.docx @ 497226 @ @ 1

11.3 Comfort electronic system without automatic loader Pos: 26.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Ladevorgang/Komfortelektronik ohne Ladeautomatik @ 121\mod_1343815511876_78.docx @ 1108554 @ @ 1

• Bring up the basic screen “Loading Operation” on the terminal • Pressurize the hydraulic system and fix the actuating lever when the Load Sensing

message line is not connected • Lower the pick-up Lift the pick-up on headland and in case of closed cornering • Switch on P.T.O. shaft and start loading

Note - Prevent tipping over of the first load column! As soon as the first load column has reached about 3/4 of the total loading height, activate the floor conveyor supply as long as the load column is moved about approx. 0.5 m to the rear. • As soon as the next load column has reached the loading height or if the loading unit is not

running smoothly if the load is heavy, activate the floor conveyor supply until the load column is transported a little to the rear


Operation

223

Pos: 26.10 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Komfortelektronik mit Ladeautomatik @ 51\mod_1288787509703_78.docx @ 497307 @ @ 1

11.4 Comfort electronic system with automatic loader Pos: 26.11 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Ladevorgang/Komfortelektronik mit Ladeautomatik @ 121\mod_1343818815191_78.docx @ 1108583 @ 2 @ 1

• Bring up basic screen “Loading Operation” on the terminal • Pressurize the hydraulic system and fix the actuating lever when the Load Sensing

message line is not connected • Lower the pick-up Lift the pick-up on headland and in case of closed cornering • Switch on automatic loader (adapt the time delay to the load). (refer to chapter KRONE

Operation Terminal Gamma or KRONE ISOBUS Terminal Menu 1-1 Automatic Loader / Time Delay)

Dry = high time delay Moist = low time delay • Switch on the P.T.O. shaft and start loading.

Note - Prevent tipping over of the first load column! As soon as the first load column has reached about 3/4 of the total loading height, activate the floor conveyor supply as long as the load column is moved about approx. 0.5 m to the rear. Each time the loading height is reached, the floor conveyor feed turns on automatically until “Wagon Full” appears on the display and a short horn sound is heard.


Operation

224

Pos: 26.13 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Nutzung als Silagetransportwagen @ 0\mod_1201171070669_78.docx @ 51543 @ @ 1

11.5 Use as Silage Transport Wagon

Caution! - Cover plate not removed Effect: Damage to the machine It is essential to ensure that the cover plate (1) is removed before you can use the conveyor unit again.

ZX400006

Fig. 133 • Before using the wagon to transport silage (with the conveyor unit not in use) the feed

channel chamber must be provided with a cover plate (1). To do this: • Fit the cover plate (1)


Operation

225

Pos: 26.15 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/LadevorgangBeenden des Ladevorgangs Komfortelektronik ZX @ 51\mod_1288796210937_78.docx @ 497496 @ @ 1

11.6 Ending the loading process (comfort electronic system)

Note Make certain the permitted gross weight indicated on the type plate is not exceeded.

With comfort electronic system end the loading when the symbol ( / ) (depending on the terminal in use) for loading wagon is fully shown in the display and a short acoustic alarm signal sounds (refer to chapter “Basic screen loading mode”) After the loading process is completed, perform these functions one after the other: • allow the conveyor unit to continue running • raise the pick-up • switch off the P.T.O. shaft • turn off the hydraulics


Operation

226

Pos: 28.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/U-Z/Vorbereiten des Entladevorgangs @ 0\mod_1201169595747_78.docx @ 51479 @ @ 1

11.7 Preparations for the Unloading Process Pos: 28.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Befahren von Fahrsilos @ 0\mod_1201169531216_78.docx @ 51460 @ @ 1

Danger! - Driving over silos Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. Steering axle must be locked while driving over. No persons may remain in the danger zone.

Pos: 28.3 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Einführtext Heckklappe (GL+GD Ausführung) @ 116\mod_1340348318518_78.docx @ 1016218 @ @ 1

Unloading is carried out via the opened tailgate. The tailgate of machines without metering rollers (GL designs) opens completely. The opening angle can be increased on machines with metering rollers (GD designs) if necessary (refer to chapter entitled Maintenance “Setting the Opening Angle of the Tailgate”). Additionally, as the tailgate opens, the drive of the conveyor unit switches to the drive of the discharger and as the tailgate locks, the drive of the discharger switches to the drive of the conveyor unit.

Pos: 28.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Voraussetzungen für den Entladevorgang @ 199\mod_1384942495381_78.docx @ 1676206 @ 2 @ 1

The following prerequisites must be met: – The tractor hydraulics is turned on. – The terminal is switched on. – The “Unloading process” basic screen is called, in case of ISOBUS terminal design See chapter “Calling Basic Screens”. – Extend the offset drawbar as far as necessary. – The self-steering axle is locked, only for design with self-steering axle.

Pos: 28.5 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang Nachlauf-Lenkachse muss gesperrt sein (Fahrsilo) Hinweis @ 199\mod_1384943205507_78.docx @ 1676295 @ 3 @ 1

Note While travelling over a silo, the self-steering axle must be locked for the design with self-steering axle.


Operation

227

Pos: 28.7.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Der Entladevorgang bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340105673348_78.docx @ 1013825 @ @ 1

11.8 Unloading Process with Deactivated Automatic Unloader Pos: 28.7.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/GL-Ausführung @ 0\mod_1199799317606_78.docx @ 35186 @ @ 1

11.8.1 GL Design Pos: 28.7.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Warnung - Heckklappe öffnen @ 0\mod_1199796821294_78.docx @ 34996 @ @ 1

Warning! - Opening the tailgate Effect: Injuries or damage to the machine • No one is permitted in the swivel range when opening the tailgate.

Pos: 28.7.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Entladevorgang bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik ZX GL @ 199\mod_1384858321108_78.docx @ 1673585 @ @ 1

• Open the tailgate via the terminal. • Switch on the floor conveyor via the terminal. • Actuate the ejector via the terminal, only for design with ejector. • Move forward quickly with the loading wagon so that the unloaded material can fall freely. • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.

Pos: 28.7.5 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Nach dem Entladen @ 116\mod_1340107395844_78.docx @ 1013914 @ @ 1

After Unloading Pos: 28.7.6 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/GL Nach dem Entladen bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340112210050_78.docx @ 1013985 @ @ 1

• Switch off the floor conveyor • Close tailgate • Release coaster/steering axle (optional)

Pos: 28.7.7 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Hinweis nach dem Überfahren eines Fahrsilos Knickdeichsel wieder absenken @ 51\mod_1288771163796_78.docx @ 479995 @ 2 @ 1

Note Once you have travelled over a silo lower the offset drawbar back down.

Pos: 28.7.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Startbild aufrufen @ 51\mod_1288767328953_78.docx @ 479735 @ 3 @ 1

• Call the start screen via the terminal


Operation

228

Pos: 28.9.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Der Entladevorgang bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340105727068_78.docx @ 1013854 @ @ 1

11.9 Unloading Process with Activated Automatic Unloader Pos: 28.9.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/GL-Ausführung @ 0\mod_1199799317606_78.docx @ 35186 @ @ 1

11.9.1 GL Design Pos: 28.9.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Warnung - Heckklappe öffnen @ 0\mod_1199796821294_78.docx @ 34996 @ @ 1




Pos: 28.9.5 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Entladevorgang bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik ZX GL @ 198\mod_1384851234228_78.docx @ 1672267 @ @ 1

• Open the tailgate via the terminal. • Turn on the floor conveyor supply via the terminal and move forward quickly so that the

unloaded material can fall freely.

Pos: 28.9.6 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Entladevorgang Restentladung MX/ZX GL/Entladevorgang Restentladung MX/ZX GL/GD @ 199\mod_1384940487739_78.docx @ 1676178 @ @ 1

Unloading remainders without automatic rapid traverse • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.

Unloading remainders with floor conveyor speed automatic rapid traverse set to 100 %. For unloading remainders, it is not necessary to turn on rapid traverse. The rapid traverse is switched on automatically by the system.

The unloading remainders with automatic rapid traverse and floor conveyor speed have been set to a value below 100%. • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.


After Unloading Pos: 28.9.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/GL Nach dem Entladen bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340107092484_78.docx @ 1013885 @ @ 1

• Close the tailgate by using the terminal (hold the key pressed for approx. 3 sec)



Pos: 28.9.10 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Hinweis nach dem Überfahren eines Fahrsilos Knickdeichsel wieder absenken @ 51\mod_1288771163796_78.docx @ 479995 @ 2 @ 1


Pos: 28.9.11 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Startbild aufrufen @ 51\mod_1288767328953_78.docx @ 479735 @ 3 @ 1



Operation

229

Pos: 28.11.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Der Entladevorgang bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340105673348_78.docx @ 1013825 @ @ 1

11.10 Unloading Process with Deactivated Automatic Unloader Pos: 28.11.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/GD-Ausführung @ 0\mod_1199799256560_78.docx @ 35167 @ @ 1

11.10.1 GD Design

Pos: 28.11.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Warnung - Heckklappe öffnen @ 0\mod_1199796821294_78.docx @ 34996 @ @ 1


Pos: 28.11.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Entladevorgang bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik MX/ZX GD @ 199\mod_1384862616220_78.docx @ 1673842 @ @ 1

• Open the tailgate via the terminal. • Switch on PTO shaft and increase the speed, the discharge rollers start when the PTO shaft

is turned on. • Switch on the floor conveyor via the terminal. • Actuate the ejector via the terminal, only for design with ejector. • Adapt the floor conveyor speed to the material loaded, the pressing and the loading height. • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.


After Unloading Pos: 28.11.6 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/GD Nach dem Entladen bei deaktivierter Entladeautomatik (AX/MX/ZX) @ 116\mod_1340342020353_78.docx @ 1016075 @ @ 1

• Switch off floor conveyor • Switch off P.T.O. shaft (the metering rollers stop with turning off the P.T.O. shaft) • Close the tailgate via the terminal when the P.T.O. shaft stops • Release coaster/steering axle (optional)

Pos: 28.11.7 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Hinweis nach dem Überfahren eines Fahrsilos Knickdeichsel wieder absenken @ 51\mod_1288771163796_78.docx @ 479995 @ @ 1


Pos: 28.11.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Startbild aufrufen @ 51\mod_1288767328953_78.docx @ 479735 @ @ 1


Pos: 28.11.9 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Kratzbodenrücklauf @ 116\mod_1340344066067_78.docx @ 1016162 @ @ 1

Floor Conveyor Reverse Pos: 28.11.10 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/ACHTUNG - Kratzbodenrücklauf zu lange betätigt @ 116\mod_1340343807735_78.docx @ 1016134 @ 2 @ 1

CAUTION! Floor conveyor reverse activated too long Effect: Overload of the floor conveyor Activate floor conveyor reverse only briefly to avoid overloading the floor conveyor.

Pos: 28.11.11 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Kratzbodenrücklauf bei Verstopfungen betätigen @ 116\mod_1340344816291_78.docx @ 1016190 @ 3 @ 1

Activate the floor conveyor reverse briefly in case of blockages (metering rollers got stuck) • Turn off P.T.O. shaft • Switch on the floor conveyor reverse briefly via the terminal Switch on P.T.O. shaft and continue the unloading process


Operation

230

Pos: 28.13.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Der Entladevorgang bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340105727068_78.docx @ 1013854 @ @ 1

11.11 Unloading Process with Activated Automatic Unloader Pos: 28.13.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/F-J/GD-Ausführung @ 0\mod_1199799256560_78.docx @ 35167 @ @ 1

11.11.1 GD Design

Pos: 28.13.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Warnung - Heckklappe öffnen @ 0\mod_1199796821294_78.docx @ 34996 @ @ 1




Pos: 28.13.5 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/GD Entladevorgang bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik (AX/MX/Entladevorgang bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik MX/ZX GD @ 199\mod_1384863474864_78.docx @ 1674138 @ @ 1

• Open the tailgate via the terminal. • Switch on PTO shaft and increase the speed, the PTO shaft starts when the discharge

rollers are turned on and the floor conveyor is turned on by the system. • Adapt the floor conveyor speed via the terminal to the material loaded, the pressing and the

loading height.

Pos: 28.13.6 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Entladevorgang Restentladung MX/ZX GL/GD @ 199\mod_1384940487739_78.docx @ 1676178 @ @ 1

Unloading remainders without automatic rapid traverse • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.

Unloading remainders with floor conveyor speed automatic rapid traverse set to 100 %. For unloading remainders, it is not necessary to turn on rapid traverse. The rapid traverse is switched on automatically by the system.

The unloading remainders with automatic rapid traverse and floor conveyor speed have been set to a value below 100%. • Turn on rapid traverse via the terminal only for unloading remainders.


After Unloading Pos: 28.13.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/GD Nach dem Entladen bei aktivierter Entladeautomatik @ 116\mod_1340351280931_78.docx @ 1016304 @ @ 1

• Switch off P.T.O. shaft (the metering rollers stop when switching off the P.T.O. shaft) • Close the tailgate by using the terminal when the P.T.O. shaft is stopped (hold the key

pressed for approx. 3 sec.)



Pos: 28.13.10 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Hinweis nach dem Überfahren eines Fahrsilos Knickdeichsel wieder absenken @ 51\mod_1288771163796_78.docx @ 479995 @ @ 1


Pos: 28.13.11 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Entladevorgang ZX/Startbild aufrufen @ 51\mod_1288767328953_78.docx @ 479735 @ @ 1



Operation

231

Pos: 28.13.13 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Kratzbodenrücklauf @ 116\mod_1340344066067_78.docx @ 1016162 @ @ 1

Floor Conveyor Reverse Pos: 28.13.14 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/ACHTUNG - Kratzbodenrücklauf zu lange betätigt @ 116\mod_1340343807735_78.docx @ 1016134 @ 3 @ 1

CAUTION! Floor conveyor reverse activated too long Effect: Overload of the floor conveyor Activate floor conveyor reverse only briefly to avoid overloading the floor conveyor.

Pos: 28.13.15 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Lade/Entladevorgang/Kratzbodenrücklauf bei Verstopfungen betätigen @ 116\mod_1340344816291_78.docx @ 1016190 @ @ 1

Activate the floor conveyor reverse briefly in case of blockages (metering rollers got stuck) • Turn off P.T.O. shaft • Switch on the floor conveyor reverse briefly via the terminal Switch on P.T.O. shaft and continue the unloading process


Operation

232

Pos: 30.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Abstellen @ 0\mod_1199801980622_78.docx @ 35320 @ @ 1

11.12 Parking Pos: 30.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Warnhinweis Maschine abstellen @ 0\mod_1199802041544_78.docx @ 35339 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected movements of the machine Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries • No persons may remain in the danger zone. • The machine must not be loaded while it is parked. • Park the machine on a solid surface. • You should uncouple the machine only when the engine has been switched off and the

ignition key has been removed. • Secure the tractor against rolling. • Use extreme caution when attaching implements to or detaching them from the tractor! The

accident prevention regulations must be complied with absolutely. • When connecting the hydraulic hose to and disconnecting it from the hydraulic system of

the tractor, the tractor system as well as the machine system must be depressurised! Move the appropriate control valves into the flow position.

Compressed air braking system: • Always disconnect the red coupling head first (reserves line) and then the yellow coupling

head (brake line).


Operation

233

Pos: 30.4 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Abstellen/Bild Abstellen ZX @ 35\mod_1258709085318_78.docx @ 335377 @ @ 1

ZX400076_1

12

3

4

5

9

Fig. 134 Pos: 30.5 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Abstellen/Abstellen_1 @ 0\mod_1199802410716_78.docx @ 35400 @ @ 1

When parking the machine, follow these steps: • Secure the machine with the parking brake (9). • Slightly raise the wagon with the offset drawbar. • Extend the support (1) and secure with bolt (2).

Note To make it easier to assemble the bolt (2), the locknuts of the threaded rod (3) must be adjusted so that the holes of the outside and inside pipe lie at exactly one height from the support (1).

• Carefully lower the offset drawbar until the support (1) is resting on the ground.

Pos: 30.6 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Abstellen/Abstellen 0ption Kugelkupplung @ 1\mod_1201182218278_78.docx @ 51818 @ @ 1

(for ball coupling: • Release the hitch for the ball attachment • Raise the drawbar)

Pos: 30.7 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/Abstellen/Abstellen 0ption Zwangslenkung @ 1\mod_1201182340403_78.docx @ 51857 @ 1 @ 1

(for self steer: • unfasten and remove the hitch for the Ø50 ball attachment)

Pos: 30.8 /BA/Bedienung /Ladewagen/AbstellenAbstellen_2_ZX @ 1\mod_1201182692606_78.docx @ 51877 @ @ 1

• Relieve all pressure from the hydraulic system. • Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (4) from the tractor. • Disconnect the compressed air hoses (5).

Note Insert the disconnected hydraulic hoses (4) into the designated receiving pieces on the offset drawbar to prevent dirt from getting into the connection pieces. Use cover caps to close off the hose ends. • Disconnect the electrical connections.


Settings

234

Pos: 32.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Einstellungen @ 0\mod_1199868783862_78.docx @ 36141 @ 2 @ 1

12 Settings Pos: 32.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Einstellarbeiten / Einstellungen/Gefahr - Einstellarbeiten gezogene Maschinen @ 224\mod_1392299165082_78.docx @ 1817635 @ @ 1

DANGER! - Unexpected machine movement Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Only carry out settings when the tractor drive has been switched off and the tractor engine

is idle! • Switch off the engine • Remove the ignition key and keep it. • Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back. • Wait until all machine parts have stopped and completely cooled down.


Settings

235

Pos: 32.4.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Pick up_ @ 43\mod_1274428090359_78.docx @ 387367 @ @ 1

12.1 Pick up Pos: 32.4.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Einstellarbeiten Pick-up @ 0\mod_1199869457628_78.docx @ 36179 @ 3 @ 1

Danger! - Crush hazard when working with the pick-up. • Secure the pick-up against being lowered unintentionally.

Pos: 32.4.3 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterPick-up Grundeinstellung ZX @ 0\mod_1199870506612_78.docx @ 36247 @ @ 1

12.1.1 Default Setting (Working Height Setting)

ZX400004

1 2

4

3

5

Figure 135 The working height can be adjusted on the guide wheels (3) on either side of the pick-up. In order to carry out the adjustment, lift and secure the pick-up. Pull the spring cotter pin (2) and move the guide wheels into the desired position on the perforated bar (1). Secure the guide wheels in place with the spring cotter pin.

Note Make certain that the guide wheels on either side of the pick-up are in the same position on the perforated bar.

Pos: 32.4.4 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Pick-up/Überlastsicherung des Pick-up-Antriebes @ 1\mod_1202105009491_78.docx @ 56414 @ @ 1

12.1.2 Overload Protection of the Pick-up Drive

Behind the chain guard (4) is the drive sprocket wheel with overload coupling. Pos: 32.4.5 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Settings

236

Pos: 32.4.6 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Pick-up/Pick-up-Tasträder hinten (Sonderwunsch) @ 0\mod_1199871138971_78.docx @ 36266 @ @ 1

12.1.3 Pick-up guide wheels, rear (special request)

ZX400004

1 2

4

3

5

Figure 136 For marshy grounds, the pick-up can also be equipped with additional rear guide wheels that run outside of the tractor track. On a level surface with the pick-up lowered, the height of the rear guide wheels should be set to the same height or slightly higher than the side guide wheels so that the main pressure will be applied against the side guide wheels. The guide wheels are adjusted with hole link (5) left and right.


Settings

237

Pos: 32.4.8.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Rollenniederhalter @ 0\mod_1201163046930_78.docx @ 51122 @ @ 1

12.2 Roller crop guide Pos: 32.4.8.2 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterRollenniederhalter Bild ZX @ 36\mod_1258974142581_78.docx @ 335819 @ @ 1

Fig. 137 Pos: 32.4.8.3 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterRollenniederhalter_große Schwade @ 0\mod_1199871317800_78.docx @ 36285 @ @ 1

Caution! The roller crop guide is used for accident protection and must not be removed during operation

For large swaths, the roller crop guide (1) can be adjusted to forage weights. To do this, hook in the chains (2) correspondingly higher.

Pos: 32.4.8.4 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterRollenniederhalter_kurzes Halmgut kleines Schwad @ 13\mod_1225436451567_78.docx @ 156021 @ @ 1

If the crop is short and in small swaths, the roller crop guide (1) can be adjusted to forage weights by moving it from Pos. I (default setting) to Pos. II.

Pos: 32.4.8.5 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterAchtung Prallblech nicht ordnungsgemäß eingestellt @ 36\mod_1258977531488_78.docx @ 335868 @ 2 @ 1

CAUTION! Baffle plate not properly adjusted Effect: Bending or braking of tines of the Pick-up Make sure, that the baffle plate does not touch the tines of the Pick-up during use.

Pos: 32.4.8.6 /BA/Einstellungen/Pick-up / RollenniederhalterRollenniederhalter_Prallblech den Futermassen angepasst werden @ 13\mod_1225438080130_78.docx @ 156043 @ @ 1

In addition, the baffle plate (3) of the roller crop guide (1) can be steplessly adjusted to forage weights. To do this: • Loosen the nuts (4). • Adjust the baffle plate in the oblong hole. • Tighten nuts (4)


Settings

238

Pos: 32.6.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Schneidwerk @ 20\mod_1238593156760_78.docx @ 223560 @ @ 1

12.3 Cutting system Pos: 32.6.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Einstellarbeiten / Einstellungen/Gefahr - Einstellarbeiten gezogene Maschinen @ 224\mod_1392299165082_78.docx @ 1817635 @ 3 @ 1

DANGER! - Unexpected machine movement Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Only carry out settings when the tractor drive has been switched off and the tractor engine

is idle! • Switch off the engine • Remove the ignition key and keep it. • Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back. • Wait until all machine parts have stopped and completely cooled down.

Pos: 32.6.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Messermontage @ 0\mod_1199871898737_78.docx @ 36361 @ @ 1

Danger! • Risk of injury when attaching or removing the cutters. Blades are pre-tensioned with spring

force! • The blades should be touched with suitable gloves only. • Blades are assembled and disassembled from the bottom of the wagon. • Always put down the machine on the secured support.

Pos: 32.6.4 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Messervarianten @ 111\mod_1336996500878_78.docx @ 989434 @ @ 1

12.3.1 Blade Versions

The cutting system can be equipped with different blade versions. The blades can be ordered via spare part storage. The following blade versions can be ordered for the machine. Viscous Blade: A viscous blade is used when there is an increased blade breakage although the response threshold is adapted.

Type Number Order no.

AX 32 20 054 114 0

MX 41 20 054 114 0

ZX 46 20 053 512 0

Coated Blade: A coated blade is used when it can be ensured that there are no stones.

Advantage Disadvantage

Higher downtime Increased blade breakage in case of contact with foreign objects

Type Number Order no.

AX 32 20 055 607 0

MX 41 20 055 607 0

ZX 46 20 050 470 0

Pos: 32.6.5 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 3 @ 1

Settings

239

Pos: 32.6.6 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Schneidwerk allgemeines 46 Messer @ 0\mod_1201164094946_78.docx @ 51206 @ @ 1

12.3.2 General Aspects

ZX400047

Fig. 138 The cutting system has 46 cutting blades individually protected against foreign objects. The central blade control system can select either 0, 23, or 46 blades. The cutting blades are arranged on one cutting level. The shortest theoretical chop length is 40 mm. Longer lengths can be achieved by swinging aside blade groups with the central adjustment (see table).

Chop length Number of blades Cutting system

Group front (1) Group rear (2)

0 0 Off Off

~ 74 mm 23 On Off

~ 74 mm 23 Off On

~ 37 mm 46 On On

Pos: 32.6.7 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Hinweis Verstopfung AX_MX_ZX @ 0\mod_1201165202149_78.docx @ 51317 @ @ 1

Note The cutting system has a zero setting of the hydraulic blade. This makes it possible to swivel the blades out of the feed channel chamber in cases of blockages using the tractor controls.

Pos: 32.6.8 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Settings

240

Pos: 32.6.9 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Schnittlänge einstellen AX_MX @ 2\mod_1203583248798_78.docx @ 66875 @ @ 1

12.3.3 Adjusting the chop length

ZX400047 AX000030

4

Figure 139 The setting is performed centrally on the left side of the wagon. • The cutting system is in the working position. • Remove the ignition key and switch off the electrical system on the control box. • By using the multi-purpose key (4), turn the blade groups on or off until the desired number

of blades and thus the required chop length has been achieved. • Properly attach the multi-purpose key again to the transport bracket. • Switch the electrical system on again.

Pos: 32.6.10 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Hinweis Messerzahl anwälbar, wenn Schneidwerk eingefahren ist. AX @ 14\mod_1229678138207_78.docx @ 171550 @ 3 @ 1

Note The number of blades (chop length) cannot be adjusted until the cutting system has been retracted.


Settings

241

Pos: 32.6.12 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Wartung - Messerwechsel AX/MX/ZX @ 121\mod_1343823751547_78.docx @ 1108732 @ 3 @ 1

12.4 Blade Changing

Warning! Severe injuries to fingers and hands due to sharp blades • Wear protective gloves to remove / install blades!

12

AX000009

3

59

8

4

7Fig. 140 Blades are changed on the left machine side. For an easier way of changing the blades, swivel out the blade bar to the left machine side. Lower cutting system completely • Move the blades into maintenance position (refer to chapter entitled “Folding in / Folding out

Blades”)

Note Remove the ignition key and switch off the operation terminal.

Releasing the Single Blade Locking Device • With the multi-purpose key (4), turn both control shafts (7) in such a way that their cams (8)

and (9) point downwards in the “OFF” position • Place the cylinder (3) in the suspension on the frame • Detach the spring (1) on the lever (2) • To unlock the cutting system, pull out the lever (2), move it in the direction of the arrow and

at the same time, swivel out laterally the cutting system until the stop is reached • Remove blade (5)


Settings

242

Pos: 32.6.14 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Wartung - Messer schleifen AX_MX_ZX @ 0\mod_1199876628846_78.docx @ 36585 @ @ 1

12.4.1 Grinding blades

Warning! - Grinding blades Effect: Severe injuries to the eyes • Always wear safety gloves and goggles when grinding the blades

KRS-1-062

Figure 141 Check the sharpness of the blades (2) daily. If necessary, grind the blades after they have been removed on the back of the cutting edge (1). Grind only the ungrooved side. When grinding, make certain no notches are made in the area (3).

Note • Less force is required during loading when the cutting blades are sharp (this in turn lowers

fuel consumption. • If at all possible, use the KRONE grinding mechanism for grinding. The Part No. for the

blade holder for the KRONE blade grinding tool is 940 003-0. • Avoid allowing the blades to heat up too much when grinding them. The cutting blades are

too hot if you can see discolouration in them. Excessive heat reduces the service life of the cutting blades.

• The blades (2) must be checked before installation in area (3) (contact point to the stop bar) for accumulations and thoroughly cleaned if necessary. Otherwise it may no longer be possible to swivel the blade bar in completely.


Settings

243

Pos: 32.6.16 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Messer einbauen @ 2\mod_1203587802845_78.docx @ 66955 @ @ 1

12.4.2 Inserting the cutters Pos: 32.6.17 /BA/Sicherheit/Schneidwerk/Warnung - Einbau der Messer Ladewagen @ 2\mod_1203587872611_78.docx @ 66975 @ @ 1

Warning! - Refitting of the cutters is not controlled Effect: Damages to the machine Ensure that: • The cutters are positioned correctly on the bolt (1) at the pivotal point and in safety rollers

(2). To do so, the cutters must be cleaned in area (3) to remove any solid dirt deposits that may adhere to the cutters.

• The safety rollers (2) turn with ease during the tensioning of the safety levers with the multi-purpose key (4).

This will ensure that • Only little effort is needed for switching with the multi-purpose key (4) • The response threshold of the locking device for the individual blades is working properly.

(see chapter maintenance"Inspection of the safety rollers on locking device for individual blades")

Pos: 32.6.18 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Messer einbau Bild AX_MX @ 2\mod_1203587971283_78.docx @ 66994 @ @ 1

Figure 142 Pos: 32.6.19 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Settings

244

Pos: 32.6.20 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr - Schneidwerk muss eingeschwenkt und angehoben sein @ 3\mod_1204097634291_78.docx @ 69664 @ @ 1

Danger! - Road travel and start-up Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. Before road travel or start-up, make certain the cutting system is properly swivelled in and secured. The cutting system must be raised (working position).

Pos: 32.6.21 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Messer einbauen AX @ 2\mod_1203586735283_78.docx @ 66935 @ @ 1

1

2

AX000010

3

54

6

7

Figure 143 • Inserting cutters (5). • Swivel in the cutting system

Note Make sure that the cutting system is locked properly.

• Retract lever (2) and secure with spring (1). • Connect the cylinder (3) to the cutting system and secure it with the linch pin (4).

Note Before the cutting system is retracted, check to make certain all the cutters (5) are correctly installed. They should form a straight line. • Raise the cutting system via the control panel. • Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key. • Adjust the desired number of cutters (chop length) (see chapter "Adjusting the chop

length"). Pos: 32.6.22 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Settings

245

Pos: 32.6.23 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Beseitigung von Verstopfungen @ 1\mod_1201794144405_78.docx @ 54705 @ 3 @ 1

12.5 Eliminating Blockages

• Slightly raise offset drawbar. • Lower the pick-up. This extends the feed area of the conveyor channel, making it easier to

eliminate blockages by turning on the PTO shaft. • Lower the cutting system using the control panel. • Eliminate blockage by switching in the PTO. • In addition, the floor conveyor feed should be turned on briefly to reduce the load on the

conveyor unit. Pos: 32.7 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Settings

246

Pos: 32.8.1 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Schneidwerk/Messerbalken justieren @ 3\mod_1204268799103_78.docx @ 70175 @ 2 @ 1

12.6 Adjusting the blade bar

1

4

6

2 3

5

Figure 144 The function of the blade bar during the swivelling-in should be adjusted in such a way that the fork pieces (1) run over the bearing bolts (2) without touching them. Due to high operational demands and setting of components on the blade bar, a readjustment of the blade bar may be required. In this case, the following work steps must be observed.

Pos: 32.8.2 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Höheneinstellung der Gabelstücke @ 3\mod_1204275005931_78.docx @ 70194 @ @ 1

12.6.1 Height adjustment of the fork pieces on the right and left side of the machine

• Completely lower the blade bar via the control unit (maintenance position). • Uncouple the left and right cylinder (4). • By turning the screw (3) (right and left-hand side of the machine) on the swivel head, adjust

the fork pieces in such a way that dimension a = 2-3 mm between the fork piece (1) and the bearing journal (2).

Pos: 32.8.3 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Neigung des Messerbalkens einstellen @ 3\mod_1204275078431_78.docx @ 70291 @ 2 @ 1

12.7 Setting the inclination of the blade bar

• The two cylinders (4) of the cutting system must be completely extended. • The fork pieces (1) of the blade bar must be swivelled all the way forward and be held in

this position. • By means of the screws (5) on the swivel head, adjust the inclination angle of the cutting

system until the left cylinder (4) can be easily attached to the holding bolt (6).


Settings

247

Pos: 32.8.5 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Verriegelungbolzen justieren @ 3\mod_1204284340228_78.docx @ 70310 @ @ 1

12.8 Adjusting the right cylinder to the locking bolt

1

74

8

Figure 145 • The fork pieces (1) of the blade bar must be swivelled all the way forward and be held in

this position. • By means of the screw (7), adjust the hydraulic cylinder (4) in such a way that the locking

bolt (8) properly snaps into the bolt holder of the cylinder. Pos: 32.8.6 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Settings

248

Pos: 32.8.7 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Einstellen der Einzelmessersicherung (Ansprechschwelle) AX/MX @ 3\mod_1204285406353_78.docx @ 70330 @ @ 1

12.9 Adjusting the locking device for individual blades (response threshold)

A

1

2

2

3A

Figure 146 The locking device for individual blades prevents the cutters from being damaged by foreign objects. The locking device for individual blades is optimally adjusted before the unit leaves the factory (standard value A=0-2mm). Should a separate setting be necessary in particular cases, the response threshold can be increased or reduced by swivelling the rear half of the blade bar (1). To do this: • Loosen the screws (2) slightly • Loosen the screw (3) slightly (pivot point) • Swivelling the rear half of the blade bar increases or reduces the response threshold. Increasing measurement A = stronger response threshold Reducing measurement A = weaker response threshold

Pos: 32.8.8 /BA/Einstellungen/Ladewagen/Hinweis Ansprechschwelle verändert @ 14\mod_1229685998895_78.docx @ 171573 @ @ 1

Note When the response threshold has been adjusted, the inclination of the blade bar (see chapter "Setting inclination of the blade bar") and the right cylinder for the locking pin (see chapter "Adjusting the right cylinder for the locking pin") must be checked and, if required, re-adjusted.

Pos: 33 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 1 @ 1

Settings

249

Pos: 34 /Layout Module /Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ 2 @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 35 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Maintenance

250

Pos: 36.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/U-Z/Wartung @ 0\mod_1199883581050_78.docx @ 36685 @ @ 1

13 Maintenance Pos: 36.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.docx @ 9134 @ @ 1

13.1 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 36.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/LadewagenGefahr Wartung allgemein (2014-04-04 11:57:46) @ 0\mod_1199884069862_78.docx @ 36704 @ @ 1

Danger! - When performing repair, maintenance or cleaning work on the machine, or in the case of technical intervention, drive elements may start moving. Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Switch off the tractor engine and remove the ignition key • Secure the machine and tractor against the possibility of rolling back. • Switch off the PTO and disengage it • After the repair, maintenance and cleaning work or technical interventions are completed,

mount all protective coverings and safety devices properly again. • Avoid skin contact with oils, greases, cleaning agents and solvents. • In the event of injuries or burns due to oils, cleaning agents or solvents, contact a physician

immediately. • All other safety instructions must also be followed to avoid injuries and accidents.

Pos: 36.4 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Probelauf @ 0\mod_1196782963921_78.docx @ 14908 @ 2 @ 1

13.2 Test run. Pos: 36.5 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Mähwerke/Gefahr - Verwendung von nicht zugelassenen Ersatzteilen @ 0\mod_1196783037140_78.docx @ 14946 @ @ 1

Danger! - Using non-approved spare parts. Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or loss of warranty claims as well as exclusion of liability • Use only authentic KRONE spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer.

The use of spare parts, accessories or additional equipment not manufactured, tested or approved by KRONE will exclude any liability for consequential damage.

Pos: 36.6 /BA/Wartung/Hinweis Verschleiß verringern @ 0\mod_1199953505303_78.docx @ 37204 @ @ 1

Note To ensure problem-free operation of the machine and to reduce wear and tear, specific maintenance and upkeep intervals must be observed. These include cleaning, greasing, lubricating and oiling parts and components.


Maintenance

251

Pos: 36.8 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Anzugsdrehmomente @ 45\mod_1277103093968_78.docx @ 410970 @ 2 @ 1

13.3 Tightening Torques Pos: 36.9 /BA/Wartung/Drehmomente / Anzugsmomente/Drehmomente @ 45\mod_1277102920578_78.docx @ 410945 @ @ 1

The tightening torque MA is stated in Nm (unless otherwise indicated).

A = Thread size (The stability class can be seen on the head of the screw.)

A Ø

5.6 6.8 8.8 10.9 12.9

MA (Nm)

M 4 2.2 3 4.4 5.1

M 5 4.5 5.9 8.7 10

M 6 7.6 10 15 18

M 8 18 25 36 43

M 10 29 37 49 72 84

M12 42 64 85 125 145

M14 100 135 200 235

M14x1.5 145 215 255

M 16 160 210 310 365

M16x1.5 225 330 390

M 20 425 610 710

M 24 730 1050 1220

M 24x1.5 350

M 24x2 800 1150 1350

M 27 1100 1550 1800

M 27x2 1150 1650 1950

M30 1450 2100 2450

NOTE

The table above does not apply to countersunk screws with a hexagonal socket head if the countersunk screw is tightened with the hexagonal socket head.

Pos: 36.10 /BA/Wartung/Muttern und Schrauben (50h) anziehen @ 0\mod_1196949864530_78.docx @ 15293 @ @ 1

Note Regularly check that nuts and bolts are tightly in place (approx. every 50 hours) and tighten them if necessary.


Maintenance

252

Pos: 36.12 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Anzugsdrehmomente über Innensechskant @ 45\mod_1277106415765_78.docx @ 411230 @ @ 1

13.4 Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws) Pos: 36.13 /BA/Wartung/Drehmomente / Anzugsmomente/Drehmomente über Innensechskant @ 45\mod_1277106232328_78.docx @ 411205 @ 2 @ 1

The tightening torque MA is stated in Nm (unless otherwise indicated).

A = Thread size (The stability class can be seen on the head of the screw.)

A Ø

5.6 8.8 10.9 12.9

MA (Nm)

M 4 2.5 3.5 4.1

M 5 4.7 7 8

M 6 8 12 15

M 8 20 29 35

M 10 23 39 58 67

M 12 34 68 100 116

M 14 108 160 188

M 16 168 248 292

M 20 340 488 568

A

BM 400 0234

NOTE The table above applies only to countersunk screws with hexagonal socket heads and metric threading that are tightened by the hexagonal socket head.

Pos: 36.14 /BA/Wartung/Muttern und Schrauben (50h) anziehen @ 0\mod_1196949864530_78.docx @ 15293 @ @ 1

Note Regularly check that nuts and bolts are tightly in place (approx. every 50 hours) and tighten them if necessary.


Maintenance

253

Pos: 36.16.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Hydraulik @ 0\mod_1199776034950_78.docx @ 34205 @ 2 @ 1

13.5 Hydraulics Pos: 36.16.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Hydraulik/Gefahr - Arbeiten an der Hydraulikanlage @ 0\mod_1197279394885_78.docx @ 17063 @ @ 1

Danger! - Caution with leaking lines Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • When searching for leaks, use suitable aids, always use suitable tools and wear protective

goggles to avoid the risk of injury! • Escaping high-pressure fluids can penetrate the skin and cause serious injury. Therefore,

you must depressurise the system before disconnecting lines. • Hydraulic oil escaping from a small opening can barely be seen. Because of this you

should use a piece of cardboard or something similar when searching for leaks. Protect your hands and body.

• If any fluid penetrates the skin, it must be removed immediately by a doctor who is familiar with this kind of injury; serious infections could otherwise result. Physicians who are not familiar with this area should consult appropriate information from a competent medical source.

• Check the hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals and replace them if damaged or worn! The replacement lines must comply with the requirements of the device manufacturer.

• Ensure that all line connections are tight before the pressure in the system builds up again. • Repair work on the hydraulic system must only be performed by authorised KRONE

professional workshops.


Maintenance

254

Pos: 36.16.4 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Ladewagen/Schaubild Hydraulikblock-Komfort AX/MX/ZX @ 35\mod_1256811685579_78.docx @ 327681 @ @ 1

13.6 Display hydraulic block Comfort

Magnetventile

Funktionen

Funktionsschaubild

1.) 2.) 3.)

Y1

Not-Handbetätigung

Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11Y8 Y9Y5 Y18Y14Y15Y4Y3Fkt.1Fkt.2

27 005 706 0

Y5Y7

Y18

Y6

Y10

Y15

Y14

Y11

Y8 Y9

Y4 Y3

Y1ONOFF

Figure 147:

Y1 Floor conveyor supply Y6,Y7 Tailgate

Y3 raise/lower Y8,Y9 Drawbar

Y4 raise/lower Y10,Y11 Cutter

Y5Y18 Pick-up Y14 Discharge roller coupling

Y15 Steering axle locked

Pos: 36.16.5 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Ladewagen/Not-Handbetätigung ZX @ 1\mod_1201244671916_78.docx @ 52082 @ @ 1

13.7 Emergency Manual Activation

The electromagnetic valve block for standard and Comfort control is located on the front right side of the wagon under the protective box. In the event the electrical system should fail completely, the valves are equipped with an <<Emergency manual activation>>. Standard version: • Valves (Y3 to Y9) are activated by turning in the starwheel screw. • Valves Y1, Y10 and Y11 can be activated with a pointed object by turning the valve in. Comfort version: • Valves (Y5 to Y11 and Y14) are activated by turning in the starwheel screw. • Valves Y1, Y3 and Y4 can be activated with a pointed object by turning the valve in.


Maintenance

255

Pos: 36.16.7 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Beispiele zur Not-Hand-Betätigung @ 0\mod_1199946148163_78.docx @ 36985 @ @ 1

13.8 Examples of Emergency Manual Activation Pos: 36.16.8 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr Not-Hand-Betätigung @ 0\mod_1199945455397_78.docx @ 36965 @ 2 @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected actions on the machine. Effect: Danger to life or serious injuries. • Only persons who are confident with the machine may perform emergency manual

activation. • The person performing the activation must know which machine parts are affected by

controlling the valves. • The manipulation of the valves must only be carried out from a safe position outside the

range of the machine parts which are moved by the actuators. • Ensure that no persons, animals or objects are within this danger zone.

Pos: 36.16.9 /BA/Wartung/Load-Sensing/Ladewagen/Not-Hand-Betätigung Beispiele ZX @ 1\mod_1201244764073_78.docx @ 52102 @ @ 1

The corresponding valves must be activated to perform a function (for example raise pick-up). See the corresponding combination diagrams (hydraulic block Comfort (GD)) for which valves to switch. A few examples below based on the Comfort version serve for clarification. Raise pick-up • Turn in the starwheel screw on valve (Y5) "Pick-up".. • Using a pointed object, press in the magnetic plunger of valve (Y4 Standard) "Control valve"

and hold it pressed in. • Unscrew the starwheel screw on valve (Y5) as far as it goes. Raise/lower tailgate • Unscrew the starwheel screw on valve (Y6, Y7) "Tailgate".. To raise: • Using a pointed object, press in the magnetic plunger of valve (Y3) "Control valve" and hold

it pressed in. To lower: • Using a pointed object, press in the magnetic plunger of valve (Y4) "Control valve" and hold

it pressed in. • Unscrew the starwheel screw on valve (Y6, Y7) as far as it goes.

Note After emergency manual activation has been performed, the starwheel screws for emergency manual activation must all be completely screwed out again.


Maintenance

256

Pos: 36.16.11.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Hochdruckfilter @ 26\mod_1245836423991_78.docx @ 264126 @ @ 1

13.9 High-pressure filter Pos: 36.16.11.2 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Mitteldruckfilter optische Verschmutzungsanzeige @ 32\mod_1253092558858_78.docx @ 309853 @ @ 1

The filter takes up depositions of solid particles of the hydraulic system. The filtering of the hydraulic circuit serves as a prevention of damages on components of the circuit. The filter is equipped with an optical contamination indicator (7). The contamination indicator (7) informs optical about the degree of contamination of the filter

Pos: 36.16.11.3 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Hinweis Verschmutzungsanzeige vor jedem Arbeitseinsatz kontrollieren @ 32\mod_1253093743968_78.docx @ 310077 @ @ 1

Note Check the contamination indicator before the machine is used and exchange the contaminated filter element if necessary.

Pos: 36.16.11.4 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Wann muss er Filter gewechselt werden @ 33\mod_1254315575151_78.docx @ 318964 @ @ 1

When starting in cold condition the button on the contamination indicator (7) could hop out. Only press the button back in after achieving the operating temperature. In case it immediately hops out again, the filter element needs to be changed.

Pos: 36.16.11.5 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Hochdruckfilter bei Komfort_Hydraulik Bild_ZX @ 35\mod_1257771516711_78.docx @ 329953 @ @ 1

1

2

5

3

4

EIN

AUS

Fig. 148 Pos: 36.16.11.6 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Filterelement wechseln @ 26\mod_1245841608710_78.docx @ 264205 @ @ 1

Replacing the Filter Element

Pos: 36.16.11.7 /BA/Wartung/Hochdruckfilter/Ort HochdruckfilterHydraulikkreislauf ZX @ 35\mod_1257771289195_78.docx @ 329928 @ @ 1

The filter (6) of the hydraulic circuit is located on the right hand side of the machine next to the control block.

Pos: 36.16.11.8 /BA/Wartung/Umwelt/Hinweis Entsorgen / Lagern von Öle und Ölfilter Umwelt @ 32\mod_1253101375171_78.docx @ 311770 @ @ 1

ENVIRONMENT! - Disposal and storage of used lubricants and oil filters Effect: Environmental damage Store or dispose used oil and oil filters according to statutory provisions.

Pos: 36.16.11.9 /BA/Wartung/HochdruckfilterMitteldruckfilterelement wechseln(mit Verschmutzungsanzeige) Text (2013-07-01 07:25:50) @ 32\mod_1253779162271_78.docx @ 316939 @ 2 @ 1

• Relieve all pressure from the hydraulic system. • Screw bottom of the filter (4) off the filter head piece (1) and clean it • Remove the filter element (3) and replace by a new filter element with identical

characteristics • Push a new filter element (3) onto the valve sleeve (5) • Check the O-ring seal (2) and replace it, if necessary, by O-ring seal with identical

characteristics • Screw bottom of the filter (4) back onto the filter head piece • Charge the hydraulic system with pressure and check for leaks


Maintenance

257

Pos: 36.16.13 /Layout Module Diese Seite ist bewusst freigelassen worden. @ 1\mod_1201783680373_78.docx @ 54443 @ 2 @ 1

This page has been left blank deliberately!! Pos: 36.16.14 /Layout Module ---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Maintenance

258

Pos: 36.16.15 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/150 100 395 00 Hydraulikschaltplan Komfort-Bedienung ZX GL/GD @ 36\mod_1258712022615_78.docx @ 335479 @ 2 @ 1

13.10 Hydraulic circuit diagram (comfort control ZX GL; ZX GD)

Fig. 149:

Maintenance

259

1) Tractor hydraulics 14) Offset drawbar

2) Optionally on EW (single-acting control unit) 15) Forced steering

3) Free return 16) Axle regulation

4) Turn system screw for constant current all the way out. Turn power beyond (LS) all the way in

17) Floor conveyor speed on approx. 90 l/min approx. 15 rpm normal

5) Tailgate 18) Floor conveyor drive

6) Lower Pick-up (lock axle) 19) Normal 30 rpm on rapid traverse

7) Blade control system 20) Rapid traverse valve

8) Offset drawbar 21) Front wall

9) Metering roller Lift Pick-up

22) Double locking block

10) Comfort valve block

11) Lock axle

12) Pick-up

13) Blade control system


Maintenance

260

Pos: 36.16.17 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/150 100 303 00 Hydraulikschaltplan Zwangslenkung Tandem @ 35\mod_1257144918573_78.docx @ 328034 @ 2 @ 1

13.11 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Self Steering / Tandem Axle)

Fig. 150

1) From blade bar 2) drawbar


Maintenance

261

Pos: 36.16.19 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/150 100 222 00 Hydraulikschaltplan Zwangslenkung Tridemachse @ 13\mod_1225286002260_78.docx @ 154846 @ @ 1

13.12 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Self Steering / Tridem Axle)

Fig. 151:

1) Right side of drawbar 2) Left side of drawbar 3) From blade bar (lowering)

4) Front axle 5) Rear axle


Maintenance

262

Pos: 36.16.21 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/Hydraulikschaltplan (Ausgleich - Tandemachse) ÜS @ 115\mod_1339580881340_78.docx @ 1011603 @ @ 1

13.13 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Compensation - Tandem Axle) Pos: 36.16.22 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/150 351 184 00 Hydraulikschaltplan Ausgleich Tandemachse @ 115\mod_1339401567968_78.docx @ 1009792 @ @ 1

150 351 184 00

4) Betriebstellung: Kugelhähne 1 bis 6 geschlossen Kugelhahn 7 geöffnet

Fig. 152 1a) Lower blade bar 1b) Raise blade bar 2) Direction of travel 3) Measurement connection = Minimess measurepoint to simulate connection for checking

the ALB setting 4) Operating position: Ball valves 1 to 6 closed

Ball valve 7 opened 5) Right 6) Left


Maintenance

263

Pos: 36.16.24 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hydraulikschaltpläne/ Hydraulikschaltplan Ausgleich Tridemachse @ 65\mod_1301392554931_78.docx @ 589162 @ @ 1

13.14 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Compensation - Tridem Axle)

1) Fahrtrichtung

2) Messerbalken3) Liftachse

4) Hydrospeicher für Federung

Fig. 153 1) Direction of travel 2) Blade bar 3) Lift axle 4) Hydraulic accumulator for

suspension


Maintenance

264

Pos: 36.18.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Reifen @ 0\mod_1197357995667_78.docx @ 18075 @ @ 1

13.15 Tyres Pos: 36.18.2 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Warnung - Falsche Reifenmontage @ 0\mod_1197358162433_78.docx @ 18132 @ @ 1

Warning! - Tyre fitting incorrect Effect: Injuries or damage to the machine • Fitting tyres requires sufficient knowledge and the availability of proper tools! • If tyres are not correctly fitted, it could explode when pumped up. This can cause serious

injury. If you do not have sufficient experience of fitting tyres, have tyres fitted by the KRONE dealer or a qualified tyre specialist.

• When fitting tyres on the wheel rims, the maximum pressure given by the tyre manufacturer must not be exceeded. The tyre or even the wheel rim could explode and/or burst.

• If the tyre heels do not fit properly when the maximum permitted pressure is reached, let out the air, align tyres, lubricate the tyre heels and pump up the tyre again.

• Detailed information about how to fit tyres onto agricultural machinery can be obtained from the tyre manufacturers.


Maintenance

265

Pos: 36.18.4 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Reifen prüfen und pflegen @ 0\mod_1197358037214_78.docx @ 18094 @ 3 @ 1

13.15.1 Checking and maintaining tyres Pos: 36.18.5 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/Reihenfolge Reifenmontage @ 0\mod_1199954083131_78.docx @ 37321 @ @ 1

KLWOA-02

13

5

7

92

4

6

8

10

Figure 154 When loosening and tightening the wheel nuts, observe the order indicated in the illustration. 10 operating hours after they have been mounted, check the wheel nuts and retighten them if necessary. After that, check them every 50 operating hours to make certain they are tight. Check the tyre pressure at regular intervals and refill if necessary. The tyre pressure depends on the size of the tyres. The values are listed in the table.

Pos: 36.18.6 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/Anziehdrehmoment @ 0\mod_1199955905460_78.docx @ 37340 @ @ 1

Tightening Torque

Threading Key size in mm

Number of bolts per hub - pieces

Max. tightening torque

black galvan.

M12 x 1.5 19 4/5 95 Nm 95 Nm

M14 x 1.5 22 5 125 Nm 125 Nm

M18 x 1.5 24 6 290 Nm 320 Nm

M20 x 1.5 27 8 380 Nm 420 Nm

M20 x 1,5 30 8 380 Nm 420 Nm

M22 x 1.5 32 8/10 510 Nm 560 Nm

M22 x 2 32 10 460 Nm 505 Nm


Maintenance

266

Pos: 36.18.8 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/Reifen-Luftdruck allgemein Ladewagen @ 45\mod_1277891609500_78.docx @ 441197 @ @ 1

13.15.2 Tyre air pressure

Check the tyre pressure at regular intervals and adjust if necessary. The tyre pressure depends on the size of the tyres and the use of the loading wagon. The values are listed in the table.

Pos: 36.18.9 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Reifen/Reifen-Luftdruck Tabelle ZX @ 45\mod_1277797851046_78.docx @ 438099 @ @ 1

Tyre identification Minimum pressure [bar] Vmax<= 10

km/h

Maximum pressure [bar]

Recommended tyre air pressure*

710/45-22.5 – TL 162 A8 1,8 2,75 2,5

710/50 R26.5 TL 170 D 2,0 4,0 3,2

800/45 R26.5 TL 174 D 1,8 4,0 2,8

Pos: 36.18.10 /BA/Wartung/ReifenVredestein Reifen (2013-06-12 08:12:47) @ 45\mod_1277799455546_78.docx @ 438125 @ 2 @ 1

The data stated in the table are applicable to the factory-provided Vredestein-tyres of the types: Flotation PRO Radial or Flotation +.

Pos: 36.18.11 /BA/Wartung/Reifen/Reifen-Luftdruck Empfehlung Ladewagen @ 45\mod_1277799658031_78.docx @ 438150 @ @ 1

*) The recommendation applies especially to the typical mixture of operation (field/road) with the max. permissible axle load (see type plate) and the maximum permissible speed of the loading wagon.

• For other purposes (e.g. different axle loads and a lot of road travel) the tyre air pressures have to be adjusted to the indicated maximum pressures.

• If necessary, the tyre air pressure can be reduced to the minimum air pressure. However, the associated permissible maximum speed must then be observed (Vmax<= 10km/h).


Maintenance

267

Pos: 36.20.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Messerschleifeinrichtung @ 230\mod_1393254222081_78.docx @ 1841610 @ @ 1

13.16 Blade Sharpening Device Pos: 36.20.2 /Abkürzungen /Abkürzungen Beschreibung/Optional @ 102\mod_1331109267412_78.docx @ 902782 @ @ 1

optional Pos: 36.20.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise altWARNUNG- Brandgefahr durch Funkenflug! (Messerschleifeinrichtung) @ 229\mod_1393244523016_78.docx @ 1840563 @ @ 1

WARNING! – Danger of fire due to flying sparks! • Before the grinding device is started up, make certain no one remains in the danger zone

of the grinding device. • Make sure that there are no flammable materials in the vicinity of the blade sharpening

device. • Monitor the grinding process. • Make sure that there is a fire extinguisher so that you can extinguish a fire correctly and

immediately.

Pos: 36.20.4 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise altWARNUNG- Verletzungsgefahr der Augen durch weggeschleuderte Schleifpartikel beim Schleifen der Messe @ 229\mod_1393244454944_78.docx @ 1840534 @ @ 1

WARNING! – Risk of injury of the eyes due to flying particles produced while grinding the blades! • Always wear gloves and protective goggles when grinding the blades.

Pos: 36.20.5 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Messerschleifeinrichtung: Einführtext @ 230\mod_1393255404605_78.docx @ 1841666 @ @ 1

Two working processes are necessary for grinding the blades. The button (10) should not be released during the entire work process as the grinding discs will otherwise rest against the blade with a contact pressure and when continuing the grinding process, the blades will be ground again. To prevent increased wear on the grinding discs after cancelling the work process, the grinding discs must be moved to the basic setting. The hydraulic motor switches off independently after the complete work process is finished.


Maintenance

268

Pos: 36.20.7 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Messerschleifeinrichtung Übersicht ZX 400_450_550 @ 229\mod_1393238171622_78.docx @ 1839793 @ @ 1

Overview

ZX400130_1

Fig. 155

1) Multipurpose key 2) Cylinder left

3) Locking lever 4) Slip-on piece

5) Handle (grinding device) 6) Hydraulic connections (grinding device)

7) Blade comb 8) Suspension for cylinder left

9) Hydraulic connections (frame) 10) Button for “Starting/stopping grinding”


Maintenance

269

Pos: 36.20.9 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Folgende Voraussetzungen müssen gegeben sein (Messerschleifeinrichtung) @ 229\mod_1393244586308_78.docx @ 1840622 @ 3 @ 1

The following prerequisites must be met: – The loading wagon must be empty. – The PTO shaft must be turned off. – The cutting system as well as the adjacent area must be kept free of dirt and crop residues. – The blade groups are switched on, shortest cutting length, refer to chapter Settings “Setting

the Cutting Length”.

Pos: 36.20.10 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/MesserschleifeinrichtungMesser schleifen T1 (2014-05-23 12:12:55) @ 229\mod_1393244735056_78.docx @ 1840681 @ @ 1

ZX400124_1

Fig. 156

When the prerequisites for grinding are met: • Lower the cutting system via terminal. • Switch off tractor engine, remove the ignition key and carry it along. • Secure tractor and machine against the possibility of rolling back. • Place the cylinder (2) in the suspension (8) on the frame. • Detach the spring (1) on lever (3), pull out lever and at the same time and swivel out the

cutting system laterally to the stop.

Pos: 36.20.11 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Messer schleifen T2 ZX 400_450_550 @ 229\mod_1393246056109_78.docx @ 1840884 @ @ 1

Swinging up grinding unit

ZX400125_1

Fig. 157 To secure the cutting system, swivel cutting system out until the locking lever (I) slides over the

hook (II). • Attach the multipurpose key (1) onto the slip-on piece (4) so that the end of the lever of the

blade key almost touches the ground. • Swing up grinding device via multipurpose key until the stop is reached.

Pos: 36.20.12 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Messer schleifen T3 ZX 400_450_550 @ 229\mod_1393248225276_78.docx @ 1841171 @ 3 @ 1

Maintenance

270

ZX400126_1

Fig. 158 • Swivel up blade comb (7). • Make certain via visual inspection that the stop (4) rests on the plate (5). • Remove multipurpose key (1), hang it on the frame and secure it. • Connect the hydraulic connections (6) to the hydraulic connections (frame).

Pos: 36.20.13 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/P-T/Schleifzyklen einstellen @ 230\mod_1393256801827_78.docx @ 1841806 @ @ 1

13.16.1 Setting the Grinding Cycles Pos: 36.20.14 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Messer schleifen Schleifzyklen einstellen T4 @ 229\mod_1393248562573_78.docx @ 1841200 @ @ 1

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

F10

F11F11

F12

CC000727

3

Fig. 159

Ending the grinding process Approaching basic setting

Bringing up menu level 12) Grinding cycles

– Adjustment is possible in the range between 1-10

– Touch sensitive

Prerequisite: – Grinding device is swivelled out and swivelled up. • Press value (12) in the touch screen to change the cycles. The input mask opens. • Increase or reduce value (12). • Confirm the entry with “OK”.


Maintenance

271

Pos: 36.20.16 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/K-O/Messer schleifen @ 230\mod_1393255341503_78.docx @ 1841638 @ @ 1

13.16.2 Grinding Blades Pos: 36.20.17 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Schleifvorgang starten Bild @ 230\mod_1393255980661_78.docx @ 1841778 @ @ 1

ZX400128_1

Fig. 160 Pos: 36.20.18 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Schleifvorgang starten @ 230\mod_1393255758546_78.docx @ 1841750 @ @ 1

Starting the grinding process – Start the tractor engine and allow the engine to run at idle speed. • To start the grinding process, press and hold the button (10) during the entire work process.

Pos: 36.20.19 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Schleifvorgang abbrechen @ 230\mod_1393255642788_78.docx @ 1841722 @ @ 1

Cancelling grinding process • Release button (10) to cancel the grinding process. Alternatively via the terminal

• Press to interrupt the grinding process.

Pos: 36.20.20 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Grundstellung anfahren @ 230\mod_1393255577141_78.docx @ 1841694 @ 2 @ 1

Approaching basic setting This is only necessary if the work process of the button (10) has been released.

• Press and hold down to approach the basic setting .

Pos: 36.20.21 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Messerschleifeinrichtung/Nach dem Schleifen ZX 400_450_550 @ 229\mod_1393249053598_78.docx @ 1841229 @ @ 1

After grinding. • Switch off tractor engine, remove the ignition key and carry it along. • Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the frame and hang them into the support on the

grinding device. • Swivel blade comb (8) down. • Swivel grinding device down using the handle (15). • To unlock the cutting system, guide the safety lever via hook. • Swivel the cutting system to the inside until the locking engages in the cylinder on the right-

hand machine side. • Remove the cylinder (1) from the suspension on the frame, fasten it on the cutting system

and secure with linch pin (4). • Raise the terminal via cutting system.


Maintenance

272

Pos: 36.22.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Lage der Sensoren @ 60\mod_1297680215697_78.docx @ 559433 @ 4 @ 1

13.17 Position of the Sensors Pos: 36.22.2 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Sensoren/ZX Lage der Sensoren linke/rechte Maschinenseite @ 105\mod_1332837931288_78.docx @ 948277 @ 4 @ 1

1

3a36

4

2

5

78 9

10

11 1213b

14

13a

ZX400011_3

Fig. 161 *depending on how the machine is equipped

B7 axle locked*

B2 automatic loader*

3 job computer 3a hydraulic axle suspension*

Maintenance

273

B1 blade active/inactive Button (lift/lower) blade bar P.T.O. speed

Axle sensor left/right*

8)B29 position of pick-up 9) B25 pick-up top

B6 tailgate (opening angle) (GD design)

Open/close tailgate

12

B28 position of drawbar B3 floor conveyor switch-off (GL design)

B3 floor conveyor switch-off (GD design)

B4 metering roller monitoring (GD design)


Maintenance

274

Pos: 36.22.4 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Einstellung der Sensoren @ 0\mod_1199962173428_78.docx @ 37635 @ @ 1

13.17.1 Adjusting the Sensors Pos: 36.22.5 /BA/Wartung/Sensoren/Namursensor d = 12 mm @ 0\mod_1199962247038_78.docx @ 37654 @ 2 @ 1

13.17.1.1 Namur sensor d = 12 mm

aBP-VFS-088-12

1

3

Figure 162 The dimension between the encoder (2) and the sensor (1) must be "a" = 2 mm . Setting • Loosen the nuts on either side of the sensor. • Turn the nuts until dimension "a" = 2 mm is reached. • Tighten the nuts again.

Pos: 36.22.6 /BA/Wartung/Sensoren/Namursensor d = 30 mm a= 5mm @ 0\mod_1199962520100_78.docx @ 37673 @ @ 1

13.17.1.2 Namur sensor d = 30 mm

a

BPXC0172

2

1

3

Figure 163 The dimension between the encoder (2) and the sensor (1) must be "a" = 5 mm . Setting • Loosen the nuts on either side of the sensor. • Turn the nuts until dimension "a" = 5 mm is reached. • Tighten the nuts again.

Pos: 36.22.7 /BA/Wartung/Sensoren/Anzugsdrehmoment Namursensor 10 Nm @ 101\mod_1330933143264_78.docx @ 899752 @ @ 1

The tightening torque for all Namur sensors is 10 Nm. Pos: 36.23 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ @ 1

Maintenance

275

Pos: 36.24 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Sensoren/Sensors Kratzbodenabschaltung 1 @ 1\mod_1201249263963_78.docx @ 52384 @ 2 @ 1

13.18 Setting of the Sensor for Automatic Floor Conveyor Switch-off (GL)

Caution! - Crush hazard! Do not walk under the opened tailgate while the tractor is running.

Pos: 36.25 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Sensoren/Bild Sensor Kratzbodenabschaltung ZX @ 1\mod_1201797930951_78.docx @ 54932 @ @ 1

ASensor

B

ZX400042

Fig. 164 Pos: 36.26 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Sensoren/Sensors Kratzbodenabschaltung 2 @ 0\mod_1199966426163_78.docx @ 37818 @ @ 1

When the wagon is filled, a sensor shuts off the floor conveyor feed if the loaded crop is pressing the feeler plate into the rear wall. This switch-off must be checked before and during the first time it is used and after 250 operating hours for functionality. The distance A between the sensor (1) and counterpiece (2) must not exceed the dimension 2 mm . In unloaded condition, the distance B between the sensor and the counterpiece must be 25-30 mm.


Maintenance

276

Pos: 36.28 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Abschaltung des Kratzbodens (GD) @ 1\mod_1201250360479_78.docx @ 52482 @ 2 @ 1

13.19 Switching off the Floor Conveyor (GD) Pos: 36.29 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Abschaltung des Kratzbodens Bild ZX (GD) @ 1\mod_1201796446983_78.docx @ 54863 @ @ 1

1

2

ZX400039

350h

Fig. 165 Pos: 36.30 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Abschaltung des Kratzbodens (GD) @ 0\mod_1199967309756_78.docx @ 37837 @ @ 1

The right bearing of the lower discharge roller is movably mounted. The motion sensor (1) is located on the bottom of the bearing. It records the offset of the discharge roller. Movement of the support The switch-off movement of the sensor is determined by a tension spring (2). • Tighten tension spring (2) = longer switch-off delay = more force acting on the discharge

rollers • Loosen tension spring (2) = shorter switch-off delay = less force acting on the discharge

rollers

Note Free movement of the bearing must be ensured. It must therefore be regularly lubricated with a grease gun, in any case at least every 50 operating hours.


Maintenance

277

Pos: 36.32 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Einstellung des Öffnungswinkels der Heckklappe (GD) @ 1\mod_1201251294666_78.docx @ 52690 @ @ 1

13.20 Adjusting the tailgate opening angle (GD)

ZX400033

1

Fig. 166

Note The sensor (1) should be adjusted when the tailgate is open and secured.

Push the sensor (1) in the oblong hole Move up = Decrease opening angle Move down = Increase opening angle


Maintenance

278

Pos: 36.34.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Füllmengen und Schmiermittelbezeichnungen der Getriebe @ 0\mod_1196951094046_78.docx @ 15335 @ @ 1

13.21 Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for Gearboxes Pos: 36.34.2 /BA/Wartung/Tabellen/Ladewagen/Technische Daten Betriebsstoffe Füllmengen ZX @ 1\mod_1201252714823_78.docx @ 52729 @ 2 @ 1

Filling Quantity

Filtered oils Bio-degradable

lubricants

[litres] Brand name Brand name

Main gearbox 4,3 l SAE90

On request

Conveyor drum 9 l SAE 90

Floor conveyor drive ZX 350 0.5 l SAE90

Floor conveyor drive ZX 400, ZX 450, ZX 550

1,1 l SAE 90

Discharge roller front (GD) * SAE90

Discharge roller rear (GD) 0.5 l SAE90

*) integrated into conveyor drum Pos: 36.34.3 /BA/Wartung/Zeitintervalle an den Getrieben 200 h @ 0\mod_1196951919921_78.docx @ 15373 @ @ 1

13.21.1 Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)

Note - Oil level check and oil change (gearboxes) and lubricating the machine Effect: Long expected service life of machine • First oil change on all gearboxes after 50 operating hours, then every 200 operating hours

(but at least once a year). • Before using the machine always check the oil level. • With bio-degradable oils the changing intervals must be complied with absolutely because

of ageing of the oils.


Maintenance

279

Pos: 36.34.5.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Hauptgetriebe @ 0\mod_1197005740033_78.docx @ 15416 @ @ 1

13.22 Main gearbox Pos: 36.34.5.2 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/LadewagenBild_Hauptgetriebe (2013-06-06 15:27:21) @ 1\mod_1201845947630_78.docx @ 55155 @ @ 1

KDW06333

Figure 167 Pos: 36.34.5.3 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölkontrolle_ALTÖlkontrolle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.docx @ 15649 @ @ 1

Oil level check: • For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)". • Unscrew the inspection screw (1) • Oil level up to bore hole (1) • If necessary, top up the oil (SAE 90) • Screw the check screw (1) back in.

Pos: 36.34.5.4 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölwechsel_ALTÖlwechsel Version1 (Belüftungsfilter) @ 0\mod_1197010026283_78.docx @ 15747 @ @ 1

Oil change: • For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)". • Screw out the screw plug (2). • Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan • Screw in the screw plug (2) • Fill oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1)) • Screw the inspection screw (1) and ventilation filter (3) back in.

Pos: 36.34.5.5 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölqualität /Ölmenge: siehe Kapitel @ 0\mod_1197007859486_78.docx @ 15531 @ 2 @ 1

Oil quality / oil quantity: see Chapter "Filling Quantities and Lubricant Designations for Gearboxes"

Pos: 36.34.5.6 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Hinweis - Altöl ordnungsgemäß entsorgen @ 0\mod_1197008117002_78.docx @ 15550 @ @ 1

Note The used oil must be disposed of correctly


Maintenance

280

Pos: 36.34.7.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Fördertrommel @ 1\mod_1201253167760_78.docx @ 52749 @ @ 1

13.23 Conveyor drum Pos: 36.34.7.2 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Fördertrommel 100 h @ 38\mod_1267089406134_78.docx @ 354803 @ @ 1

The oil level inspection screw (1) for the conveyor drum (4) and for the discharge roller gear rear (5) is located at the front right-hand side of the loading wagon, underneath the protective panelling. The filling level must be checked every 100 hours.

Pos: 36.34.7.3 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Bild_Fördertrommel @ 38\mod_1267177703871_78.docx @ 354988 @ @ 1

ZX4000922

3

2

45

1

Figure 168 Pos: 36.34.7.4 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölkontrolle_ALTÖlkontrolle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.docx @ 15649 @ @ 1


Pos: 36.34.7.5 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölwechsel_ALTÖlwechsel Version3 @ 1\mod_1201255900073_78.docx @ 52826 @ @ 1

Oil change: • For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)". • Screw out the oil drain plug (2) • Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan • Screw in the oil drain plug (2) • Top up the oil (3) (oil level up to hole (1)) • Screw the inspection screw (1) and locking screw (3) back in.






Maintenance

281

Pos: 36.34.9.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Kratzbodenantrieb @ 0\mod_1199971985366_78.docx @ 38019 @ @ 1

13.24 Floor conveyor drive Pos: 36.34.9.2 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Bild Kratzbodenantrieb ZX @ 36\mod_1258714853100_78.docx @ 335533 @ @ 1

ZX400020_22

1

Fig. 169 Pos: 36.34.9.3 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Kratzbodenantrieb Zusatz ZX @ 1\mod_1201846563786_78.docx @ 55174 @ @ 1

The floor conveyor drive is located at the rear on the right and left-hand sides. Pos: 36.34.9.4 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölkontrolle_ALTÖlkontrolle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.docx @ 15649 @ @ 1



Oil change: • For time intervals, see Chapter "Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes)". • Screw out the screw plug (2). • Collect the used oil in a suitable drip pan • Screw in the screw plug (2) • Fill oil (1) (oil level up to hole (1))






Maintenance

282

Pos: 36.34.11.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Dosierwalzengetriebe vorne (GD) @ 0\mod_1199975429710_78.docx @ 38315 @ @ 1

13.25 Discharge roller gear front (GD) Pos: 36.34.11.2 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Bild_Dosierwalzengetriebe vorne ZX GD @ 1\mod_1201845097677_78.docx @ 55130 @ @ 1

1

2

a

ZX400015

Fig. 170 Pos: 36.34.11.3 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölkontrolle_ALTÖlkontrolle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.docx @ 15649 @ @ 1









Maintenance

283

Pos: 36.34.13.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Dosierwalzengetriebe hinten (GD) @ 0\mod_1199975492178_78.docx @ 38334 @ @ 1

13.26 Discharge roller gear rear (GD) Pos: 36.34.13.2 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ladewagen/Bild_Dosierwalzengetriebe hinten ZX GD @ 1\mod_1201844664646_78.docx @ 55092 @ @ 1

ZX400016

1

2

Fig. 171 Pos: 36.34.13.3 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölkontrolle_ALTÖlkontrolle SAE 90 @ 0\mod_1197008973815_78.docx @ 15649 @ @ 1


Pos: 36.34.13.4 /BA/Wartung/Ölkontrolle_Wechsel/Ölwechsel_ALTÖlwechsel Version2 @ 0\mod_1197016258486_78.docx @ 15884 @ 2 @ 1







Maintenance

284

Pos: 36.36 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/K-O/Kettenspannung @ 0\mod_1199976712006_78.docx @ 38498 @ @ 1

13.27 Chain tension Pos: 36.37 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Pick-up-Antrieb @ 0\mod_1199977075350_78.docx @ 38536 @ 2 @ 1

13.28 Pick-up drive

ZX400062_1

a

b

21

3

4

5

Figure 172 Check the chain tension Length of spring under tension a= 80 - 85 mm (Measured up to the top of the washer). To correct the chain tension Increase or reduce the spring tension of the compression spring (1) until distance a= 80 - 85 mm is set. Check dimension b in addition

Note If dimension b = 125 mm on the chain tension, the lower chain tightener (2) must be retightened.

Tighten the lower chain tightener (2). To do this: • Remove the guard (3) • Loosen nut (4) • Move the chain tightener (2) down in the oblong hole. If the end of the oblong hole is

reached, the chain (5) must be shortened. • Tighten nut (4) • Install the guard (3)


Maintenance

285

Pos: 36.39 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Kratzboden-Vorschub ZX @ 1\mod_1201260125541_78.docx @ 53065 @ 2 @ 1

13.29 Floor conveyor feed

1 2

a

==

1 2

ZX400055

Fig. 173 The floor conveyor chain tension is located above the cutting system underneath the floor conveyor. Before starting work, check the floor conveyor chain tension for the loading wagon and readjust if necessary. To check the chain tension for the floor conveyor: Check the chain tension for the floor conveyor by pressing in. The pretension is correct if the depth of pressing "a ≥� approx. 30-60 mm". If it is not, correct the pretension. Correct the chain tension for the floor conveyor: To do this: • Loosen the nuts (1) • Increase the floor conveyor tension by screwing in the screws (2),

Note The floor conveyor chain must not be too tight. The floor conveyor chain must indicate a press-in depth of at least a = 30 mm


Maintenance

286

Pos: 36.41 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Dosierwerk (ZXGD) @ 1\mod_1201260360745_78.docx @ 53104 @ @ 1

13.30 Discharger (ZXGD)

14

ZX400017

1

2

43 4

Fig. 174: The discharge roller chain drive is located on the rear left section of the wagon, behind the panel. The discharge roller drive chain is automatically tensioned by the clamping elements (1 and 2). If the chain tension reduces, loosen the counter nut (3) and tighten the clamping elements (1 and 2) with the nut (4) until the chain tension is sufficient. Tighten the counter nut (3) again.


Maintenance

287

Pos: 36.43 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Abstreifer @ 0\mod_1200035326185_78.docx @ 38896 @ 2 @ 1

13.31 Scraper

KLW09030

1

Figure 175 • Check the back of the scraper (1) after every season for wear and replace if necessary.

Note The scrapers are located in the front of the loading area on the conveyor drum.

Pos: 36.44 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Abstand Messer - Trommel @ 0\mod_1200035920778_78.docx @ 38915 @ @ 1

13.32 Distance from Blade to Drum

KDW04040

1

2

Figure 176

Note The distance from the blade to the drum is optimally set in the factory by adjustment screws (2) and counter nuts (1) and must therefore not be changed.


Maintenance

288

Pos: 36.46 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Anschlagleiste (ZX) @ 0\mod_1200037226388_78.docx @ 38934 @ @ 1

XXL00004

Figure 177 At the end of the season, the stop bar (1) must be checked for wear.

Note If the thickness of the material (t=6 mm) of the stop bar (Part No. 334 975-2) has been reduced by half, it must be replaced.

Pos: 36.47 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Abstand Abstreifer-Trommel @ 188\mod_1380615537009_78.docx @ 1616016 @ @ 1

13.33 Distance from Scraper to Drum

Fig. 178 The scrapers (2) must be at a distance of " A=20 - 25 mm " from the rotating conveyor drum (3). Setting distance between scraper and drum • Disconnect all screw couplings (1) from the scraper bar on right and left • Loosen the screw coupling (4) on the wedge plate (5) (right and left sides). • Using the wedge plate (5), turn the entire scraper bar until dimension A=20 - 25 mm is

reached. • Tighten screw couplings (1) and (4).


Maintenance

289

Pos: 36.49 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Kontrolle der Sicherungsrollen der Einzelmessersicherung @ 141\mod_1355835697183_78.docx @ 1255152 @ 1 @ 1

13.34 Checking the Safety Rollers of the Single Blade Locking Device

AX000062

1

2

Fig. 179 The single blade locking device prevents the blades from being damaged in case of contact with foreign objects. To ensure that the single blade locking device is functioning properly, the safety rollers must turn smoothly. Thus check each time after the blades are changed if the safety rollers run smoothly. If the safety rollers do not run smoothly, the safety rollers must be lubricated. To do this: • Switch on blade group (I) and switch off blade group (II). • Lower the cutting system completely (refer to chapter entitled “Folding In/ Folding Out

Blades”). • Switch off the tractor engine, remove the ignition key and secure the tractor and the

machine from rolling away. • Install the die (2) included with delivery to the grease gun. • Lubricate each second safety roller (1). • Lift the cutting system. • Switch on blade group (II) and switch off blade group (I). • Lower the cutting system completely (refer to chapter entitled “Folding In/ Folding Out

Blades”). • Switch off the tractor engine, remove the ignition key and secure the tractor and the

machine from rolling away. • Lubricate each second safety roller (1). • Lift the cutting system.

Pos: 36.50 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hinweis EP Langzeitfett NLGI2 verwenden @ 13\mod_1225287158244_78.docx @ 154964 @ 2 @ 1

Note To lubricate the safety rollers, use an EP long-term grease NLGI 2 order No. 926 045 0 (400 grams).


Maintenance – lubrication chart

290

Pos: 36.52.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/U-Z/Wartung - Schmierplan @ 0\mod_1197359304198_78.docx @ 18232 @ @ 1

14 Maintenance – lubrication chart Pos: 36.52.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.docx @ 9134 @ 2 @ 1

14.1 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 36.52.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/LadewagenGefahr Wartung allgemein (2014-04-04 11:57:46) @ 0\mod_1199884069862_78.docx @ 36704 @ @ 1




Pos: 36.52.4 /BA/Wartung/LadewagenSchmierung Allgemein (2014-03-20 17:08:59) @ 0\mod_1200042088341_78.docx @ 39010 @ @ 1

The information on maintenance intervals is based on average load of the machine. If the load is heavier or under extreme working conditions, the time periods must be reduced. Definition of terms:

Terms Lubricant Location/quantity Special features

Grease Multi-purpose grease Lubrication points/about two strokes from grease gun.

Remove superfluous grease at the lubrication point.

Lubrication Unless otherwise recommended, use vegetable oils

Sliding surface/apply thin with a brush.

Remove old and superfluous oil

Oils Unless otherwise recommended, use vegetable oils

Chains Distribute evenly on chain



291

Pos: 36.52.6 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/F-J/Gelenkwelle @ 0\mod_1199781879794_78.docx @ 34542 @ @ 1

14.2 PTO shaft Pos: 36.52.7 /BA/Wartung/Gelenkwelle schmierenAbschmieren Gelenkwelle Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1200048739138_78.docx @ 39029 @ @ 1

Figure 180 All other lubrication points on the PTO shafts must be lubricated as shown in the illustration.



292

Pos: 36.52.9 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Schmierpläne/Schmierplan ZX GD GL @ 13\mod_1225352716519_78.docx @ 155607 @ @ 1

14.3 Lubrication Chart (ZX GL; ZX GD)

ZX400018_3

ZXGD

ZXGD

ZXGD

ZXGD

1 3 4 5

6

7

8

9

101114 12131516

17

18

Fig. 181:

1)

100h

2)

3) Right-hand side of the machine

4)

5)

50h

6) Left-hand side of machine

7)

8) With steering axle


293

9) With steering axle

10) With hydr. suspension / hydr. compensation

11)

250h 12x

12)

250h

13)

14)

50h

15)

16)

17)

18) 19)


Maintenance - Brake System

294

Pos: 36.54.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/U-Z/Wartung-Bremsanlage @ 0\mod_1200990675284_78.docx @ 49608 @ 3 @ 1

15 Maintenance - Brake System Pos: 36.54.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Bremsen/Gefahr - Bremse unregelmäßige gewartet Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1200052526888_78.docx @ 39146 @ @ 1

Danger! - Irregular maintenance of brakes Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Adjustment and repair work on the brake system must only be performed by authorised

professional workshops or recognised brake services. • Only a machine with an intact brake system may be used for work in the field or for

travelling on roads. • Irregularities or malfunctions in the brake system must be eliminated immediately. • No changes may be made to the brake system without the approval of KRONE. • Have the brakes checked regularly by a specialist workshop. • Replace worn or damaged brake hoses immediately. • KRONE is not responsible for natural wear, defects caused by overload or changes made

to the brake system.

Pos: 36.54.3 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Bremseneinstellung @ 0\mod_1200291130914_78.docx @ 39185 @ @ 1

15.1.1 Brake setting

Depending on how the machine is used, the wear on and proper functionality of the brakes must be checked regularly and reset if necessary. An adjustment is required when about 2/3 of the max. cylinder stroke is used to achieve full braking. Set the axle on blocks and prevent it from being moved unintentionally.



295

Pos: 36.54.5 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Einstellen der Übertragungseinrichtung @ 0\mod_1200291286726_78.docx @ 39204 @ @ 1

15.1.2 Setting the Transfer Mechanism

After the first few kilometres of driving, the transfer mechanisms and the brake linings of the brake drum will have adjusted. The play resulting from this must be compensated for.

Pos: 36.54.6 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Einstellung am Gestängesteller_Ladewagen @ 0\mod_1200291352133_78.docx @ 39223 @ @ 1

Adjusting the linkage setter

TRD00071

Figure 182 • Every 200 operating hours Activate the linkage setter manually in the pressure direction. The wheel brake must be readjusted with a clear path of max. 35 mm for the long-stroke diaphragm cylinder pressure rod. The setting is made on the readjustment hexagon of the linkage setter. Set clear path "a" to 10 - 12 % of the connected brake lever length "B", for example lever length 150 mm = clear path 15 - 18 mm.



296

Pos: 36.54.8 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Dämpfungszylinder, oben und unten @ 1\mod_1201262656088_78.docx @ 53181 @ @ 1

Damping cylinder, top and bottom

ZX400063

1

1

Fig. 183 • Every 200 operating hours Lubricate the lubrication points (1) with long-term grease (ECOLi 91) until fresh grease emerges from the bearing points. In addition to this lubrication tasks, care must be taken to ensure the cylinder and line are always vented. Visual check • every 200 operating hours Check all components for damage and wear. Check the damping cylinder for condition and leaks • Every 500 operating hours, at least annually Check damping cylinder fastening

Fig. 184 • Every 500 operating hours, at least annually Check fastening (2) of damping cylinders for wear and to ensure snug fit.



297

Pos: 36.54.10 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Federeinbindung @ 1\mod_1201498752957_78.docx @ 53205 @ @ 1

Spring mounting

ZX400066

2

Fig. 185 • Every 200 operating hours, beginning after the first time driving with load. Check locknut (2) of the spring clip to ensure it is snugly seated. If the screw connection is loose, tighten the nuts on alternate sides in several steps. Do not weld on the suspension link! Tightening torque with torque wrench: M 24 M = 650 Nm (605 - 715 Nm)



298

Pos: 36.54.12 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Ölvorratsbehälter am Dämpfungszylinder warten @ 13\mod_1225354909441_78.docx @ 155631 @ 2 @ 1

Service oil reserve container on the damping cylinder

ZX400073

2

3

4

1

Fig. 186

1) Suspension cylinder 2) Breather and exhaust filter 3) Oil reserve container

4) Filling and draining screw

The oil reserve container (1) ensure that the plunger rod is always supplied with oil mist. The oil reserve container must be filled to at least half capacity with hydraulic oil. • Check the oil quantity once a month with the cylinder pushed in and add oil as necessary.

(To do this the oil reserve container must be rotated 180°.) Condensation water may collect in the oil reserve container during operation. This condensation water must be emptied out of the oil reserve container at regular intervals. To do this: • Unscrew the drain screw (4) let the condensation water drain out and then screw the drain

screw back in. • Check the hydraulic oil level and add oil if necessary.



299

Pos: 36.54.14 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Federbolzen @ 1\mod_1201498902473_78.docx @ 53224 @ 2 @ 1

Spring bolts

ZX400067

3

1a 1b

2 23 3

Fig. 187 • Every 500 operating hours but at least annually, beginning after the first time driving with

load Check the bushings, move the vehicle slightly forward and back with the brake engaged, or move the spring eyes with a mounting lever. There must be no discernable play in the spring eye. If the fastening is loose, the spring bolt (3) can be damaged. • Check the side wear plates in the support. • Check the M 30 locknut on the spring bolts (3) to ensure it is snugly seated. Tightening torques with torque wrench: M 30 M = 900 Nm (840 - 990 Nm) Secure fastening of the inner steel bushing determines the service life of the rubber/steel bushing bearing. 1a Loose wear plate 1b Side wear plate 2 Plate 3 Spring bolt with twist lock groove



300

Pos: 36.54.16 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Luftfilter/Luftfilter für Rohrleitung @ 0\mod_1200292918226_78.docx @ 39324 @ @ 1

15.2 Air Filter for Pipe

Figure 188

(1) Spring (4) Spring (7) Clasp locking ring

(2) Filter (5) Sealing ring

(3) Spacer (6) Cover cap The air filter is installed in front of the brake valve. It cleans the compressed air, thereby protecting the brake system from malfunctions.

Note The brake system is ready for operation even when the filter insert is clogged in both direction of flow. Removing the air filter • Unscrew the nut (2). • Rotate the air filter (1). • Loosen the clasp locking ring (3). • Remove the filter insert. Maintenance of the air filter Clean the air filter before the beginning of the season. Installation of the air filter Installation is in reverse order to removal.

Note Observe the correct sequence when assembling the filter insert.



301

Pos: 36.54.18 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Druckluftbehälter @ 12\mod_1224144256075_78.docx @ 150965 @ 2 @ 1

15.3 Compressed-air reservoir Pos: 36.54.19 /BA/Wartung/Druckluftbehälter/Druckluftbehälter_Text 20 Betriebsstunden @ 0\mod_1200293406164_78.docx @ 39343 @ @ 1

The compressed-air reservoir stores the compressed air that is pumped by the compressor. Therefore condensation water may settle in the compressed air reservoir during operation. The compressed-air reservoir must be emptied regularly. Specifically, it must be emptied: • daily in winter (when being used), • otherwise weekly and • at least after 20 operating hours. The drain valve on the bottom of the compressed-air reservoir is used for draining. • Switch off and secure the machine. • Open the drain valve and allow the condensation to run out. • Check the drain valve, clean it and screw it back in.

Note If the drain valve has a heavy accumulation of dirt or is leaking, it must be replaced by a new one.



302

Pos: 36.54.21.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Rangieren @ 13\mod_1225364693769_78.docx @ 155850 @ @ 1

15.4 Moving Pos: 36.54.21.2 /BA/Sicherheit/Fahren und Transport/Rangieren @ 13\mod_1225361578519_78.docx @ 155656 @ @ 1

Danger! - Transport / road travel Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine. Moving the machine in public road traffic without the compressed air brake connected is prohibited.

Pos: 36.54.21.3 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Gefahr Löseventil betätigen @ 13\mod_1225361779113_78.docx @ 155677 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected movements of the machine Effect: Danger to life, serious injuries or serious damage to the machine. Secure the machine against rolling away before operating the release valve or letting off the air pressure from the storage tank.

Pos: 36.54.21.4 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Rangieren/Rangieren Bild ZX @ 13\mod_1225364538488_78.docx @ 155831 @ @ 1

I II1

1

2

2

Fig. 189 I= Tandem axle , II = Tridem axle

Pos: 36.54.21.5 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Rangieren/Rangieren ohne angeschlossene Druckluftbremse @ 13\mod_1225362041347_78.docx @ 155702 @ 2 @ 1

It is not easy to move the machine if the hoses of the compressed air brake are not connected to a brake system.

Pos: 36.54.21.6 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Rangieren/Löseventil befindet sich Tandemachse Ladewagen @ 13\mod_1225362144769_78.docx @ 155723 @ @ 1

Tandem axle The release valve (1) is located on the rear of the machine directly on the compressed air reservoir.

Pos: 36.54.21.7 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Rangieren/Löseventil befindet sich Tridemachse @ 13\mod_1225362234597_78.docx @ 155744 @ 2 @ 1

Tridem axle The release valve (1) is located on the frame on the left-hand side of the machine in front of the last wheel of the Tridem axle.

Pos: 36.54.21.8 /BA/Wartung/Bremsanlage/Rangieren/Löseventil betätigen @ 13\mod_1225365127628_78.docx @ 155874 @ @ 1

Pressing the pushbutton (2) on the release valve (1) releases the compressed air brake. When the compressed air hoses are reconnected to a compressed air brake system, the push button is automatically pushed back into its starting position.

Pos: 36.55 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Hinweis - Pflege nach der täglichen Benutzung @ 0\mod_1200294132476_78.docx @ 39362 @ @ 1

15.5 Upkeep after Daily Use

Note After daily operation, the areas around the conveyor and cutting system and adjacent areas must be cleaned and preserved regularly.



303

Pos: 36.57 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Wartungs.- und Reparaturarbeiten im Laderaum ÜS @ 82\mod_1316694931327_78.docx @ 722710 @ @ 1

15.6 Maintenance and repair work in the loading area Pos: 36.58 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/GEFAHR! – Unvorhergesehenes Zuschalten des Kratzbodens / der Dosierwalzen! @ 82\mod_1317015932787_78.docx @ 723531 @ @ 1

DANGER! – Unexpected switching on of the floor conveyor / dosing rollers! Effect: Danger of injury or death. Do not step onto the loading area if the tractor engine is running and the PTO shaft is switched on. • Switch off the engine and PTO and remove the ignition key. • Secure the machine against the possibility of rolling back.

Pos: 36.59 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Laderaum Zugang @ 82\mod_1317015668486_78.docx @ 723450 @ @ 1

Access to the loading area: Pos: 36.60 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Laderaum GL @ 82\mod_1317015861654_78.docx @ 723504 @ 1 @ 1

GL design: For maintenance and repair work in the loading area, enter the loading surface through the opened tailgate. • Secure the tailgate against falling • Use a suitable climbing equipment

Pos: 36.61 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Laderaum / Einstiegsliuke GD Ausführung @ 82\mod_1317015803316_78.docx @ 723477 @ 2 @ 1

GD design:

12

3 ZX400097

Fig. 190 • For maintenance and repair work in the loading area, enter the loading surface through the

entry hatch (1). • After maintenance or repair work, close the entry hatch (1), fold up the ladder (2) and lock it

with the locking lever (3)


Maintenance - Self Steering

304

Pos: 36.63.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/U-Z/Wartung-Zwangslenkung @ 13\mod_1225208314288_78.docx @ 154451 @ @ 1

16 Maintenance - Self Steering Pos: 36.63.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Ausrichten der gelenkten Räder (Einspuren) @ 1\mod_1201698001138_78.docx @ 53870 @ @ 1

16.1 Aligning the Controlled Wheels (Tracking) Pos: 36.63.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Einstellarbeiten / Einstellungen/Gefahr - Einstellarbeiten mit Bedieneinheit @ 0\mod_1199869097987_78.docx @ 36160 @ @ 1

Danger! - Unexpected movements of the machine Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Setting tasks must only be performed when the drive is switched off and the engine is at a

standstill! • Bring the machine to a complete stop. • Switch off the engine, remove the ignition key and turn off the electrical system on the

control box • Secure the machine and tractor against rolling.

Pos: 36.63.4 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungSystemdruck überprüfen_Bild Tandem_Tridem ZX (2014-03-17 15:19:24) @ 35\mod_1257756490117_78.docx @ 329618 @ 2 @ 1

78

1

7

7

8

1

ZX400024_3

a b

2

2

Fig. 191 c) Hydraulic tandem unit design d) Tridem axle design



305

Pos: 36.63.6 /BA/Wartung/LadewagenEinspuren (2013-06-04 15:06:07) @ 13\mod_1225207431210_78.docx @ 154411 @ @ 1

To do this: • Open shut-off valves (1) (lever vertical). • Move the tractor and attachment straight forward until the wheels have straightened out

(move along about 20 m). • Close shut-off valves (1) (lever horizontal). To perform pressure relief for the main valve (2): • Open main valve (2) (lever vertical).

Caution! The blade bar may move during this process. Avoid the hazardous area.

• Briefly actuate the "Retract blade bar" function on the control unit. (Do not hold the key

down for more than 2 seconds) • Close main valve (2) (lever horizontal). • Check the system pressure (see chapter in Maintenance "Checking and Adjusting the

System Pressure")



306

Pos: 36.63.8 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Systemdruck überprüfen und einstellen @ 78\mod_1314165261374_78.docx @ 695255 @ @ 1

16.2 Checking and Adjusting the System Pressure Pos: 36.63.9 /BA/Erstinbetriebnahme/Ladewagen/ZwangslenkungSystemdruck überprüfen_Bild Tandem_Tridem ZX (2014-03-17 15:19:24) @ 35\mod_1257756490117_78.docx @ 329618 @ 3 @ 1

78

1

7

7

8

1

ZX400024_3

a b

2

2

Fig. 192 e) Hydraulic tandem unit design f) Tridem axle design



307

Pos: 36.63.11 /BA/Wartung/LadewagenEinspuren/Systemdruck einstellen AX/ZX/MX (2014-03-18 17:11:15) @ 13\mod_1225204776444_78.docx @ 154348 @ @ 1

Adjusting the system pressure • Move the tractor and attachment straight forward until the wheels have straightened out

(move along about 20 m). • Open shut-off valves (1) (lever vertical). • Open main valve (2) (lever vertical).

Caution! The blade bar may move during this process. Avoid the hazardous area.

• On the control unit, continue performing the "Extend blade bar" function until a pressure of

80 bar is reached. • Close main valve (2) while at the same time activating the "Extend blade bar" function. • Close shut-off valves (1) (lever horizontal). • Close main valve (2) (lever horizontal). After filling is complete, check the system pressure (7). The system pressure (7) must read 80 bar. If it does not, repeat the process as described above.

Note If the system pressure cannot be adjusted to 80 bar, it must be preset again with the pressure limiting valve (8) (see chapter on Maintenance "Adjusting the Pressure Limiting Valve").



308

Pos: 36.63.13 /Überschriften/Überschriften 3/A-E/Druckbegrenzungsventil einstellen @ 117\mod_1341411911041_78.docx @ 1023623 @ @ 1

16.2.1 Adjusting the Pressure Limiting Valve Pos: 36.63.14 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Druckbegrenzungsventil Bild Tandem Tridem ZX @ 117\mod_1341412211149_78.docx @ 1023712 @ 1 @ 1

Fig. 193 Pos: 36.63.15 /BA/Wartung/Ladewagen/Druckbegrenzungsventil einstellen Text @ 117\mod_1341413121781_78.docx @ 1023800 @ 2 @ 1

The pressure limiting valve (8) is preset in the factory to 80 bar. Increasing / Reducing the Pressure • Release the locking lever (1) • Turn the handwheel to increase or reduce the presetting of the system pressure. Clockwise = increase the pressure Anticlockwise = decrease the pressure • Close the locking lever (1)


Placing in Storage

309

Pos: 38.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Einlagerung @ 0\mod_1197385459120_78.docx @ 19966 @ 2 @ 1

17 Placing in Storage Pos: 38.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.docx @ 9134 @ @ 1

17.1 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 38.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr Wartung allgemein (2014-04-04 11:57:46) @ 0\mod_1199884069862_78.docx @ 36704 @ @ 1




Pos: 38.4 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/A-E/Am Ende der Erntesaison @ 0\mod_1197385501276_78.docx @ 19985 @ 2 @ 1

17.2 At the End of the Harvest Season Pos: 38.5 /BA/Einlagerung/LadewagenEinlagerung allgemein (2014-05-19 09:52:59) @ 0\mod_1200295665820_78.docx @ 39421 @ 2 @ 1

Before placing the machine in winter storage, clean inside and outside thoroughly. If you use a high-pressure cleaner to do this. do not keep a stream of water directed at bearing points. After cleaning is completed, lubricate all lubrication points. Do not wipe off any grease that comes out of bearing points. The hardened grease will provide additional protection against moisture. Remove the drive chains and wash them out in petroleum (do not use any other solvent). At the same time, check the chains and chain wheels for wear. Oil the chains after they are cleaned, mount them and place them under tension. Check all movable components such as deflector rollers, joints, tension rollers, etc. to make certain they move easily. If necessary remove, clean, grease and remount. If necessary, replace with new parts. Use only original KRONE replacement parts. Disassemble the PTO shaft. Lubricate the inner tubes and the guard tube with grease. Grease the lubrication points on the cross joint and grease the bearing rings of the guard tube. Park the machine in a dry location, but not in the vicinity of artificial fertilisers or livestock buildings. Repair places with damaged paint and preserve all bare metal places thoroughly with rust protection agent.

Caution! The machine should only be placed on blocks with a suitable vehicle lifting device. Make certain that the machine is stable and safe when it is on blocks.

To remove load from the tyres, set the machine on blocks. Protect the tyres against external influences such as oil, grease, direct sunlight, etc Perform the necessary repair tasks during the time immediately after the harvest season. Draw up a list of all replacement parts you will need. This will make it easier for your KRONE dealer to process your orders and you will be certain that your machine will be ready for use at the beginning of the next season.


Placing in Storage

310

Pos: 38.7 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/U-Z/Vor Beginn der neuen Saison @ 0\mod_1197386024448_78.docx @ 20081 @ @ 1

17.3 Before the Start of the New Season Pos: 38.8 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.docx @ 9134 @ @ 1

17.4 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 38.9 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr Wartung allgemein (2014-04-04 11:57:46) @ 0\mod_1199884069862_78.docx @ 36704 @ @ 1




Pos: 38.10 /BA/Einlagerung/Ladewagen/Vor der Saisaon @ 0\mod_1200296568148_78.docx @ 39440 @ 1 @ 1

• Grease all lubrication points and oil the chains. Wipe away grease that emerges from lubrication points.

• Check the oil level in the gearbox(es) and top up if necessary. • Check hydraulic hoses and lines for leaks and replace them if necessary. • Check the air pressure in the tyres and refill if necessary. • Check all screws to make certain they are tight or retighten them if necessary. • Check all electrical connection cables and the lighting. Repair or replace it if necessary. • Check all attachments of the machine. • Check the entire setting of the machine and correct if necessary.

Pos: 39 /Layout Module /---------------Seitenumbruch---------------- @ 0\mod_1196175311226_0.docx @ 4165 @ 2 @ 1

Malfunctions - Causes and Remedies

311

Pos: 40.1 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/P-T/Störungen - Ursachen und Behebung @ 0\mod_1200296925180_78.docx @ 39459 @ @ 1

18 Malfunctions - Causes and Remedies Pos: 40.2 /Überschriften/Überschriften 2/P-T/Spezielle Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1196660495760_78.docx @ 9134 @ @ 1

18.1 Special Safety Instructions Pos: 40.3 /BA/Sicherheit/7. Gefahrenhinweise alt/Ladewagen/Gefahr Wartung allgemein @ 249\mod_1396605463987_78.docx @ 1933029 @ @ 1

DANGER! - When performing repair, maintenance or cleaning work on the machine, or in the case of technical intervention, drive elements may start moving. Effect: Danger to life, injuries or damage to the machine. • Switch off tractor engine, remove the ignition key and carry it with you. • Secure machine and tractor against rolling. • Switch off PTO shaft and disconnect it. • After the repair, maintenance, cleaning work or technical modifications are completed,

mount all protective covers and safety devices properly again. • Avoid skin contact with oils, greases, cleaning agents and solvents. • In the event of injuries or burns due to oils, cleaning agents or solvents, contact a physician


Pos: 40.4 /BA/Störungen - Ursachen und Behebung/Ladewagen/Tabellarische Auflistung Teil1 Ladewagen @ 116\mod_1339745332562_78.docx @ 1012867 @ @ 1

Malfunction Possible cause Remedy

Blockages in the feed area Swaths are of uneven height or too large

Pick up smaller, more uniform swaths

Stop immediately and switch off the P.T.O. shaft!

Travelling speed too high Reduce travelling speed

Roller crop guide of Pick-up too low

Position roller crop guide higher

Passage in feed channel is too small

Observe hitching height

The overload coupling engages during loading

Always switch off the P.T.O. shaft Determine the cause for the fault and eliminate it. Then turn the P.T.O. shaft on again

Travelling speed too high Reduce travelling speed

Blade dull Remove dull blades and sharpen them or replace them with new ones

Material loaded in the upper channel is being baled with too much pressing force

Do not switch on feed too late

Noises can be heard from the conveyor drum

Blade(s) defective Replace defective blade(s)

Scrapers are not in alignment Replace or straighten the scrapers

Tines of the conveyor drum bent Straighten tines

Pos: 40.5 /BA/Störungen - Ursachen und Behebung/Ladewagen/Tabellarische Auflistung Messerbruch Ladewagen @ 116\mod_1339745933702_78.docx @ 1012896 @ @ 1

Increased blade breakage Wrong blades used Use other blades (refer to chapter entitled Settings “Blade Versions”)


Malfunctions - Causes and Remedies

312

Pos: 40.7 /BA/Störungen - Ursachen und Behebung/Ladewagen/Tabellarische Auflistung Teil2 Ladewagen @ 115\mod_1339743171429_78.docx @ 1012838 @ 1 @ 1


Increased blade breakage; more force must be applied for the blade control system

Safety rollers of single blade locking device move sluggishly

The safety rollers must turn easily during the selection (see section on Maintenance "Checking the Safety Rollers of Individual Knife Retention")

Blade safety device zu hart 140 mm

Adjust the response threshold weaker (refer to chapter Cutting system “Setting the single blade locking device (response threshold)”)

Hydraulic system not working System screw on the hydraulic valve block not set correctly

Check the setting and change if necessary

Power supply interrupted Check the connections of the electromagnetic valves and perform a function test of valves with hydraulic emergency activation

Bad chop quality Dull blades Regrind or replace blades

P.T.O. speed too high Reduce P.T.O. speed

Swath size too small Increase swath or increase driving speed

The crop is lying in the direction of travel due to mowing

Align the crop perpendicular to the direction of travel by swathing again

Blade safety device set too weak (blades elude too early)

Adjust the response threshold higher (refer to chapter Cutting system “Setting the single blade locking device (response threshold)”)

Pos: 40.8 /BA/Störungen - Ursachen und Behebung/Ladewagen/Störung_Ursache_Behebung Medium_Ausführung @ 31\mod_1252059241050_78.docx @ 303118 @ @ 1


During unloading operation with activated cross conveyor, the floor conveyor supply is not activated by pressing key (12) once, but the key (12) is inching.

The setting of parameter “Cross conveyor” is wrong.

Call up the sensor test, check the parameter “Cross conveyor ” and set if necessary.

Pressure builts up with activated hydraulic, but there are no functions carried out when pressing the medium keys.

The setting of parameter “Load-Sensing” is wrong.

Call up the sensor test, check the parameter “Load-Sensing” and set if necessary.


Appendix

313

Pos: 42 /Überschriften/Überschriften 1/A-E/Anhang @ 1\mod_1202278612285_78.docx @ 58360 @ @ 1

19 Appendix Pos: 43 /BA/Anhang/Ladewagen/Schaltpläne ZX_Baureihe @ 1\mod_1202279417410_78.docx @ 58379 @ @ 1

You will find the circuit diagrams listed below in the Appendix 1 Circuit diagram - standard operation 2 Circuit diagram for in-cab Comfort kit 3 Electrical circuit diagram for ABS brake system

=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Inhalt ===

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

��'� &��

�&=>?=?

?@@A4BC

D��D�� D��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

��JK� LJ

��JK� �%M

�� N��

&�O�$�"

PLJQ��

� ��RQ%��

R

�"S��T��#"��&�� '�� (��"�K� �T� ��%�"��U�� S��(�K" �N��S��(�K"�� &� �'�� (��"�K�T�� J�KP ��"T $ ��J�KV ��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� '�� (��"�K"T��T� ��%�"��U�� S��(�K" �N��S��(�K"�� &� �'�� (��"�K�T�� J�KP ��"T $ ��J�KV ��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$ ��"T $ L��W�X!M��&��$Y L��XP�� &��"��" Y L��XZ��$Y $��(��" �"��&#�� L��X��$��Y �� U��Q� �T�R �� MU��Q"T��T�R �� " �� &��N��'� &�� MU� �� U�

#�$�"�� &��L��K�� L��K��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$ �L��K��#�$�"��"T $ �"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$��"T $ PLJK�T� "��&�� $

� ��

� ��

��

� ��

��

� � �

[%� �'�� (��"�K�[%" �'�� (��"�KO ��JDP \J� ��JDV��$[%�[%" �'�� (��"�KO ��JDP \J� ��JDV��$

�'�� (��"�K�

[%��S \J� �]�_LJ� ��J_LJD �]�_LJ�� ]�_LJ�� ]�_LJ�� ]D_�U�_LJ ��]D_MU�_�%M L\J��]�_�U�_LJ��]�_MU�_�%M

O�$�"_LJ ��_� ��_� [%��S ��_� [%��S O\J� ��$[%��S J�� \J� PLJ

� �� W�D�

� �

N�� N�� N�� N�� N��

abc defg

� ��

��

� ��

��

� ��

��

W�D��

� ��

��

� ��

K��'�

&��&

h�i�M�M

�D�U��DQO

\�R

��J_V \J�_M��' ��J_P ��_O � O�%

=G@H

>Ijk

=G@H

>Ijk � D��' G?7?k

=7GGH7l7m)m

n0.<7k1n78=

Go=717j1n7IA

GpIA@

Z��\J\�\��P�M

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

��'� &��

L=>?=?

?@@A4BC (" �(�

"��Kq��&�& $�Kq

��"T�r�\&''

&��'� &�� "��&

��(&��h��'�

&��L��DD�Ks�

��L� DDD��D��

D��E��'

��

�FGH ?I

N�� N�� N�� N��N��

abc defg

��JK� LJ

��JK� �%M

�� N��

&�O�$�"

PLJQ��

� ��RQ%��

R

�"S��T��#"��&�� '�� (��"�K� �T� ��%�"��U�� S��(�K" �N��S��(�K"�� &� �'�� (��"�K�T�� J�KP ��"T $ ��J�KV ��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� '�� (��"�K"T��T� ��%�"��U�� S��(�K" �N��S��(�K"�� &� �'�� (��"�K�T�� J�KP ��"T $ ��J�KV ��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$ ��"T $ L��W�X!M��&��$Y L��XP�� &��"��" Y L��XZ��$Y $��(��" �"��&#�� L��X��$��Y �� U��Q� �T�R �� MU��Q"T��T�R �� " �� &��N��'� &�� MU� �� U�

#�$�"�� &��L��K�� L��K��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$ �L��K��#�$�"��"T $ �"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$��$�$��(" �(��$��"��&��"S��T��#"��&�� (" �(��$��"T $ PLJK�T� "��&�� $

[%� �'�� (��"�K�[%" �'�� (��"�KO ��JDP \J� ��JDV��$[%�[%" �'�� (��"�KO ��JDP \J� ��JDV��$

�'�� (��"�K�

[%��S \J� �]�_LJ� ��J_LJD �]�_LJ�� ]�_LJ�� ]�_LJ�� ]D_�U�_LJ ��]D_MU�_�%M L\J��]�_�U�_LJ��]�_MU�_�%M

O�$�"_LJ ��_� ��_� [%��S ��_� [%��S O\J� ��$[%��S J�� \J� PLJ

QZP�JR

Q��T��""��R

��_O � O�%��J_P\J�_M��'��J_V

� ��

��

� ��

��

� ��

��

W�D��

� ��

��

� ��

K ��'�

&��L DD �h��i�M�M

�D�U��DQO

\�R

=G@H

>Ijk

=G@H

>Ijk

� D��' G?7?k

=7GGH7l7m)m

n0.<7k1n78=

Go=717j1n7IA

GpIA@

Z��\J\�\��P�M

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

(" �(��" �

��"S��T��

��h��'� &�

=>?=??@@A

4BC "��" �!L��L��

�S�"'�T�

��!L��L��

��D��

D��D��D��

D�� E��'��

��E��'��

D�D�� DDW

��

FGH ?I

N�� N �� N�� N �� N�� N �� N�� N ��

N� ��N� �� N� �� N� �� N� ��

N��N�� N�� N�� N��N�� N�� N��N��

N�� N��

N�� N��

N�� N ��

[� O_�q�N � \J�_�q�N W��J_V��J_P \J�_M��'� O�%��J_ _V

��J_ _P ��_O

\J�_M��'� O�%��J_ _V

��J_ _P ��_O

��J_V\J�_M��'

��J_P� O�%

@Kq D�&

��JKP_��

��JKV_��

= GH > I j

\J�_��

[� O_��

��_O

�Kq��

�Kq��

�Kq� �

B KqDD� 4

4Kq�D�� B

��N�DKqN��

�Kq& �

4Kq��& B

�N�DKqN��& ��

�Kq��

��

��

�

Kq��&

�

�

� KqD� �

� �Kq� � �

@Kq �� H > I j G=� �KqN��& � �

� Kq& �

Gj=I>H@KqD&

= Kq�WG@H>IjkA

Kq�Kq��

Kq��DKq�WD

Kq DDKq �D

K��D�

Kq��Kq� �&��

��"T $

�&��[�

O

m)mn0.<7+m

tu.7;*<7vwx

�LJ��"(y��&��&(�"�*n0z*

/7+<*{{7+*

/|.}*<

C*-n,0.<7~

vC7vx

NNNNNN

NNNNN

NN

N NN NN

NN

NNNNNNN

NN

N NN N

N N N N N

N NNN N N

N NN

NN

�M �Z

��J_ _P\J

��J_ _V�P ��_O\�

� O�%_M��'�

\��J_�_

P\J\J�_M

��'�\�

��J_�_V�P

[� O_�q�N �

\�\J�_�

q�N WZ�

��_O\�

\J�_M��'�\

��J_�_

P\J

��J_�_V�P

� O�%_M��'�

\�

[� O_�q�N �

\�\J�_�

q�N WZ�

��_O\�

� O�%_M��'�

\��J_�_

P\J\J�_M

��'�\�

��J_�_V�P

�� K��

�(�S&��

��&T

S��E

��&T

��_[� O\� ��J_P\J

\J�_��y�\

��J_V

�P]&��

�Z[� O�

�M\JN\��Z�PZ��

��J_ _PN�\J��J_ _VN��P

��J_ _PN \J

��J_ _VN �P

��J_ _PN�\J

��J_ _VN��P

��_O\�

� O�%_M��'�

\��J_�_

P\J\J�_M

��'�\�

��J_�_V�P

[� ON��M

\J�N��Z

\J�N��Z[� ON

�M\J�N

�Z

[� ON��M

[� O�M \J��Z

[� O�M

\J��Z

[� O�M

��_O

[� O_��

\J� [� O�%_M

��]L\J�_

P\J�_

P\J�_

P\J�_

P\J�_

P�L\_\

J�_��L\_\

J�_ �L\_\

J�_��L\_\

J�_�L\_\

J�_��L\_\

J�_�D

�L\_\J�_�

�[� O

_P_��

[� O_�J�

\J�_�J�

\J�_�J�

��J_�KV

��J_�KP

��J_ KV

��J_ KV

��J_ KP

��J_ KP

M��]L_

{,nnu} �S��(�

� ��#"��&��

� �T��T��

��"T

$�� O��T��

��[� O

��T��M��

]L��"T

$�� O��T��

��"T

$�� O��T��

��"T

$�� O��T��

��"T

$�� O��T��

��"T

$�� O��T��

��$��&

�� "��

$��&��

"�� $��&

�� "��

$��&��

"��$��&

�� "��

$��&��

"��D$��&

�� "��

�&��#"��&

��& &�"

��#"��&��

�\J��

& &�"��

�"��\J��

& &�"��

�"��

{,nnu}7)z�z

0mu7{./{*<{

{,nnu}7m/m

u*�7{./{*<{

C4�7=

C4�7G

� � W ��D

� ��

�W�� D��

� ��

W ��D ��

�� W� �D

��

� �T�� "T��T��

q�q�_�

Dq�_�

q�_

Dq�_�

q�_�

�q�_

q�_

�q�_�

Dq�_�

�q�_�

�q�_� q�_�

q�_�

Dq�_� q�_�

��D�

q�_W q�_ �

q�_ W

q�_��

q�_�

q�_� q�_

q�_ �

q�_��

q�_��

q�_ �

q�_

q�_��

q�_ �

q�_��

q�_�W

q�_��

q�_��

q�_�

q�_�

q�_ q�_ q�_ q�_��

q�_� q�_�W

q�_�

�L\V��_

��L\V

��_

�L\��_�

�L\��_�

D�L\�

�_��

�L\_ �L\_� �J�V��_

��J�V

��_

\_�M��]_

�V�!Z

]�M�_�

V�!Z]�M�

_ !Z]

P�_�!Z]

P�_�P�_�

��$�!

M��&��

��$�$

��(�&��"

��&

��&��"��

�$��

�� &U��"

(y�$h��D��

��&U��&��

��"��&

��&��(�"��

$� ��"&

$� ��

��" ��&(��

$��S&

�" ��T��

� D�"��

�T��""��(

" #��"�

� ��& ��"

�� (�� &��" �

"��$�&S

�&��

��&��&$$��

#��'

��("T��

��$��(�&��

��"��

��

��&U��h��W�

��&U��

� ��&��

&$$��#��

��'��

&��$��&#��

��""��(" #

��"�V��S"

�y� ��""$�

��

N�� N�� N�� N�D�� N�� N�� N�� N�� N�� N�� NW�� N�D�� N�� N�� N��K� �]��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

�"��("'�T��

�� (" �(

�"��q�=>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S�h"�

��" �� S

��D�� D��

��E��'��

D�D�� DDW

��

FGH ?I

*n0z*/7)<m

�tm<m,0*-

m0z+

*n0z*/7�*<

�z/�;u**)

uz��0{

*n0z*/7m,0

*-m0z+

u*m).<

*n0z*/7<mn

z)70<m|.<{.

m,0*-m0z+

*n0z*/7uz;07

mou.67mou.

u*+�

� WWKq� �� Kq� �Kq� � ��Kq� �� W��

N��D_�U

�N��N��

�D _�q�N �

N�� D�_�q

�N N��

�D�_�q�N��

N�D��D�_�q

�N��

N��D_�q

�N�W

NW��_�q

�N N�D��

��_��W_�q�N

�N��VD�_�q

�N��

N�� _�q

�ND�

N��D�_�q

�N �

N��[� O_�

q�N �N��

\J�_�q�N W

N��J_P

N��J_VN��

��_ON��

� O�%N��

\J�_M��'

N��J_ _

V N��J_ _

P

NVD�Z� N�DZ� N�D Z� N�D�Z� N�D�Z� N�D�Z� N�D�N��DZ� N�DZ� N

��J_�_V�P N

��J_�_P\J N

��J_ _V�P N

��J_ _P\JN

��_��WZ�N��Z�N�� Z�

N\J�_M

��'�\�N

� O�%_M��'�\

�N\J�_�

q�N WZ�N

[� O_�q�N �

\�N��_O

\�

N��[� O_P

_��

@=Kq�

N[� O_P

_��\�

@G@H

N�� DN� �

_�q�N��N��

� D_�q�N�

@>

N�� _�q

�N�N� DZ� N� �Z�N

� D_� ��M

[� OP_�Z

[� O��%_

P\J� \J� \J�_

P\J�_

P\J�_

P\J�_

P�L\_\

J�_��L\_\

J�_�L\_\

J�_��L\_\

J�_W�L\_\

J�_�

�L\_\J�_�

��L\_\

J�_�

�L\_\J�_�

��L\_\

J�_��

�L\_\J�_�

W�L\_\

J�_ �

[� O_�J�

[� O_�J�

\J�_�J�

\J�_�J�

��J_�KV

��J_�KP

� O��S��(��

$�T��

��Q!"��R

��"T $�� O

��T��

��"T $�� O

��T��

��"T $�� O

��T��

��"T $�� O

��T��

��"T $�� O

��T��

��"T $�� O

��T��

$��&��

"��$��&

�� "��

$��&��

"��$��&

�� "��W

$��&��

"�� $��&

�� "��

$��&��

"��$��&

�� "��

$��&��

"��$��&

�� "��W

$��&��

"�� & &�"

��#"��&��

�& &�"

��#"��&��

�\J��

& &�"��

�"��\J��

& &�"��

�"��

{,nnu}

{,nnu}7)z�z

0mu7{./{*<{

{,nnu}7m/m

u*�7{./{*<{

C4�7=

� � W ��D

� ��

�W�� D��

� ��

W ��D ��

�� W� �D

��

� �T�� "T��T��

q q _�

q _�

�q _�

�q _ q _�

Wq _

q _� q _� q _�

Dq _�

q _�

Dq _�

Wq _

q _�

q _� q _�

�q _�

q _ �

q _

q _��

q _�

q _ �

q _ W

q _�

q _��

q _�

q _��

q _��

q _� q _ D

q _ �

q _� q _ �

q _�D

q _ �

q _��

q _ q _q _W q _��

q _��

q _��

�L\V��_

��L\V

��_

�L\��_�

�L\��_W

�L\��_�

�L\�

�_��

�L\_�

�L\_��

�L\_��

�L\_�W

V�!Z]�M�

_�V�!Z

]�M�_�

!Z]P�_�

!Z]P�_�

D

�L\_ �

]%PML_�

�J�V��_

�

��"��$

�&S�&��"S�

��"�

��$�&S�&

��

�(yKT��&��

��"��W�(

� ��&��T��(

&��" �&(��#�

��("T��

��(�"��("

#��"�� W�S

"�y� ��& ��

��(yKT�

��(�"��(

" #��"��

��(�"��(

" #��"��

��W�(� ��&�

��T��(&��" �

��'

��(yKT�

�

N�� N�� N�� N�D�� N� �� N�� N� ��

N� ��

N�D�� N��K�

N�� _�q

N�j

N�� W_�q

N �N��

� W_�q N �

GHG@Kq

N�� _�q

N �N��

��_�q N D

GjG?Kq

N� ��_�q

N��

N� ��_�q

N WN� ��

��_�q N �

W �Kq ��Kq

N��_�q

N��

��@G A

N�D��W_�q

N� N�D��

��W_�q NW

N��Z� N��Z� N��Z�

N��Z�N��Z�N��Z�N��WZ� N��WZ�

N� W�M N� WZ� N� Z�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

�"��("'�T��

�� (" �(

�"��q =>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S�h"�

��" �� S

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

*n0z*/7+<*

{{+*/|.

}*<

*n0z*/7)<m

�tm<m,0*-

m0z+

*n0z*/7+./

0<muu,t<z+

m0z*/

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

�"��("'�T��

�� (" �(

�"��q�=>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S

��D�� D��

��E��'��

D�D�� DDW

��

FGH ?I

N�� N�� N�� N�� N��

N�� N�� N�� N�� N��

N��

N��

��D��D

��D��D

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

��D��D

��D��D

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

NW�� N�� N�� N�� NW�� NW�� NW�� NW�� NW��

N��

[� O��%_P [� O��%_P [� O��%_P \J� \J� \J� \J�_P\J�_P \J�_P \J�_P \J�_P \J�_P \J�_P \J�_P \J�_P�L\_\J�_�� L\_\J�_ D[� O_�J� [� O_�J� \J�_�J� \J�_�J��J_ KV ��J_ KP M��]L_

�T�� T�� T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T�� "T $�� O��T��$��&�� "�� $��&�� "�� D& &�"��#"��&�� & &�"��#"��&�� \J��& &�"�� "�� \J��& &�"�� "��

{,nnu}

{,nnu}7)z�z0mu7{./{*<{{,nnu}7m/mu*�7{./{*<{

C4�7G

� � W � �D

� ��

�W �� D ��

� � ��

W � ��D � ��

�� W� �D

��

� �T��

"T��T��

q�

q�_�D q�_�W q�_ � q�_ q�_� q�_�� q�_��q�_ q�_� q�_� q�_�D q�_ � q�_� q�_�D q�_� q�_ q�_�� q�_�

��

�W�&T�"'&�

�(��"&$��

*n0z*/

~*�.<1�*m

)

�D�_�q�N�

��_�q�N�� D_�q�N� �DW_�q�N� �D�_�q�N �D_�q�N�� D_�q�N �D�_�q�N�� D�_�q�N�� D�_�q�NW

��_�q N D

��_�q N �

�_\J� �_� O �_��J_ V �_��J_ P �_

�_\J� �_� O �_��J_ V �_��J_ P �_

Kq��

�Kq��

Kq� �

�Kq� �

=Kq��

@

GKq��

=Kq��

@

GKq��

=KqO��

�_�

GKqO��

�_�@=

KqO��_&��

GKqO��

�_&��

@=

KqO��_&

GKqO��

�_&@=

KqO��_��

GKqO��

�_��

@

=Kq�� G @ H >

= G @ H >

=G@H>� � �

=Kq�& � �

� Kq�&

��

��

W�

��

�DKq�

�WKq�

�� D�

Kq� W

��W

=AKq GIKq

q�_�W

� ��&$��&

��U�� $

�L\_ D

N��K�

q�_�D

��&$��&

��&(�

�L\��_�

�N��

K� q _

��"��$

�&S�&��

�L\��_�

�N��

K� q _�

W

��"��$

�&S�&��"S�

��L\�

�_�

N�� K�

q�_�� q�_� q�_� q�_ W q�_W q�_�� q�_�� q�_

q�_�� q�_ Dq�_ � q�_ � q�_� q�_ q�_�� q�_�W

q�_ � q�_�

q�_�� q�_ q�_� q�_� q�_��

q�_��

�L\��_�� L\_ D ]%PML_ ]%PML_� �M��]_ �M��]_� �M��]_�!Z]P�_ !Z]P�_� !Z]P�_ !Z]P�_ !Z]P�_� !Z]P�_W !Z]P�_�� !Z]P�_� P�_ P�_� P�_�

��&$��&��&(� � ��&$��&��U�� $ ��"��" ��&$��&� �W�&T�"'&��(��"&$��"S �D��""��(" #��"��T�� D ��""��(" #��"��T�

�D��""��(" #��"��"�S&�$� �D ��""��(" #��"��&(yS&�$� �D��T (��" �#&�#�� D��T (��" �#&�#�� D��&��&�� D��&��&�� D��"��$�&S�&�� DW�"��$�&S�&�� D��&$��&�� &$��&�� D��(yKT��

N�� N�� N�� N�� N��

N�� N�� N�� N�� NW�� NW�� NW�� NW�� NW�� NW�� N��

K� �]��

�

�

K�� &$��&� ��&(�

�

�

K� ��&$��&� �U�� $

�

�

K�� "�� $�&S�&�

�

�

K��"��

$�&S�&� ��

��&U��(&

��S�� $

�#�(�

957�7{0m/)

m<)7.�,zn-

./07;<*-7}.

m<7*;7-m/,

;m+0,<.7G?=

G457p78

57�7*n0z*/

u7;<*-7}.m<7

*;7-m/,;m+

0,<.7G?=G

*n0z*/7.u.+

0<*/z+u*m)7

{./{z/�

.�,zn-./0

NNN

NNN

N

NNNNNNNNN

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N�D�\�

�D \�

��\�

��\�

�� Z� �P �Z

\JN\� �Z�PZ��

\JN\� �Z�PZ��

\JN\�

�D�Z�

�D Z�

��Z�

��Z�

�D�Z� �D�Z� �D�Z� �DZ� �DZ� �D�\� �DW\� ��DZ� ��Z�

�D�Z�

�\��\� \�

\� �\��\�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

�� "��

=>?=??@@A

4BCD�D�

� DDW��

�FGH ?I

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

N��

N��

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

�D�_�q�N

�D�_�q�N��

�D_�U�N��

�D_�q�N�W

�D�_�q�N�

�D�_�q�N �

�Kq�D�

& Kq�D�

&

Kq�D�&�

Kq�D�&

Kq�D�

&�Kq�D�

&

Kq�D

&�Kq�D

&

Kq�D

&�Kq�D

&�

Kq�D�&

Kq�D�&

�Kq D�

Kq D�

�Kq D�

Kq D�

�Kq D�

Kq D�

�Kq D�

�Kq D�

�Kq D&

Kq D&

�Kq D&

Kq D&

�Kq D&

Kq D&

�Kq D&

�Kq D&

�Kq�

�Kq�

� Kq�

�DKq�

��Kq�

DKq�

q�_ �

��"��"

��&$��&�

]%PML_

N��K�

q�_ �

��S&�" ��T

��L\_�

N�� K�

q�_��

��&��&��

�(�"��$

�L\��_�

�N��

K� q�_

D

��&��&��

�"�� $

�L\��_�

N�� K�

q�_�

��$�$

��(�&��"

��L\V

��_

N�� K�

q�_�D

��$�!

M��&��

�L\V��_

�N��

K�

� K�� S&�" ��T��

� K��

��$�$��(�

&��"��

� K�

��$�!M��

��&��

K��&��&�

��(�"��$

� K��

�"��" ��&$

��&��

K��&��&�

��"�� $

x/u}7m|mzum

tu.7��./37

)z{+�m<�.7

�m�*/�

|*<�m/)./

7t.z7�F7,/)

7��-z07�

})<m,uz{+�.

<7~z+�,n�

x/u}7m|mzum

tu.7��./37

957)z{+�m<

�.7�m�*/

N N NN

N

N

N N

N

NN NN

NN N N

N N N �D�\��D�Z��D�Z�

�D�\��D�\��D�Z� �D�Z�

�D\� �D\��DZ� �DZ�

�D\�

�D�\��D�Z�

�DZ�

�D�\�

�D�\� �D�\��D�Z��D�Z�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

#&�#��

=>?=??@@A

4BC �� &��" �

�S��D��

D��E��'

��D�D�

� DDW��

�FGH ?I

N��

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

�D�_�q�N��

�D�_�q�N��

�� _�q�ND�

��_�q N��

�D_�q�N

�KqD��

KqD��

�KqD�&

KqD�&

�Kq�D�

� Kq�D�

�

�Kq�D�

� Kq�D�

�

�Kq�D�

� Kq�D�

�

�Kq�D

� Kq�D

�

�Kq��

� Kq��

�

�Kq�D

� Kq�D

�

�Kq��

� Kq��

� Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

��

Kq�D��

Kq�D��

�Kq�D�

��

Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D��

&�

Kq�D��&

Kq�D��&

�Kq�D��

&

�Kq�D�

Kq�D�

Kq�D�

Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

WKq�D�

�DKq�D�

WKq�D�

�DKq�D�

�Kq�D&

Kq�D&

Kq�D&

Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

WKq�D&

�DKq�D&

WKq�D&

�DKq�D&

Kq�

�Kq�

�Kq�

�DKq�

�Kq�

��Kq�

�Kq�

�Kq

�Kq�

� K��

�&��$��&#��

��""��(" #

��"��

K�D��T (��"

�#&�#��

� K�D

��""��(" #��

"��&(yS&�

$��

K�D��""��(

" #��"��"�S

&�$��

K�D��T (��"

�#&�#��

� K�D ��(yKT��

� K�� (yKT��

q�_�

�D��(yKT�

��

P�_�N��

K� q�_�

D

�D��T (��"

�#&�#��

!Z]P�_

N��K�

q�_�

�D��T (��"

�#&�#��

!Z]P�_

N��K�

q�_�

�D ��""��(

" #��"��&

(yS&�$�

!Z]P�_�

N��K�

q�_

�D��""��("

#��"��"�S

&�$�

!Z]P�_

N��K�

q�_��

�D ��""��("

#��"��T�

�M��

]_�N��

K� q�_�

�D��""��("

#��"��T��

��M��

]_ N��

K�

q _�

��(yKT�

�

!Z]P�_�

DN��

K� q�_�

�� &��$��

�&#��""

��(" #��"�

!Z]P�_�

N�� K�

x/u}7m|mzum

tu.7��./37

)z{+�m<�.7

�m�*/x/u}7m|mzum

tu.7��./37G

7;u**<7+*/|

.}*<7)<z|.

N

NN

NN N

NN

NN

N N

N

N

N

N

N

NN

N

N N

N N

NNN N

N

N

N

N

N

N

�D�\��D�\� �D�Z� �D�Z�

�D Z��D Z�

�� Z�� Z�

�D \�

�� \� �� \�

�D \�

�D�\�

�D�\�

�D�\�

�D�\�

�D�Z��D�Z�

�D�Z� �D�Z�

�D\� �D\�

��Z��\� ��Z�

�DZ� �DZ�

��\� ��Z�

q�D��_�\�

q�D��_�\�

q�D��_ Z�

q�D��_�Z�

��\�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

W45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

#&�#��

=>?=??@@A

4BCD�D�

� DDW��

�FGH ?I

N��

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��'"$T

�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

�D�_�q�N

�DW_�q�N�

�D�_�q�NW

�D_�q�N��

��_�q�N

��D_�q�N�

��_�q�N��

�Kq�D�

� Kq�D�

�

�Kq�D

� Kq�D

�

�Kq�D�

� Kq�D�

�

�Kq�DW

� Kq�DW

�

�Kq��D

� Kq��D

�

�Kq��

� Kq��

�

�Kq��

� Kq��

�

� Kq�D�

��Kq�D�

��Kq�D�

��Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

��Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

��Kq�D�

Kq�D�

Kq�D�

�WKq�D�

DKq�D�

�Kq�D�

Kq�D�

��Kq�D&

��Kq�D&

� Kq�D&

��Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

��Kq�D&

��Kq�D&

Kq�D&

Kq�D&

�WKq�D&

DKq�D&

�Kq�D&

Kq�D&

� Kq�

�DKq�

� Kq�

�Kq�

Kq�

��Kq�

�Kq�

� K��D

��&$��&��

� K��

��&$��&��

� K�D�

"��$�&S

�&��

K�DW"��

�$�&S�&��

� K�D �&��&��

� K�D� �&��&��

� K��

("T�� $��

(�&��"��

��

q�_��

��&$��

&��

P�_�N��

K� q�_��D��&$��

&��

P�_ N��

K� q�_�

�DW�"��$

�&S�&��

!Z]P�_�

N��

K� q�_�

D

�D��"��$

�&S�&��

!Z]P�_�

�N��

K� q�_�

�D��&��&�

��

!Z]P�_W

N��K�

q�_ �

�D��&��&�

��

!Z]P�_�

N��K�

q�_�

��("T��

��$��(�&��

��"��

V�!Z]�M�

_�N�� K� x/u}7m|mzum

tu.7��./37

)z{+�m<�.7

�m�*/

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N N NN

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N �D\�

�D�\�

�D�\�

�DW\�

�D\�

�D�\�

�D�\�

�DW\�

�DZ�

�D�Z�

�D�Z�

�DWZ�

�DZ�

�D�Z�

�D�\�

�DW\�

��Z� ��Z��\��\�

��D\�

��\�

��D\�

��\�

��DZ�

��Z�

��DZ�

��Z�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�D45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��&

U��h�&U��"(y

h�(� ��&��T�

��(&��"

=>?=??@@A

4BC �� &��" �

�Sh�(� ��&��T�

��(&��" � �S

D�DW� D� �

��E��'��

D�D�� DDW

��

FGH ?I

!

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

N��

*n0z*/7uz;07

mou.

�D�_�q�N��

��_��W_�q�N �

� �K��

�� &U

��"(y�$

��W_�q N�

=G@H

��W_�q NW

�Kq��

Kq��

�Kq�D�

N��D&

Kq�D�

N��D&

=Kq��W

& GKq��W

&

�Kq��

�_��W�

Kq��_��W

��

Kq��&

�Kq��&

=Kq��W

�G@

H

=Kq�N�

�W�

GKq�N�

�W�@

Kq�N��W� H

Kq�N��W�

=G@H

=Kq�N�

�W&

GKq�N�

�W&@

Kq�N��W& H

Kq�N��W&

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D�

�Kq�D&

�Kq�D&

=k Kq

=?Kq �

Kq�

� Kq�

� K��_

��W��

��&U��_��&U

��

q _��

��W�(� ��&�

��T��(&��"

��'

!Z]P�_�

N�� K�

q _�D

��W�(� ��&�

��T��(&��" �

&(��#��L\_�

�N��

K�

q�_�

��

��&U��h��W�

��&U��

V�!Z]�M�

_ N�� K�

q�_�

��

&U��"(y�$

h��D��

��&U��&��

��"��

�L\��_�

DN��

K�

� ��K��W (� ��&��T��(&��" �&(��#� ��DD��

��W�(� ��&�

��T��(&��" �

��'

�D�� &$&��(&�� $��K�T��&��K�"��*n0z*

/7+./0<mu7u,

t<z+m0z*/

*n0z*/7uz;07

mou.67mou.7u

*+�

*n0z*/7mou.

u*+�"��"

�&U��"(y�"�

�"��"

��&U��

� 1-mo27

>4=G�

N N NN

NNN N

NN

N

NNNNN

N

N

NN

�D�N��D\��D�N��DZ� �D�Z� �D�\�

��_��W\� ��_��WZ��_��WZ��_��W\�

��WZ��W\�

��WZ�

��W\��&T �� S��Z� ��&T�P �(�S&��Z

��WZ�

��W\�

��WZ��W\�

� K��D

��&U��&��

��"�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

��45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��&

��&�� h�S

"�y� ��""$

��=>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��

FGH ?I

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

= KqV � G KqV �

=KqVU� G

KqVU�

VD�_�q�N��

= KqV�� G KqV��

= G

=KqVUU� G

KqVUU�

=KqV�� GKqV��

=KqVUUU� G

KqVUUU�

= KqV& G KqV&

= G

= G

�Kq�

& Kq�

&

Kq�D� Kq�D�

�Kq�

�DKq�

��Kq�K� �

K�� q�_�

V��S"�y� ��

��""$��

P�_�N��

K� q�_�

D

� ��&��

&$$��#��

��'

!Z]P�_�

N�� K�

q�_��

� ��&��

&$$��#��

��'\_�M

��]_� N��

K�

KV��S"�y�

��""$��

� P��

KV�� S"�y�

��""$��

P��

KV��S"�y�

��""$��

� P��

=Kq�

GKq�

=Kq��

GKq��

�"��" ��

�$��"��("

'�T��

�"��" ��

�$��"��("

'�T��

*n0z*/7�*<

�z/�7;u**)

uz��0{*n0z*

/7{zum�.7m)

)z0z|.7{}{0.

-

� ��&��&

$$��#��

'-mo27

>4=G�

� 1N NN

NNN

NN

NN

NNVD�\� VD�Z�

VD�\�

VD�Z�

VD�\� VD�Z�

VD�\�

VD�\�

VD�Z�

q��\� q��Z�q��_�q�N�D \�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

� 45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��(�"�

��(" #��"�

=>?=??@@A

4BC �� &��" �

�S��D��

D��E��'

��D�D�

� DDW��

�FGH ?IN��

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� L�N�� (" �(��"

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

N��

N��

N�� N��N�� N��

��

��S

� ��PLJ

��

��[�

O_�Z�M��'

�� [�

O�M��'��

��

JKP��

��\J

��M��'��

��

JKV��

��

��

��

��g b a dc ef ��

�gb a dc ef

\J�_M��' � O�%��_O ��J_ _P

��_�q N �

��_�q N W

��_�q N��

��J_ _V

�Kq��

& Kq��

&

=Kq��

� GKq��

�

=Kq��

� GKq��

�=G@H>=G@H>

=G@H>KqMD

&� = Kq�DDG> H @

� ��

� ��

KqMD (&

� ��KqMD

�& � ��

= G@KqV�(y_�_� H > I j = G@KqV�(y_P_� H > I j�Kq&� � � �

= G @ H > I j k KqV�(y�

�Kq

� Kq

� Kq

� K��

(�"��(" #�

�"��

K��(�"��

(" #��"��

K�

� � � � �

q _�

��(�"��(

" #��"��

V�!Z]�M�

_�N�� K�

q _�

��(�"��(

" #��"��

V�!Z]�M�

_�N�� K�

q _�

��("T��

��(�"��("

#��"��L\_�

WN��

K�

� K��

("T�� (�"

��(" #��"�

� ��&#&��&�

��S�� q

� D��N� D

\��N� �D\�

�N]q��

D\��N�� D\

��N��D\�

*n0z*/7+<*

{{7+*/|.}*

<

N NN N NN N N N N

N

N

N N

N

N

NNNNN

NNNNNNNS��Z�

��&T �� \J

��\�

��&T\�

�"�&��

��&T�P

�(�S&��Z ��&T�P S��EZ� ��&T ��

��Z�

��Z�

��\��Z�

��\�

��\�

��&T ��S��EZ�

��&T�P

�(�S&��Z

�� K��\J

N\�

��&T ��S��EZ�

�(�S&��Z ��&T�P

�� K��\J

N\�

�� N�� (�S&�� &TS��&T

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

��45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��(��

" �(��"&$��

�� T��

'� �=>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S

��D�� D��

��E��'��

D�D�� DDW

��

FGH ?I

N�� N�� N�� N�� N��

� �

��

\J� [%��K%�� [%�� %��\J� [%��J_V ��J_P\J� [%��K%�� [%�� %��

�"�(��'�&�

T��'� ��&'

��]�N

��J

�_\J� �_� O �_��J_ V �_��J_ P �_

=Kq� � G @ H>

= Kq�� G@H> = Kq�� P�G@H>

=G@H

Kq�� PN��>

=G@H>

=G@H>

=Kq

G@H>

�Kq�

& �

��

�� Kq�

� PN�& � ��

� Kq�� P& ��

�Kq�� &

��

q�_� q�_ q�_� q�_� q�_q�_� q�_ q�_� q�_�q _� q _ q _� q _� q _

K��(��

" �(��"&$��

�� T��

'� �

� ��K�� P S��'�

&�T��'� ��

&U��

� ��K�� S��'�

&�T��'� ��

&U��

� � �K�� S��

��'�&�T��'

� ��$�&S�&�

*n0z*/7.u.+

0<*/z+7u*m)

7{./{z/�7.

�,zn-./0

\JN\� �Z �P Z� �� \JN\� �Z �P Z� ��

��Z��P�Z

��Z��P\JN\�

\JN\� �Z�PZ��

��Z��P�Z\JN\�

\JN\�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

��45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��!"S

��KP"&$h�&T�

"'&��(��"&$

��=>?=?

?@@A4BC ��

�&��" � �S

�� "��W��'"

#�$��D��

D��D��D��

D�� E��'��

��E��'��

&��FGH ?I

N��N��N��N��N��N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

� �

\J� [%��K%�� [%�� %��\J� [%��J_V ��J_P\J� [%��K%�� [%�� %��

�"�(��'�&�

T��'� ��&'

��]�N

��J

�D _�q�N ��_\J� �_� O �_��J

_ V�_��J

_ P�_

�Kq�D

& Kq�D

&

=Kq� �

G@H>

=Kq�� G @ H >�Kq��

& �

�

KqD�

KqD�

KqD&

KqD&

Kq�

q�_

� ��"&$� ��

��" ��

�&(��$

�L\_ N��

K�

q�_� q�_ q�_� q�_� q�_q�_� q�_ q�_� q�_�q _� q _ q _� q _� q _

K�W!"S�

��P"&$ � � �K�� "�(��

'�&�T��'�

��" ��S&��

� K�

�P&$�� r

��" ��(

��r

*n0z*/7~*�

.<1�*m)

*n0z*/7m,0

*-m0z+7u*m

).<

N NN N

��Z��P�Z\JN\�

��Z��P�Z\JN\�

�D \��D Z� �D \��D Z�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��&�

�$��&#��&

T�"'&��(h�$�

&S�&��&T�"'

&��(=>?=?

?@@A4BC

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

N��

N�� N��

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

¡

¡¢ ¡

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��N�� DN� �_�q�N�� D_�q�N� � �K� D

"��T��

��""��(" #��

"�D��D

D��&� ��O

=G @H

� �K� �

�J��T ��S

� y��r� �(y

$��(��r � D£

DO%� �T�

� �K� W

��S�

y��r ��(yKT� � D£

DO%� �T�

� �_�q�N�

� W_�q N � � W_�q N �

� _�q N� =Kq�

& GKq�

&=

Kq� ��

G @Kq� �

�

=Kq� W

�G @

Kq� W�

=Kq� �

��

@Kq� �

��G =Kq� �

��&G @

Kq� ��&

@Kq� D

�=Kq� D

�G =

Kq� D��

G @Kq� D

��=G @H=Kq� D

&G @Kq� D

&=

Kq� N� W�

GKq�

N� W�

@Kq�

N� W�

H>Kq�

N� W�

=Kq�

N� W&

GKq�

N� W&

@Kq�

N� W&

H>Kq�

N� W&

Kq��

GGKq HKq

@?Kq�@@Kq�

q _

� W�S"�y� �

�& ��(yK

T��J�V

��_� N��

K� q _�

� ��(yKT�

�&��"�

�L\_�

N�� K�

q�_��

� ��& ��"

�� (�� &��" �

"��$�&S�

&�

�J�V��_

N�� K�

q�_�D

� D�"��

�T��""��(

" #��"�

�J�V��_

� N�� K�

� K�

��(yKT��&��

��"� ]�D �D��W�

*n0z*/7<mn

z)70<m|.<{.

*n0z*/7)<m

�tm<7m,0*

-m0z+

NN N

N

N

NNNN

NN N NN

N

NN N

NN NN N

��Z� �Z�P

� W\�

� \�

� D\�� D�M � DZ� � D\�� D�M � DZ��

M

� �Z� � ��M � �\� � �\�� Z�

� D_� ��M

� \�� Z� � Z�

� WZ� � W�M � W�M � WZ� � W\�

[� O

PLJ[� O_�Z \J�\J� [� O

�hO �hO�hO �hO�hO

\J� \J� \J� \J� \J� \J� \J� \J� \J� \J�

[� O��JKV M��'��JKP

{,nnu}�T��'� &�

PLJK�T��S��(��$�[� O�"��'� &� �T��'� &��T�� T��

�� "�� "�� "�� "�� "��

"T��T��Q��R "T��T�� Q� R "T��T��Q��R "T��T��Q��R "T��T��Q�R "T��T��Q�R "T��T��Q��R "T��T��Q��R "T��T��Q��R "T��T��W�Q�WR

{,nnu}7{./{*<{7k6>�

{,nnu}7=G�7{�z0+�.) � O��S��(��$��JK�T� ��'� &��" ��JK�T�

� � W � �D

� ��

�W �� D ��

� � ��

W � ��D � ��

�� W� �D

��

� �T��

"T��T��

q�

q�_�� q�_D� q�_D q�_D� q�_��

q�_D q�_D�q�_ �q�_DW q�_�Dq�_�� q�_� V

��&�T��P��

V�

� �D�� D'�

��K��&��

q�_ Wq�_�

��JKP��JK�T� ��JKV��JK�T��T��" �T��

�hO�� "�� hO�� "�� hO�� "��q�_�� q�_� q�_D

q�_�D

q�_�� q�_��

!L��L�

q�_D�

q�_D�q�_D q�_D�q _D� q _D

q�_�W q�_ D q�_ � q�_ q�_��

q�_ � q�_�W q�_ � q�_�D q�_ q�_ q�_�� q�_� q�_ � q�_��

q�_�q�_D� q�_��q�_D�

q�_D q�_Dq�_D�

q�_�� q�_� q�_�

��

� ��W

��

��

��

�] ��"��" �� $� ��S�� L��]��$��& (�� $� ��S��"��&$�� $� ��$�#�(��&(��$ �� $� ��$�#�(��"

��#� ] �� $� ��S��N�"S��]��&U�&��$��&(�'� �� $� ��S�� $��#�� $� ��S�� (�"��"&$� ��&��&�("#�� #�

��"�� $� ��$�#�(� ��(�"�� &(��#� ��#�

��#�

��D��&��&��

N�� N�� N�� N�W�� N�W��

N��N��N�W�� N��N D��

N��

N D��

K��

�� ] �� $� ��S��N�"S��N�� ]��&U�&��$��&(�'� �� $� ��S��N��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

!L��L�h��&��&

��Q¤qRh�"��

" ��(�"�

�Q]q�& $�¤q

Rh�� $� ��$

�#�(��Q¤qRh�

�"&$� ��&��&

("#��Q¤qR

=>?=??@@A

4BC �&��&��h�"��" �

� �S�� $� ��$

�#�(�h��"&$� ��&

��&�("#��h�!��

L��

D��D�� D��

��E��'��

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

N�� N��

N��

N��

N��N��

N�� N��N�W��

N�W��

N��

N��

N��

N��

N�W��

n*�.<7{,nnu}7<.{.<|.

C4�7G7<.{.<|.

*n0z*/7.¥.+0*<

*n0z*/7�<z/)z/�7).|z+.

0mzu�m0.*n0z*/7u*m)z/�7m<.m +*|.<

N D�� N D��

N D��

4Kq��_

q &B

��_��N ��_��N�

L��_��N D

[� O_P_��

�]�_��N ��] _��N�W

�]�_��N�D �] _��N ��_��N��

�� _��N

[� O_��

\J�_��

��JKP_��

��JKV_��

�� _��N

��D_��N�� D_��N�

��_��N �

=KqDD��

B4Kq�D�

�4

Kq��_q �

B4

Kq�D��

BKq�D�

�

= KqDD�&

4Kq��

�&B

Kq��&

GKq�D�

��

I>Kq�D�

��

GKq��_

q��>I

GKq�D�

��

IKq�D�

��>

Kq�D��

>IG

Kq��_q�&

I>Kq��

D&

>Kq��

�&I

Kq��&

GKq��

�&

Kq

Kq �

Kq

Kq �

Kq��G?

G>@>

=AKq��_

q��G=

G@Kq��_

q��GI

@@H?

GGH=HG

GH

K�� D ��'� &��

��"�

��J_

� D��' Z&��

n*�.<7{,nnu}7<.{.<|.

C*-n,0.<7~

vC7vx

NN

NN

NNNNNNN

N

N

NN

N

N

N

N

N

N

N N

N

NNN

N N N N N

N

N

N

N

N

NN

N

��M ��Z�

��DZ� ��DZ�

L��M �]��M�] �M

��M�] Z� �]�Z� �� Z�

[� O_P_��\�

[� ON�M

[� ON��M \J�N��Z

\J�N�Z

[� ON��M

\J�N��Z

[� O_P_��N \�

��J_ _VN��P

��J_ _PN�\J

[� O_P_��N�\� [� O_P_��N�\�

��J_ _VN�P

��J_ _VN��P ��J_ _PN�\J��J_ _PN\J

��J _P_��\

J��J _V

_��P

[� O_�Z\�

\J�_��Z

[� O_��M

[� O_��M

\J�_��Z

[� O_�Z\�

��J _V_��P

�� M

��D��Z� ��D� Z�

��Z�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

��45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" ��

$� ��$�#�(��

Q¤qRh��(�"

��Q]q�& $�¤

qR=>?=?

?@@A4BC

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��"

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

N��

N��

!L��L�q�_D� L��

N��

K��

!L��L� q�_�D

��(�"�

VN��

�

K��

!L��L�q�_�

��(�"�

�� &(��#�

��N��

�K��

��_��N

L��_��N D

��_��N�

=Kq��

�� GKq��

��

=Kq��

� � GKq��

� �

¦§© ¦§ª

=Kq��

&GKq��

&

jKq�DD

�� kKq�DD

��jKq�DD

�& kKq�DD

�&

@Kq��_

q��

=?Kq��_

q��

@GKq��_

q��

� K��

��(�"

��

K��

��(�"��

� K��

��(�"�� &(

��#�]�D �D��

W�KL��

'�N��Z

&��

*n0z*/7.¥.+

0*<C*-n

,0.<7~vC7vx

N N

N N

N N

L��M L��\�

��M ��\�

��\� ��Z�

�Z

�Z

�P

�P

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

��45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" �� $

� ��$�#�(��Q¤

qR=>?=?

?@@A4BC �S�"��

�" �� $� ��$�

#�(�D��D��

D��E��'

��D�

� D��E

��'��

FGH ?I

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

]]

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��" '"$T��#"��&��L�N��(" �(��"

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��" '"$T��#"��&��L�N��(" �(��"

]

N�� N��

N�� N��

� �K�]�

$��& (��

$� ��S��

��"��&

$�K�]

�"��" ��

$� � S��

� K]�

&U�&��$��&(

�'� �

�� $� ��S�

��

K] �� $�

��S��

��N�"S��

!L��L� q�_ �

��

]��&U�&��$��

��&(�'� ��

� $� ��S��

��

V� N��

�

K��

!L��L�q�_�

��

]��&U�&��$��

��&(�'� ��

� $� ��S��

��V��

N��

K��

!L��L� q�_D�

��

] �� $� �

�S��N�

"S��V��

N��

K��

!L��L�q�_ W

��

] �� $� �

�S��N�

"S��V�D

N��

K��

� ��

K] � �� $�

��S��

��N�"S��

�]�_��N � �]�_��N�D

�] _��N � �] _��N�W

!L��L�q�_��

�] ��"��

" �� $� �

�S��

��N��

K��

!L��L�q�_D

�]��$��&

(�� $� �

�S��

�"��&$�

��N��

�K��

=Kq�D_

��@

HKq�D_

��I

GKq�D_

��>

Kq�D_��

=Kq�D_

�@

Kq�D_ �

GKq�D_

�H

Kq�D_ �

=Kq]�� G

Kq]��

@H

Kq]��

>Kq]��

=Kq]

�� GKq]

��>

Kq] ��

@H

Kq] ��

=Kq]

� � GKq]

� �>

Kq] � �

@H

Kq] � �

=Kq�D_

&@

Kq�D_ & H

Kq�D_ &

GKq�D_

&

=Kq�D_

�&@

HKq�D_

�&I

>Kq�D_

�&G

Kq�D_�&

=Kq]�&

HKq]�&

>Kq]�&

GKq]�&

@=

Kq] ��&

HKq] �

�& >Kq] �

�&G

Kq] ��&

@=

Kq] � &

HKq] �

& >Kq] �

&G

Kq] � &

@

Kq�DD Kq��D=Kq��_

q��

IKq��_

q��=>

Kq��_q��Gk

Kq��_q��

GAKq��_

q��@=

Kq��_q��

*n0z*/7�<z/

)z/�7).|z+

.

N

N

N

N

NN

N

NN

NN

N

N

N

N

NN

N

NN N

N

NN

�]�\�

]�N \�

�] \�

]�N�\�

�]��M �]�Z�

]�N�\�

�]�Z� �]��M

�] Z� �] �M

�]�\�

]�N \�

�] \�

] N \�

�] Z� �] �M

] N�\�

] ��N�\�

] � N�\�

�Z

�P�M

�Z

�P

�Z

�M

Z�

\�

Z�

\�

Z�

\��P�M

] � N \�

] ��N \�

] N \�] N�\�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

�W45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

"��" �� $

� ��$�#�(��Q¤

qR=>?=?

?@@A4BC �S�"��

�" �� $� ��$�

#�(�h��T��" ��

��'"#�$

D��D�� D��

��E��'��

��D�� D��

��E��'��

��FGH ?I

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

N��

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

(" �(��" L�N�� '"$T��

��D��D

N��

!L��L� q�_DW

�

�� $��#��

�� $� ��S��

��V�

N��

K��

!L��L�q�_D�

�� $�

��$�#�(��

��&(��$

��N��

�K��

!L��L�q�_��

�� $� �

�$�#�(��"

�N��

�K��

�� _��N

�� _��N

�_��N��K��D W�D��'

�N��Z&��

=Kq��

&GKq��

&=

Kq�� G

Kq��

=Kq��

GKq��

@

IKq�D_

� >Kq�D_

� >Kq�D_

&IKq�D_

& HKq��_q��

AKq��_

q��

=jKq��_

q��

« ¬¦¬

®°±²³°µ®°µ

³¶·²²¹

� K��

�� $� ��$�

#�(� ��&(��$

�

�

K�� $�

��$�#�(��"

*n0z*/7�<z/

)z/�7).|z+

.

NN

N N

N N

N NN

�� \�� M

�� \� �� Z�

�� M �� \�

��M �\��\�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

��

�� !�"#�$%��$&��

&'�$&��

(�& ��"'��& � �"(&��

" ��&�

�$)*+,-

./01/*23 1

D45678

57,/)7957:

*-;*<0

�&��&��h�"��

�" ��"&$� �

�&��&�("#��

�Q¤qR=>?=?

?@@A4BC �S�"��

�" ��&��&��h��"

&$� ��&��&�("#

��D��D��

D��E��'

��D��D

� D��E

��'��

FGH ?I

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��"

'"$T�� #"��&�� L�N�� (" �(��"

N��

N��

N��0mzu�m

0.*n0z*

/7u*m)z/�7

m<.m7+*|.<

!L��L� q�_��

��D��&��&�

�V�

N��

K��q�_�

�

!L��L� q�_��

��

��"&$� �

�&��&�("#��

VN��

�

K��D_��N��

��D_��N�

��_��N �«ºº«»¦§¼½½«ºº«» ¦§¼½¼

=Kq��D

� � GKq��D

� �

=Kq��

�� GKq��

��

=Kq��

� � GKq��

� �

=Kq��D

�� GKq��D

��=Kq�DD

�� GKq�DD

��

@Kq�DD

�� HKq�DD

��

>Kq�DD

�� IKq�DD

��

=Kq�DD

�& GKq�DD

�&

@Kq�DD

�& HKq�DD

�&

>Kq�DD

�& IKq�DD

�&

=@=H

Kq��_q��

==Kq��_

q��

« ¬¦»º« ¾¿°¿¾²³«

« ¬¦»º¬ ¾¿°¿¾²³¬

« ¬¦¼º«

À¿®°µ³¿²¿³

ÁÀ±²³«

« ¬¦¼º¬

À¿®°µ³¿²¿³

ÁÀ±²³¬

NN

N

N

N

N N

��D��\��D� \�

�Z�Z

��D��Z�

��D� Z�

��\� ��Z�

�Z

�Z �P

�P

�Z

�Z

�P

�P

314

20 Index

A

Activating Automatic Loader ....................... 98, 100

Activating the Customer Counter ...................... 166

Activating the Operating Hours Counter ........... 166

Actuating floor conveyor supply .......................... 97

Actuator Test .................................................... 182

Adjusting the Attachment (Tractor/Machine) for Turning ............................................................ 54

Adjusting the blade bar ..................................... 246

Adjusting the chop length ................................. 240

Adjusting the hydraulic system ........................... 57

Adjusting the locking device for individual blades (response threshold) ..................................... 248

Adjusting the Pressure Limiting Valve .............. 308

Adjusting the right cylinder to the locking bolt .. 247

Adjusting the Sensors ....................................... 274

Adjusting the system pressure ......................... 307

Adjusting the tailgate opening angle (GD) ........ 277

Affixing the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels ............................................................. 22

Alarm Message ................................................. 191

Alarm messages ............................................... 192

Aligning the Controlled Wheels (Tracking) . 55, 304

Angle Setting of the Hitch ................................... 42

Appendix ........................................................... 313

At the End of the Harvest Season .................... 309

Attaching the ISOBUS terminal ........................ 204

Automatic Drawbar ........................................... 126

Automatic Loader ................................................ 98

Automatic Power Load........................................ 99

Automatic Unloader .................................. 228, 230

Auxiliary-function (AUX).................................... 212

B

Before the Start of the New Season ................. 310

Blade Changing ................................................ 241

Blade Sharpening Device ................................. 267

Blade Versions .................................................. 238

Bringing up a Menu Level ........................... 94, 108

Bringing up Customer Counter ................. 102, 108

Bringing up the Basic Screens ........................... 92

Bringing up the Electronic Self Steer .......... 93, 107

Bringing up the Start Screen ...................... 94, 108

Buttons on the machine .................................... 119

C

Calibrating Straight-Ahead Driving ................... 105

Calibration of force measuring bolt ................... 159

Calibration total weight .................................... 155

Calling up the menu level ................................ 122

Central Lubrication ........................................... 143

Chain tension ................................................... 284

Changing the Drawbar Height and Adjusting the Hitch ............................................................... 39

Check before Start-up ........................................ 59

Checking and Adjusting the System Pressure . 56, 306

Checking and maintaining tyres ....................... 265

Checking the Safety Rollers of the Single Blade Locking Device ............................................. 289

coaster/steering axle driving forward ................ 72

coaster/steering axle driving backward .............. 72

Commissioning .................................................. 37

Compressed Air Connections for the Compressed Air Brake ........................................................ 67

Compressed-air reservoir ................................ 301

Connecting the hydraulic lines ........................... 63

Connecting the Multi-Function Lever ................. 80

Connecting the Multi-Function Lever to the CCI Terminal ......................................................... 81

Connecting the Terminal with ISOBUS .............. 78

Connecting the terminal without ISOBUS .......... 79

Contact ............................................................... 22

Counter for Loading Time ................................ 164

Counter for Unloading Time ............................. 164

Customer Counter ............................................ 162

Cutting system ................................................. 238

D

Dangers in Case of Non-compliance with the Safety Instructions ......................................... 31

Deactivating the Automatic Drawbar ............... 101

Deactivating the Automatic Loader ............ 98, 100

Deactivating the Operating Hours Counter ...... 166

Deleting all Customer Counters ....................... 167

Deleting the Customer Counter ....................... 167

Detail Counter .................................................. 164

Determining the Loading Weight ..................... 221

Diagnostics analogue actuators ....................... 186

Diagnostics Auxiliary ........................................ 170

Diagnostics digital actuators ............................ 186

Diagnostics for buttons .................................... 180

Diagnostics power supply voltages .................. 181

Differing functions to KRONE ISOBUS terminal CCI ............................................................... 205

Discharger (ZXGD) .......................................... 286

Display ............................................................... 77

315

Display hydraulic block Comfort ....................... 254

Distance from Blade to Drum ........................... 287

Distance from Scraper to Drum ........................ 288

Drawbar Suspension .......................................... 65

Driving and Transport ......................................... 70

Driving Height Tridem Unit ................................. 48

Driving Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics ....................... 171

E

Electrical connections ......................................... 66

Eliminating Blockages....................................... 245

Ending the loading process (comfort electronic system) ......................................................... 225

Error List ........................................................... 188

Example of a joystick assignment for Fendt (default setting) ............................................. 214

Examples of Emergency Manual Activation ..... 255

F

Filling Quantities and Lubrication Designations for Gearboxes .................................................... 278

Floor conveyor feed .......................................... 285

Forced Steering Field Mode ............................. 106

G

Grinding blades ................................................. 242

Grinding Blades ................................................ 271

H

Handling the Coaster/Steering Axle ................... 72

Handling the hydraulic compensation unit .......... 70

Height adjustment ............................................... 40

High-pressure filter ........................................... 256

Hitched Implements ............................................ 33

Hydraulic brake (Export) ............................... 64, 67

Hydraulic Brake (France) .................................... 64

Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (Self Steering / Tandem Axle) .............................................................. 260

Hydraulic system ................................................ 34

Hydraulics ................................................... 62, 253

I

Identification Plate .............................................. 11

Identifying Symbols in the Operating Instructions ........................................................................ 30

Inadmissible Modes of Operation ....................... 36

Increasing Floor Conveyor Speed .................... 114

Information ........................................................ 189

Information Required for Questions and Orders 12

Inserting the cutters .......................................... 243

Installing the terminal into the cabin ................... 75

Intended Use ...................................................... 13

ISOBUS ........................................................... 169

ISOBUS operation ........................................... 203

ISOBUS Short Cut Button .................................. 76

ISOBUS-Terminal .............................................. 74

L

Lift axle ............................................................... 73

Lifting the Cutting Flap ............................. 103, 116

Load bolt .......................................................... 179

Loading area .................................................... 303

Loading Operation ............................................. 93

Loading Process .............................................. 220

Loading process with comfort electronic system with automatic loader ................................... 223

Loading process with comfort electronic system without automatic loader .............................. 222

Locking Steering Axle ................................ 93, 107

Locking the Coaster/Steering Axle ............ 93, 107

Lowering the Lift Axle ................................ 93, 107

Lowering the Machine .................................. 47, 52

M

Main gearbox ................................................... 279

Main Menu 1 Automatic Loader PowerLoad ... 128

Main Menu 1 Loading Functions ...................... 124

Main Menu 13 Counters .................................. 161

Main Menu 14 ISOBUS Settings ..................... 169

Main Menu 15 Settings .................................... 175

Main Menu 2 Automatic Unloader ................... 134

Main Menu 4 Setting Floor Conveyor Speed ... 140

Main Menu 5 Cross Conveyor Belt .................. 142

Main Menu 6 Central Lubrication ..................... 143

Main Menu 7 Weight Control ........................... 145

Main menu 9 .................................................... 209

Main window ...................................................... 90

Maintenance .............................................. 36, 250

Maintenance - Brake System ........................... 294

Maintenance – lubrication chart ....................... 290

Maintenance - Self Steering ............................ 304

Malfunctions - Causes and Remedies ............. 311

Menu 4-6 Diagnostics driving speed display/direction of travel display ................. 207

Menu 4-7 .......................................................... 208

Menu Level ...................................................... 120

Mounting onto the Tractor .................................. 60

Moving ............................................................. 302

O

Oil Level Check and Oil Change Intervals (Gearboxes) ................................................. 278

Opening / Closing Tailgate With Activated Automatic Unloader ..................................... 112

316

Opening / Closing Tailgate with Deactivated Automatic Unloader .............................. 110, 111

Opening the Loading Area Cover ............. 102, 116

Operating the Machine via LS (Load-Sensing Connection) .................................................... 57

Operating the Machine without LS (Load-Sensing Connection) .................................................... 57

Operation .......................................................... 220

Overload protection ................................ 15, 17, 19

P

Parking .............................................................. 232

Personnel Qualification and Training .................. 31

Pick up .............................................................. 235

Pick-up guide wheels, rear ............................... 236

Placing in Storage ............................................. 309

Position of the Adhesive Safety Stickers on the Machine .......................................................... 24

Position of the General Information Labels on the Machine .......................................................... 28

Position of the Sensors ..................................... 272

PowerLoad ........................................................ 125

Pressure Sensors ............................................. 179

PTO operation .................................................... 34

PTO shaft ..............................................58, 68, 291

Purpose of Use ................................................... 11

R

Raising / lowering offset drawbar ............... 97, 109

Raising / lowering Pick-up .................................. 95

Raising the Lift Axle .................................... 93, 107

Reducing Floor Conveyor Speed ..................... 114

Reducing the Lubrication Intensity ................... 144

Releasing Steering Axle ............................. 93, 107

Releasing the Coaster/Steering Axle .......... 93, 107

Re-Ordering the Adhesive Safety and Information Labels ............................................................. 22

Retracting Ejector ..................................... 103, 116

Retracting Extending ................................ 103, 116

Roller crop guide ............................................... 237

S

Safety .................................................................. 21

Safety Instructions and Accident Prevention Regulations ..................................................... 32

Safety Instructions on the Machine .................... 36

Safety-conscious work practices ........................ 31

Saving full weight .............................................. 149

Saving the tare .................................................. 151

Scraper ............................................................. 287

Sensor Test ...................................................... 176

Setting Driving Height to X+140 mm ............ 44, 49

Setting the Counter Mode ................................ 166

Setting the Driving Height ............................ 43, 48

setting the driving height tandem unit 18 resp. 20 tons ................................................................ 43

Setting the Floor Conveyor Speed ................... 132

Setting the Grinding Cycles ............................. 270

Setting the Limit Force ....................................... 99

Setting the payload .......................................... 147

Setting the Transfer Mechanism ...................... 295

Setting the Waiting Time .................................. 131

Settings ............................................................ 234

Start screen ........................................................ 84

Starting up for the first time with self steer......... 53

Start-up .............................................................. 59

Status Line ......................................................... 86

Strong unevenness of the ground .................... 220

Sub-Menu 1-1 Automatic Loader PowerLoad . 125

Sub-Menu 1-2 Automatic Drawbar .................. 126

Sub-Menu 13-1 Customer Counter .................. 162

Sub-Menu 13-2 Total Counter ......................... 168

Sub-Menu 14-1 Diagnostics Auxiliary .............. 170

Sub-Menu 14-2 Driving Speed Display Diagnostics / Motion Direction Display Diagnostics .................................................. 171

Sub-Menu 14-7 Virtual Terminal ...................... 172

Sub-Menu 14-9 Switching Between Terminals 174

Sub-Menu 15-1 Sensor Test ............................ 176

Sub-Menu 15-2 Actuator Test .......................... 182

Sub-Menu 15-4 Error List ................................ 188

Sub-Menu 15-5 Information ............................. 189

Sub-Menu 15-6 Technician .............................. 190

Swinging blades in / out ............................. 96, 115

Switching Between Terminals .......................... 174

Switching metering rollers on or off ................. 118

Switching off the Floor Conveyor (GD) ............ 276

Switching on / off floor conveyor supply .......... 113

Switching on floor conveyor reverse ................ 113

Switching on rapid traverse ............................. 114

Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is connected ................................................... 84

Switching the terminal on / off when the machine is not connected ............................................. 82

Switching Working Floodlights Off ........... 102, 116

Switching Working Floodlights On ........... 102, 116

T

Task Controller ................................................. 202

Technical data .................................................... 14

Technical data overload protection ........ 15, 17, 19

Test run ............................................................ 250

Tightening Torques .......................................... 251

317

Tightening Torques (Countersunk Screws) ...... 252

Total Counter .................................................... 168

Touchscreen ....................................................... 77

Tridem axle ................................................... 71, 73

Tyre air pressure ............................................... 266

Tyres ........................................................... 35, 264

U

Unauthorised Conversion/Modification and Spare Parts Production ............................................. 36

Unloading Operation ......................................... 107

Unloading Operation Basic Screen with Cross Conveyor ...................................................... 117

Unloading Process .................................... 227, 229

Use as Silage Transport Wagon ....................... 224

Using the safety chain ....................................... 69

V

Venting the Hydraulic Circuit of the Unit ...... 46, 51

Virtual Terminal (VT) ........................................ 172

W

Weight control in automatic mode ................... 153

Weight control in the manual mode ................. 149

Work Lights ...................................................... 206

WTK- multi-function lever ................................ 215

Z

Hydraulic circuit diagram (comfort control ZX GL ..................................................................... 258

MaschinenfabrikBernard Krone GmbHHeinrich-Krone-Straße 10, D-48480 SpellePostfach 11 63, D-48478 Spelle

Phone +49 (0) 59 77/935-0Fax +49 (0) 59 77/935-339Internet: http://www.krone.deeMail: [email protected]

. . . konsequent, kompetent

Dual-Purpose Loading Wagon - Original operating instructions

Documents